81_FR_20980 81 FR 20912 - Treatment of Certain Interests in Corporations as Stock or Indebtedness

81 FR 20912 - Treatment of Certain Interests in Corporations as Stock or Indebtedness

DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
Internal Revenue Service

Federal Register Volume 81, Issue 68 (April 8, 2016)

Page Range20912-20943
FR Document2016-07425

This document contains proposed regulations under section 385 of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) that would authorize the Commissioner to treat certain related-party interests in a corporation as indebtedness in part and stock in part for federal tax purposes, and establish threshold documentation requirements that must be satisfied in order for certain related-party interests in a corporation to be treated as indebtedness for federal tax purposes. The proposed regulations also would treat as stock certain related-party interests that otherwise would be treated as indebtedness for federal tax purposes. The proposed regulations generally affect corporations that issue purported indebtedness to related corporations or partnerships.

Federal Register, Volume 81 Issue 68 (Friday, April 8, 2016)
[Federal Register Volume 81, Number 68 (Friday, April 8, 2016)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 20912-20943]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2016-07425]



[[Page 20911]]

Vol. 81

Friday,

No. 68

April 8, 2016

Part IV





Department of the Treasury





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





Internal Revenue Service





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





26 CFR Part 1





Treatment of Certain Interests in Corporations as Stock or 
Indebtedness; Proposed Rule

Federal Register / Vol. 81 , No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / 
Proposed Rules

[[Page 20912]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY

Internal Revenue Service

26 CFR Part 1

[REG-108060-15]
RIN 1545-BN40


Treatment of Certain Interests in Corporations as Stock or 
Indebtedness

AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.

ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: This document contains proposed regulations under section 385 
of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) that would authorize the 
Commissioner to treat certain related-party interests in a corporation 
as indebtedness in part and stock in part for federal tax purposes, and 
establish threshold documentation requirements that must be satisfied 
in order for certain related-party interests in a corporation to be 
treated as indebtedness for federal tax purposes. The proposed 
regulations also would treat as stock certain related-party interests 
that otherwise would be treated as indebtedness for federal tax 
purposes. The proposed regulations generally affect corporations that 
issue purported indebtedness to related corporations or partnerships.

DATES: Written or electronic comments and requests for a public hearing 
must be received by July 7, 2016.

ADDRESSES: Send submissions to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-108060-15), Room 
5203, Internal Revenue Service, P.O. Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station, 
Washington, DC 20044. Submissions may be hand-delivered Monday through 
Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-
108060-15), Courier's Desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution 
Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224 or sent electronically via the Federal 
eRulemaking Portal at http://www.regulations.gov (IRS REG-108060-15).

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Concerning the proposed regulations 
under Sec. Sec.  1.385-1 and 1.385-2, Eric D. Brauer, (202) 317-5348; 
concerning the proposed regulations under Sec. Sec.  1.385-3 and 1.385-
4, Raymond J. Stahl, (202) 317-6938; concerning submissions of comments 
or requests for a public hearing, Regina Johnson, (202) 317-5177 (not 
toll-free numbers).

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: 

Paperwork Reduction Act

    The collection of information contained in this notice of proposed 
rulemaking has been submitted to the Office of Management and Budget in 
accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 
3507(d)). Comments on the collection of information should be sent to 
the Office of Management and Budget, Attn: Desk Officer for the 
Department of the Treasury, Office of Information and Regulatory 
Affairs, Washington, DC 20503, with copies to the Internal Revenue 
Service, Attn: IRS Reports Clearance Officer, SE:W:CAR:MP:T:T:SP, 
Washington, DC 20224. Comments on the collection of information should 
be received by June 7, 2016. Comments are specifically requested 
concerning:
    Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the 
proper performance of the functions of the IRS, including whether the 
information will have practical utility;
    The accuracy of the estimated burden associated with the proposed 
collection of information;
    How the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be 
collected may be enhanced;
    How the burden of complying with the proposed collection of 
information may be minimized, including through the application of 
automated collection techniques or other forms of information 
technology; and
    Estimates of capital or start-up costs and costs of operation, 
maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
    The collection of information in this proposed regulation is in 
Sec.  1.385-2(b)(2). This collection of information is necessary to 
determine whether certain interests between members of an expanded 
affiliated group are to be treated as stock or indebtedness for federal 
tax purposes. The likely respondents are entities that are affiliates 
of publicly traded entities or meet certain thresholds on their 
financial statements.
    Estimated total annual reporting burden: 735,000 hours.
    Estimated average annual burden per respondent: 35 hours.
    Estimated number of respondents: 21,000.
    Estimated frequency of responses: Monthly.
    An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required 
to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a valid 
control number assigned by the Office of Management and Budget.

Background

    As described further in this preamble, courts historically have 
analyzed whether an interest in a corporation should be treated as 
stock or indebtedness for federal tax purposes by applying various sets 
of factors to the facts of a particular case. In 1969, Congress enacted 
section 385 to authorize the Secretary of the Treasury (Secretary) to 
prescribe such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to 
determine whether an interest in a corporation is to be treated as 
stock or indebtedness for purposes of the Code. Because no regulations 
are currently in effect under section 385, the case law that developed 
before the enactment of section 385 has continued to evolve and to 
control the characterization of an interest in a corporation as debt or 
equity.

I. Section 385 Statute and Legislative History

A. Original Enactment of Section 385
    Section 385(a), as originally enacted as part of the Tax Reform Act 
of 1969 (Pub. L. 91-172, 83 Stat. 487), authorizes the Secretary to 
prescribe such regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to 
determine whether an interest in a corporation is treated as stock or 
indebtedness for purposes of the Code.
    Section 385(b) provides that the regulations prescribed under 
section 385 shall set forth factors that are to be taken into account 
in determining in a particular factual situation whether a debtor-
creditor relationship exists or a corporation-shareholder relationship 
exists. Under section 385(b), those factors may include, among other 
factors, the following: (1) Whether there is a written unconditional 
promise to pay on demand or on a specified date a sum certain in money 
in return for an adequate consideration in money or money's worth, and 
to pay a fixed rate of interest; (2) whether there is subordination to 
or preference over any indebtedness of the corporation; (3) the ratio 
of debt to equity of the corporation; (4) whether there is 
convertibility into the stock of the corporation; and (5) the 
relationship between holdings of stock in the corporation and holdings 
of the interest in question.
    In enacting section 385(a) and (b), Congress authorized the 
Secretary to prescribe targeted rules to address particular factual 
situations, stating:

    In view of the uncertainties and difficulties which the 
distinction between debt and equity has produced in numerous 
situations . . . the committee further believes that it would be 
desirable to provide rules for distinguishing debt from equity in 
the variety of contexts in which this problem can arise. The 
differing circumstances which characterize these situations, 
however, would

[[Page 20913]]

make it difficult for the committee to provide comprehensive and 
specific statutory rules of universal and equal applicability. In 
view of this, the committee believes it is appropriate to 
specifically authorize the Secretary of the Treasury to prescribe 
the appropriate rules for distinguishing debt from equity in these 
different situations.

S. Rep. No. 91-552, at 138 (1969). The legislative history further 
explains that regulations applicable to a particular factual situation 
need not rely on the factors set forth in section 385(b):

    The provision also specifies certain factors which may be taken 
into account in these [regulatory] guidelines. It is not intended 
that only these factors be included in the guidelines or that, with 
respect to a particular situation, any of these factors must be 
included in the guidelines, or that any of the factors which are 
included by statute must necessarily be given any more weight than 
other factors added by regulations.

Id. Accordingly, section 385(b) provides the Secretary with discretion 
to establish specific rules for determining whether an interest is 
treated as stock or indebtedness for federal tax purposes in a 
particular factual situation.
B. 1989 and 1992 Amendments to Section 385
    Congress amended section 385 in 1989 and 1992. In 1989, the Omnibus 
Budget Reconciliation Act of 1989 (Pub. L. 101-239, 103 Stat. 2106) 
amended section 385(a) to expressly authorize the Secretary to issue 
regulations under which an interest in a corporation is to be treated 
as in part stock and in part indebtedness. This amendment also provides 
that any regulations so issued may apply only with respect to 
instruments issued after the date on which the Secretary or the 
Secretary's delegate provides public guidance as to the 
characterization of such instruments (whether by regulation, ruling, or 
otherwise). See Public Law 101-239, sec. 7208(a)(2). The legislative 
history to the 1989 amendment notes that, while ``[t]he 
characterization of an investment in a corporation as debt or equity 
for Federal income tax purposes generally is determined by reference to 
numerous factors, . . . there has been a tendency by the courts to 
characterize an instrument entirely as debt or entirely as equity.'' 
H.R. Rep. No. 101-386, at 3165-66 (1989) (Conf. Rep.).
    In 1992, Congress added section 385(c) to the Code as part of the 
Energy Policy Act of 1992 (Pub. L. 102-486, 106 Stat. 2776). Section 
385(c)(1) provides that the issuer's characterization (as of the time 
of issuance) as to whether an interest in a corporation is stock or 
indebtedness shall be binding on such issuer and on all holders of such 
interest (but shall not be binding on the Secretary). Section 385(c)(2) 
provides that, except as provided in regulations, section 385(c)(1) 
shall not apply to any holder of an interest if such holder on his 
return discloses that he is treating such interest in a manner 
inconsistent with the initial characterization of the issuer. Section 
385(c)(3) authorizes the Secretary to require such information as the 
Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out the provisions of 
section 385(c), including the information necessary for the Secretary 
to determine how the issuer characterized an interest as of the time of 
issuance.
    Congress added section 385(c) in response to issuers and holders 
characterizing a corporate instrument inconsistently. H.R. Rep. No. 
102-716, at 3 (1992). For example, a corporate issuer may designate an 
instrument as indebtedness for federal tax purposes and deduct as 
interest the amounts paid on the instrument, while a corporate holder 
may treat the instrument as stock for federal tax purposes and claim a 
dividends received deduction with respect to the amounts paid on the 
instrument. See id.

II. Regulations

    There are no regulations currently in effect under section 385. On 
March 24, 1980, the Department of the Treasury (Treasury Department) 
and the IRS published a notice of proposed rulemaking (LR-1661) in the 
Federal Register (45 FR 18959) under section 385 relating to the 
treatment of certain interests in corporations as stock or 
indebtedness. Final regulations (TD 7747) were published in the Federal 
Register (45 FR 86438) on December 31, 1980. Subsequent revisions of 
the final regulations were published in the Federal Register on May 4, 
1981, January 5, 1982, and July 2, 1982 (46 FR 24945, 47 FR 147, and 47 
FR 28915, respectively). The Treasury Department and the IRS published 
a notice of proposed withdrawal of TD 7747 in the Federal Register on 
July 6, 1983 (48 FR 31053), and in TD 7920, published in the Federal 
Register (48 FR 50711) on November 3, 1983, the Treasury Department and 
the IRS withdrew TD 7747.
    The Treasury Department and the IRS have not previously published 
any regulations regarding the 1989 amendment to section 385(a), which 
authorizes the Secretary to issue regulations that treat an interest in 
a corporation as indebtedness in part or as stock in part. In addition, 
no regulations have been published with respect to the 1992 addition of 
section 385(c) authorizing the Secretary to require information related 
to an issuer's initial characterization of an interest for federal tax 
purposes or to affect the ability of a holder to treat an interest 
inconsistent with the initial treatment of the issuer.

III. Case Law

    In the absence of regulations under section 385, the pre-1969 case 
law has continued to evolve and control the characterization of an 
interest as debt or equity for federal tax purposes. Under that case 
law, courts apply inconsistent sets of factors to determine if an 
interest should be treated as stock or indebtedness, subjecting 
substantially similar fact patterns to differing analyses. The result 
has been a body of case law that perpetuates the ``uncertainties and 
difficulties which the distinction between debt and equity has 
produced'' and with which Congress expressed concern when enacting 
section 385. See S. Rep. No. 91-552, at 138. For example, in Fin Hay 
Realty Co. v. United States, 398 F.2d 694 (3d Cir. 1968), the U.S. 
Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit identified sixteen factors 
relevant for distinguishing between indebtedness and stock:

    (1) the intent of the parties; (2) the identity between 
creditors and shareholders; (3) the extent of participation in 
management by the holder of the instrument; (4) the ability of the 
corporation to obtain funds from outside sources; (5) the `thinness' 
of the capital structure in relation to debt; (6) the risk involved; 
(7) the formal indicia of the arrangement; (8) the relative position 
of the obligees as to other creditors regarding the payment of 
interest and principal; (9) the voting power of the holder of the 
instrument; (10) the provision of a fixed rate of interest; (11) a 
contingency on the obligation to repay; (12) the source of the 
interest payments; (13) the presence or absence of a fixed maturity 
date; (14) a provision for redemption by the corporation; (15) a 
provision for redemption at the option of the holder; and (16) the 
timing of the advance with reference to the organization of the 
corporation.

Id. at 696. By contrast, in Estate of Mixon v. United States, 464 F.2d 
394 (5th Cir. 1972), the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit 
identified thirteen factors that are similar to, but not the same as, 
those used in Fin Hay to distinguish between indebtedness and stock:

    (1) the names given to the certificates evidencing the 
indebtedness; (2) The presence or absence of a fixed maturity date; 
(3) The source of payments; (4) The right to enforce payment of 
principal and interest; (5) participation in management flowing as a 
result; (6) the status of the contribution in relation to regular 
corporate creditors; (7) the intent of the parties; (8) `thin' or 
adequate capitalization; (9) identity of interest between creditor 
and stockholder; (10) source of interest payments; (11) the ability 
of the

[[Page 20914]]

corporation to obtain loans from outside lending institutions; (12) 
the extent to which the advance was used to acquire capital assets; 
and (13) the failure of the debtor to repay on the due date or to 
seek a postponement.

Id. at 402. The weight given to the various factors in a particular 
case also differs, and is highly dependent upon the relevant facts and 
circumstances. See, e.g., J.S. Biritz Construction Co. v. Commissioner, 
387 F.2d 451, 456-57 (8th Cir. 1967) (stating that the factors ``have 
varying degrees of relevancy, depending on the particular factual 
situation and are generally not all applicable to any given case'').
    Under this facts-and-circumstances analysis, as developed in the 
case law, no single fact or circumstance is sufficient to establish 
that an interest should be treated as stock or indebtedness. See, e.g., 
John Kelley Co. v. Commissioner, 326 U.S. 521, 530 (1946) (``[N]o one 
characteristic . . . can be said to be decisive in the determination of 
whether the obligations are risk investments in the corporations or 
debts.''); Fin Hay, 398 F.2d at 697 (``[N]either any single criterion 
nor any series of criteria can provide a conclusive answer in the 
kaleidoscopic circumstances which individual cases present.''). It was 
this emphasis on particular taxpayer facts and circumstances, coupled 
with inconsistent analysis of the relevant factors by different courts, 
that led Congress to delegate to the Secretary the authority to provide 
regulations under section 385 for distinguishing debt from equity that 
could depart from the factors developed in case law or enumerated in 
the statute. See S. Rep. No. 91-552, at 138.

IV. Other Relevant Statutory Provisions

    Section 701 provides that a partnership as such shall not be 
subject to federal income tax, but that persons carrying on business as 
partners shall be liable for federal income tax only in their separate 
or individual capacities.
    Section 1502 provides that the Secretary shall prescribe such 
regulations as the Secretary deems necessary in order that the federal 
tax liability of any affiliated group of corporations making a 
consolidated return and of each corporation in the group, both during 
and after the period of affiliation, may be returned, determined, 
computed, assessed, collected, and adjusted, in such manner as clearly 
to reflect the federal income tax liability and the various factors 
necessary for the determination of such liability, and in order to 
prevent avoidance of such tax liability. In prescribing such 
regulations, section 1502 authorizes the Secretary to prescribe rules 
that are different from the provisions of chapter 1 of subtitle A of 
the Code that would apply if such corporations filed separate returns.
    Section 7701(l) provides that the Secretary may prescribe 
regulations recharacterizing any multiple-party financing transaction 
as a transaction directly among any two or more of such parties where 
the Secretary determines that such recharacterization is appropriate to 
prevent avoidance of any tax imposed by the Code.

V. Earnings Stripping Guidance Described in Notice 2014-52 and Notice 
2015-79

    Notice 2014-52, 2014-42 IRB 712 (Oct. 14, 2014), and Notice 2015-
79, 2015-49 IRB 775 (Dec. 7, 2015), described regulations that the 
Treasury Department and the IRS intend to issue with respect to 
corporate inversions and related transactions. Notice 2014-52 and 
Notice 2015-79 also provided that the Treasury Department and the IRS 
expect to issue additional guidance to further limit the benefits of 
post-inversion tax avoidance transactions. The notices stated, in 
particular, that the Treasury Department and the IRS are considering 
guidance to address strategies that avoid U.S. tax on U.S. operations 
by shifting or ``stripping'' U.S.-source earnings to lower-tax 
jurisdictions, including through intercompany debt.

VI. Purpose of the Proposed Regulations

    These proposed regulations under section 385 address whether an 
interest in a related corporation is treated as stock or indebtedness, 
or as in part stock or in part indebtedness, for purposes of the Code. 
While these proposed regulations are motivated in part by the enhanced 
incentives for related parties to engage in transactions that result in 
excessive indebtedness in the cross-border context, federal income tax 
liability can also be reduced or eliminated with excessive indebtedness 
between domestic related parties. Thus, the proposed rules apply to 
purported indebtedness issued to certain related parties, without 
regard to whether the parties are domestic or foreign. Nonetheless, the 
Treasury Department and the IRS also have determined that the proposed 
regulations should not apply to issuances of interests and related 
transactions among members of a consolidated group because the concerns 
addressed in the proposed regulations generally are not present when 
the issuer's deduction for interest expense and the holder's 
corresponding interest income offset on the group's consolidated 
federal income tax return.
    Section A of this Part VI addresses bifurcation of interests that 
are indebtedness in part but not in whole. Section B of this Part VI 
addresses documentation requirements for related-party indebtedness. 
Section C of this Part VI addresses distributions of debt instruments 
and similar transactions.
A. Interests That Are Indebtedness in Part but Not in Whole
    As previously noted, Congress amended section 385(a) in 1989 to 
authorize the issuance of regulations permitting an interest in a 
corporation to be treated as in part indebtedness and in part stock. 
The legislative history to the 1989 amendment explained that ``there 
has been a tendency by the courts to characterize an instrument 
entirely as debt or entirely as equity.'' H.R. Rep. No. 101-386, at 562 
(1989) (Conf. Rep.). No regulations have been promulgated under the 
amendment, however, and this tendency by the courts has continued to 
the present day. Consequently, the Commissioner generally is required 
to treat an interest in a corporation as either wholly indebtedness or 
wholly equity.
    This all-or-nothing approach is particularly problematic in cases 
where the facts and circumstances surrounding a purported debt 
instrument provide only slightly more support for characterization of 
the entire interest as indebtedness than for equity characterization, a 
situation that is increasingly common in the related-party context. The 
Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the all-or-nothing 
approach frequently fails to reflect the economic substance of related-
party interests that are in form indebtedness and gives rise to 
inappropriate federal tax consequences. Accordingly, the Treasury 
Department and the IRS have determined that the interests of tax 
administration would best be served if the Commissioner were able to 
depart from the all-or-nothing approach where appropriate to ensure 
that the provisions of the Code are applied in a manner that clearly 
reflects the income of related taxpayers. To that end, these proposed 
regulations would exercise the authority granted by section 385(a) to 
permit the Commissioner to treat a purported debt instrument issued 
between related parties as in part indebtedness and in part stock for 
federal tax purposes. However, the proposed regulations would not 
permit issuers and related holders to treat such an instrument in a 
manner inconsistent with the issuer's initial characterization. The 
proposed regulations described in

[[Page 20915]]

Part IV.B.2 of the Explanation of Provisions section of this preamble 
also rely in part on the authority granted under section 385(a) to 
treat interests as in part indebtedness and in part stock for federal 
tax purposes.
    The proposed rule applies with respect to parties that meet a lower 
50-percent threshold for relatedness than the threshold applicable with 
respect to other rules contained in these proposed regulations. This is 
because, as noted in Part VI of the Background section of this 
preamble, federal income tax liability can be reduced or eliminated by 
the introduction of excessive indebtedness between related parties, and 
this can be accomplished without special cooperation among the related 
parties and regardless of other transactions undertaken by the issuer 
or holder after issuance. In addition, a 50-percent relatedness 
threshold is consistent with other provisions used in subchapter C of 
the Code to identify a level of control or ownership that can warrant 
different federal tax consequences than those for less-related parties.
    The proposed rule merely permits the Commissioner to treat a 
purported debt instrument as in part indebtedness and in part stock 
consistent with its substance. Moreover, the proposed regulations would 
not affect the authority of the Commissioner to disregard a purported 
debt instrument as indebtedness or stock, to treat a purported debt 
instrument as indebtedness or equity of another entity, or otherwise to 
treat a purported debt instrument in accordance with its substance. 
See, e.g., Plantation Patterns v. Commissioner, 462 F.2d 712 (5th Cir. 
1972).
    The Treasury Department and the IRS recognize that authorizing the 
Commissioner to treat purported debt instruments issued among unrelated 
parties as indebtedness in part and stock in part could result in 
unnecessary uncertainty in the capital markets in the absence of 
detailed standards for the exercise of that authority. Similarly, any 
exercise of this authority with respect to related-party interests that 
are denominated as other than indebtedness would require more detailed 
guidance. Thus, the proposed rule does not apply in those contexts.
B. Related-Party Indebtedness
1. Background
    Related-party indebtedness, like indebtedness between unrelated 
persons, may be respected as indebtedness for federal tax purposes, but 
only if there is intent to create a true debtor-creditor relationship 
that results in bona fide indebtedness. While still subject to the same 
multifactor analysis used for characterizing interests issued between 
third parties, ``courts have consistently recognized that transactional 
forms between related parties are susceptible of manipulation and, 
accordingly, warrant a more thorough and discerning examination for tax 
characterization purposes.'' PepsiCo Puerto Rico, Inc. v. Commissioner, 
T.C. Memo 2012-269, at 51, citing United States v. Uneco, Inc., 532 
F.2d 1204, 1207 (8th Cir. 1976); Cuyuna Realty Co. v. United States, 
382 F.2d 298, 301 (Ct. Cl. 1967) (stating that an advance between a 
parent corporation and a subsidiary or other affiliate under common 
control must be subject to particular scrutiny ``because the control 
element suggests the opportunity to contrive a fictional debt, an 
opportunity less present in an arms-length transaction between 
strangers.'').
    This scrutiny is warranted because there is typically less economic 
incentive for a related-party lender to impose discipline on the legal 
documentation and economic analysis supporting the characterization of 
an interest as indebtedness for federal tax purposes. While a lender 
typically carefully documents a loan to a third party borrower and 
decides whether and how much to lend based on that documentation and 
objective financial criteria, a related-party lender, especially one 
that directly or indirectly controls the borrower, may require only 
simple (or even no) legal documentation and may forgo any economic 
analysis that would inform the lender of the amount that the borrower 
could reasonably be expected to repay.
    The absence of reasonable diligence by related-party lenders can 
have the effect of limiting the factual record that is available for 
additional scrutiny and thorough examination. Nonetheless, courts do 
not always require related parties to engage in reasonable financial 
analysis and legal documentation similar to that which business 
exigencies would incent third-parties in connection with lending to 
unrelated borrowers. See, e.g., C.M. Gooch Lumber Sales Co. v. 
Commissioner, 49 T.C. 649 (1968) at 656 (noting that in the case of 
related-party debt, ``the absence of a written debt instrument, 
security, or provision for the payment of interest is not controlling; 
formal evidences of indebtedness are at best clues to proof of the 
ultimate fact''); see also Byerlite Corp. v. Williams, 286 F.2d 285, 
290-91 (6th Cir. 1960), citing Ewing v. Commissioner, 5 T.C. Memo 908 
(1946) (``The fact that advancements to a corporation are made without 
requiring any evidence of indebtedness . . . was not a controlling 
consideration . . .'').
    Historically, the absence of clear guidance regarding the 
documentation and information necessary to support debt 
characterization in the related-party context did not pose a 
significant obstacle, because the transactions presented by cases such 
as Mixon, Fin Hay, and their progeny were not factually complex. 
Typically, the earlier cases involved direct advances between 
individual U.S. taxpayers and their closely held domestic corporations. 
The relevant documentation was readily identifiable, available on hand, 
and able to be analyzed by the Commissioner in due course. Further, 
when the case law was developing, the dollar amounts at stake were 
comparatively modest. In Fin Hay, the shareholder advances gave rise to 
a total federal tax liability of $3,241; in Mixon, the shareholder 
advances gave rise to a total federal tax liability of $126,964.
    Increasingly, this is no longer the case. Over time, the Treasury 
Department and the IRS have observed that business practices, 
structures, and activities between related parties have changed 
considerably. The Treasury Department and the IRS acknowledge that the 
size, activities, and financial complexity of corporations and their 
group structures have grown exponentially, and understand that these 
groups routinely include foreign entities, sometimes from multiple 
foreign jurisdictions, as well as federal tax-indifferent domestic 
members. The scope and complexity of intragroup transactions has grown 
commensurately. Examples include the transactions at issue in PepsiCo 
Puerto Rico, Inc. v. Commissioner and NA General Partnership & 
Subsidiaries v. Commissioner, T.C. Memo 2012-172, both involving the 
global restructuring of multinational corporate groups.
    As a result of these developments, it is increasingly problematic 
that there is a lack of guidance prescribing the information and 
documentation necessary to support the characterization of a purported 
debt instrument as indebtedness in the related-party context. The lack 
of such guidance, combined with the sheer volume of financial records 
taxpayers produce in the ordinary course of business, makes it 
difficult to identify the documents that will ultimately be required to 
support such a characterization, particularly with respect to whether a 
reasonable expectation of repayment is present at the time an interest 
is issued. The result can be either the inadvertent omission of 
necessary documents from disclosure

[[Page 20916]]

to the IRS or the provision of vast amounts of irrelevant documents and 
material, such that forensic accounting expertise is required to 
isolate and evaluate relevant information. In either case, the ability 
of the Commissioner to administer the Code efficiently with respect to 
related-party interests is impeded. In addition, the absence of 
guidance makes it difficult for U.S. taxpayers to determine timely what 
steps they must take to ensure that essential records are not only 
prepared, but also maintained in a manner that will facilitate their 
being made available upon request, particularly regarding transactions 
with related parties whose books and records are located in foreign 
jurisdictions.
    Finally, the dollar amounts at stake have often become increasingly 
significant. For example, the federal tax liability at issue in PepsiCo 
was $363,056,012; the federal tax liability at issue in NA General 
Partnership was $188,000,000. As a result, it has become increasingly 
important to prescribe rules that identify the types of documentation 
and information necessary to support the characterization of a related-
party interest as indebtedness for federal tax purposes.
2. Proposed Regulations Addressing Documentation Requirements
    To address these concerns, the Treasury Department and the IRS are 
proposing rules, under the authority granted in section 385(a) to 
prescribe regulations to determine whether an interest in a corporation 
is stock or indebtedness, that prescribe the nature of the 
documentation and information that must be prepared and maintained for 
a purported debt instrument issued by a corporation to a related party 
to be treated as indebtedness for federal tax purposes. The proposed 
regulations are intended to impose discipline on related parties by 
requiring timely documentation and financial analysis that is similar 
to the documentation and analysis created when indebtedness is issued 
to third parties. This requirement also serves to help demonstrate 
whether there was intent to create a true debtor-creditor relationship 
that results in bona fide indebtedness and also to help ensure that the 
documentation necessary to perform an analysis of a purported debt 
instrument is prepared and maintained. This approach is consistent with 
the long-standing view held by courts that the taxpayer has the burden 
of substantiating its treatment of an arrangement as indebtedness for 
federal tax purposes. Hollenbeck v. Commissioner, 422 F.2d 2, 4 (9th 
Cir. 1970).
    In general, the Treasury Department and the IRS have determined 
that timely preparation of documentation and financial analysis 
evidencing four essential characteristics of indebtedness are a 
necessary factor in the characterization of a covered interest as 
indebtedness for federal tax purposes. Those characteristics are: a 
legally binding obligation to pay, creditors' rights to enforce the 
obligation, a reasonable expectation of repayment at the time the 
interest is created, and an ongoing relationship during the life of the 
interest consistent with arms-length relationships between unrelated 
debtors and creditors. These characteristics are drawn from the case 
law and are consistent with the text of section 385(b)(1) and (5). 
While the proposed regulations do not intend to alter the general case 
law view of the importance of these essential characteristics of 
indebtedness, the proposed regulations do require a degree of 
discipline in the creation of necessary documentation, and in the 
conduct of reasonable financial diligence indicative of a true debtor-
creditor relationship, that exceeds what is required under current law. 
See, e.g., C.M. Gooch Lumber Sales Co., 49 T.C. 649; Byerlite Corp., 
286 F.2d 285.
    The proposed regulations make clear that the preparation and 
maintenance of this documentation and information are not dispositive 
in establishing that a purported debt instrument is indebtedness for 
federal tax purposes. Rather, these requirements are necessary to the 
conduct of the multi-factor analysis used in the Mixon and Fin Hay line 
of cases to determine the nature of an interest as indebtedness for 
federal tax purposes.
C. Certain Distributions of Debt Instruments and Similar Transactions
1. In General
    The Treasury Department and the IRS have identified three types of 
transactions between affiliates that raise significant policy concerns 
and that should be addressed under the Secretary's authority to 
prescribe rules for particular factual situations: (1) distributions of 
debt instruments by corporations to their related corporate 
shareholders; (2) issuances of debt instruments by corporations in 
exchange for stock of an affiliate (including ``hook stock'' issued by 
their related corporate shareholders); and (3) certain issuances of 
debt instruments as consideration in an exchange pursuant to an 
internal asset reorganization. Similar policy concerns arise when a 
related-party debt instrument is issued in a separate transaction to 
fund (1) a distribution of cash or other property to a related 
corporate shareholder; (2) an acquisition of affiliate stock from an 
affiliate; or (3) certain acquisitions of property from an affiliate 
pursuant to an internal asset reorganization. Accordingly, the proposed 
regulations treat related-party debt instruments issued in any of the 
foregoing transactions as stock, subject to certain exceptions.
    Sections C.2 through C.5 of this Part VI describe in greater detail 
the purposes of the proposed regulations that apply to these types of 
transactions. Part IV of the Explanation of Provisions section of this 
preamble describes in detail the proposed regulations.
2. Debt Instrument Issued in a Distribution
    In Kraft Foods Co. v. Commissioner, 232 F.2d 118 (2d Cir. 1956), 
the U.S. Court of Appeals for Second Circuit addressed a situation in 
which a domestic corporate subsidiary issued indebtedness in the form 
of debentures to its sole shareholder, also a domestic corporation, in 
payment of a dividend. The parent and subsidiary were required to file 
separate returns under the Code in effect during the years at issue, 
and, before taking into account the interest income and deductions on 
the distributed indebtedness, the parent corporation had losses and the 
subsidiary was profitable.
    The court considered arguments by the government that the parent-
subsidiary relationship warranted additional scrutiny in determining 
whether a debtor-creditor relationship was established in substance. In 
particular, the Commissioner argued that, because the issuer subsidiary 
was wholly-owned, ``the sole stockholder [could] deal as it please[d] 
with the corporate entity it control[led]'' and, as a result, the 
transaction could have been a sham. Id. at 123. The Commissioner also 
argued that the debentures should be treated as stock because no new 
capital was introduced into the subsidiary in connection with the 
issuance of the debentures, see id. at 126-27, and because the taxpayer 
conceded that the issuance of the debentures in payment of the dividend 
lacked a business purpose other than tax minimization. See id. at 127-
28.
    In holding for the taxpayer, the Second Circuit determined that the 
debentures should be respected as indebtedness because the debentures 
were unambiguously denominated as debt, were issued by and to real 
taxable entities, and created real legal rights and duties between the 
parties. See id. at

[[Page 20917]]

127-28. In a dissenting opinion, Chief Judge Clark supported 
``test[ing] the genuineness of the intercorporate indebtedness by 
objective standards'' that would disregard indebtedness issued in this 
circumstance, and warned that the majority opinion would open ``a large 
leak . . . operable merely by denominating an intercorporate allocation 
of surplus a debt'' and would ``[s]urely . . . stimulate imitators.'' 
Id. at 129.
    Other courts have not given the same level of deference to the form 
of a transaction that the Second Circuit did in Kraft and have treated 
purported indebtedness as stock in similar circumstances. For example, 
some courts have closely scrutinized situations in which indebtedness 
is owed in proportion to stock ownership to determine whether a debtor-
creditor relationship exists in substance. See, e.g., Uneco, Inc. v. 
United States, 532 F.2d 1204, 1207 (8th Cir. 1976) (``Advances between 
a parent corporation and a subsidiary or other affiliate are subject to 
particular scrutiny . . . .''); Arlington Park Jockey Club, Inc. v. 
Sauber, 262 F.2d 902, 906 (7th Cir. 1959) (``It has been held that [a 
cash advance made in proportion to stock ownership] gives rise to a 
strong inference that the advances represent additional capital 
investment and not loans.'' (citing Schnitzer v. Commissioner, 13 T.C. 
43, aff'd 183 F.2d 70 (9th Cir. 1950))). Consistent with those 
decisions, section 385(b)(5) specifically authorizes the Secretary, in 
issuing regulations distinguishing between stock and indebtedness, to 
take into account ``the relationship between holdings of stock in the 
corporation and holdings of the interest in question.''
    Courts also have given weight to the lack of new capital investment 
when a closely-held corporation issues indebtedness to a controlling 
shareholder but receives no new investment in exchange. See, e.g., 
Talbot Mills v. Commissioner, 146 F.2d 809 (1st Cir. 1944) (emphasizing 
that a transaction involved no new investment, did not affect 
proportionate ownership, and was motivated primarily by tax benefits in 
holding that a closely-held corporation's participating notes should be 
treated as stock when each stockholder exchanged four-fifths of its 
existing stock for notes with a face amount equal to the par value of 
the stock surrendered), aff'd sub nom, John Kelley Co. v. Commissioner, 
326 U.S. 521 (1946); Sayles Finishing Plants, Inc. v. United States, 
399 F.2d 214 (Ct. Cl. 1968) (noting that a ``lack of new money can be a 
significant factor in holding a purported indebtedness to be a capital 
transaction, particularly when the facts otherwise show that the 
purported indebtedness was merely a continuation of the stock interests 
allegedly converted'').
    In many contexts, a distribution of a debt instrument similar to 
the one at issue in Kraft lacks meaningful non-tax significance, such 
that respecting the distributed instrument as indebtedness for federal 
tax purposes produces inappropriate results. For example, inverted 
groups and other foreign-parented groups use these types of 
transactions to create interest deductions that reduce U.S. source 
income without investing any new capital in the U.S. operations. In 
addition, U.S.-parented groups obtain distortive results by, for 
example, using these types of transactions to create interest 
deductions that reduce the earnings and profits of controlled foreign 
corporations (CFCs) and to facilitate the repatriation of untaxed 
earnings without recognizing dividend income. An example of the latter 
type of transaction could involve the distribution of a note from a 
first-tier CFC to its United States shareholder in a taxable year when 
the distributing CFC has no earnings and profits (although lower-tier 
CFCs may) and the United States shareholder has basis in the CFC stock. 
In a later taxable year, when the distributing CFC had untaxed earnings 
and profits (such as by reason of intervening distributions from lower-
tier CFCs), the CFC could use cash attributable to the earnings and 
profits to repay the note owed to its United States shareholder. The 
taxpayer takes the position that the note should be respected as 
indebtedness and, therefore, that the repayment of the note does not 
result in any of the untaxed earnings and profits of the CFC being 
taxed as a dividend to the United States shareholder.
    In light of these policy concerns, the proposed regulations treat a 
debt instrument issued in fact patterns similar to that in Kraft as 
stock. The factors discussed in Kraft and Talbot Mills, including the 
parent-subsidiary relationship, the fact that no new capital is 
introduced in connection with a distribution of debentures, and the 
typical lack of a substantial non-tax business purpose, support the 
conclusion that the issuance of a debt instrument in a distribution is 
a transaction that frequently has minimal or nonexistent non-tax 
effects. Moreover, although the holder of a debt instrument has 
different legal rights than a holder of stock, the distinction between 
those rights usually has limited significance when the parties are 
related. Subsidiaries often do not have significant amounts of debt 
financing from unrelated lenders (other than trade payables) and, to 
the extent they do, they may minimize any potential impact of related-
party debt on unrelated creditors, for example, by subordinating the 
related-party debt instrument.
    Thus, any non-tax effects of a distribution of a debt instrument to 
an affiliate are often minimized or eliminated, allowing the related 
parties to obtain significant federal tax benefits at little or no 
cost. Accordingly, based on these considerations, the Treasury 
Department and the IRS have determined that in fact patterns similar to 
Kraft it is appropriate to treat a debt instrument as stock.
3. Debt Instrument Issued in Exchange for Affiliate Stock
    The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the 
issuance of a related-party debt instrument to acquire stock of a 
related person is similar in many respects to a distribution of a debt 
instrument and implicates similar policy considerations. Recognizing 
the economic similarities between purchases of affiliate stock and 
distributions, Congress enacted section 304 and its predecessors to 
prevent taxpayers from acquiring affiliate stock to convert what 
otherwise would be a taxable dividend into a sale or exchange 
transaction. See S. Rep. No. 83-1622 at 46 (1954) (noting that, under 
section 304, ``where the effect of the sale [of related-party stock] is 
in reality the distribution of a dividend, it will be taxed as such''). 
Similarly, if the proposed regulations addressed only debt instruments 
issued in a distribution, and not acquisitions of affiliate stock that 
have the effect of a distribution, taxpayers would readily substitute 
the latter transaction for the former in order to produce the 
inappropriate tax result that the proposed regulations are intended to 
prevent.
    Like distributions of debt instruments, issuances of debt 
instruments to acquire affiliate stock frequently have limited non-tax 
significance, particularly in relation to the significant federal tax 
benefits that are generated in the transaction. Such transactions do 
not change the ultimate ownership of the affiliate, and introduce no 
new operating capital to either affiliate. While the change in the 
direct ownership of the affiliate's stock may have some non-tax 
significance in certain circumstances, such as the harmonization of a 
group's corporate structure following an acquisition, other

[[Page 20918]]

purchases of affiliate stock, including purchases of ``hook stock'' 
from a parent in exchange for a debt instrument, typically possess 
almost no non-tax significance.
    Accordingly, the proposed regulations generally treat a debt 
instrument issued in exchange for affiliate stock as stock.
4. Debt Instrument Issued Pursuant to an Internal Asset Reorganization
    The proposed regulations also address certain debt instruments 
issued by an acquiring corporation as consideration in an exchange 
pursuant to an internal asset reorganization. Internal asset 
reorganizations can operate in a similar manner to section 304 
transactions as a device to convert what otherwise would be a 
distribution into a sale or exchange transaction without having any 
meaningful non-tax effect. Congress noted this similarity in 1984 when 
it harmonized the control requirement for section 368(a)(1)(D) 
reorganizations with the control requirement in section 304. See Staff 
of Joint Comm. on Taxation, 98th Cong., General Explanation of the 
Revenue Provisions of the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984 193 (Comm. 
Print 1984) (``The D reorganization provisions address the bail-out 
problem in the context of a transfer of assets by 1 corporation to 
another. Section 304 deals with the problem in the context of a 
transfer of stock by shareholders to a corporation they control.'').
    Consider the following example: A foreign parent corporation 
(Parent) owns all of the stock of two U.S. subsidiaries, S1 and S2. In 
a transaction qualifying as a reorganization described in section 
368(a)(1)(D), Parent transfers its stock in S1 to S2 in exchange for a 
note issued by S2, and S1 converts to a limited liability company. For 
federal tax purposes, S1 is treated as selling all of its assets to S2 
in exchange for a debt instrument, and under section 356, Parent is 
treated as receiving the S2 debt instrument from S1 in a liquidating 
distribution with respect to Parent's S1 stock. This transaction has a 
similar effect (and tax treatment) as a section 304 transaction in 
which S2 issues a debt instrument to Parent in exchange for S1 stock, 
with the only difference being that S2 acquired the assets of S1 
instead of the S1 stock and that Parent received the debt instrument as 
a result of the liquidation of S1.
    This transaction introduces no new capital into the P group, and 
does not affect the ultimate ownership of the assets held by S1 or S2. 
Furthermore, S1 generally would not be required to recognize any built-
in gain on the transfer of its assets to S2. Although this transaction 
entails a transfer of assets from S1 to S2, the tax costs (if any) and 
the non-tax consequences that result from this type of transaction 
among related parties are typically insignificant relative to the 
federal tax benefits obtained through the introduction of a related-
party debt instrument. Accordingly, the proposed regulations treat a 
debt instrument issued by an acquiring corporation as consideration in 
an exchange pursuant to an internal asset reorganization as stock, 
consistent with the treatment of a debt instrument issued in a 
distribution or in exchange for affiliate stock.
5. Debt Instrument Issued With a Principal Purpose of Funding Certain 
Distributions and Acquisitions
    The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the policy 
concerns implicated by the transactions described in Sections C.2 
through C.4 of this Part VI are also present when a corporation issues 
a debt instrument with a principal purpose of funding certain related-
party transactions. Specifically, the proposed regulations treat a debt 
instrument issued for property, including cash, as stock when the debt 
instrument is issued to an affiliate with a principal purpose of 
funding (1) a distribution of cash or other property to a related 
corporate shareholder, (2) an acquisition of affiliate stock from an 
affiliate, or (3) certain acquisitions of property from an affiliate 
pursuant to an internal asset reorganization.
    Without these funding provisions, taxpayers that otherwise would 
have issued a debt instrument in a one-step transaction described in 
Sections C.2 through C.4 of this Part VI would be able to use multi-
step transactions to avoid the application of these proposed 
regulations while achieving economically similar outcomes. For example, 
a wholly-owned subsidiary that otherwise would have distributed a debt 
instrument to its parent corporation in a distribution could, absent 
these rules, borrow cash from its parent and later distribute that cash 
to its parent in a transaction that is purported to be independent from 
the borrowing. Like the distribution of a note, this transaction, if 
respected, would result in an increase of related-party debt, but no 
new net investment in the operations of the subsidiary. The parent 
corporation would have effectively reshuffled its subsidiary's capital 
structure to obtain more favorable federal tax treatment for the 
subsidiary without affecting its control over the subsidiary. The 
similarity between these transactions indicates that they should be 
subject to similar tax treatment.
    The Treasury Department and the IRS also have determined that a 
debt instrument should be subject to these funding rules regardless of 
whether the funding affiliate (the lender) is a party to the funded 
transaction. Otherwise, a corporation could, for example, borrow funds 
from a sister corporation and immediately distribute those funds to the 
common parent corporation. Issuances of debt instruments to an 
affiliate in order to fund a distribution of property, an acquisition 
of affiliate stock, or an acquisition of an affiliate's assets in a 
reorganization often would confer significant federal tax benefits 
without having a significant non-tax impact, regardless of whether the 
lender is also a party to the funded transaction. Accordingly, the 
proposed regulations treat as stock a debt instrument issued to an 
affiliate to fund one of the specified transactions regardless of 
whether the lender is a party to the funded transaction.

Explanation of Provisions

I. Overview

    The proposed regulations provide guidance regarding substantiation 
of the treatment of certain interests issued between related parties as 
indebtedness for federal tax purposes, the treatment of certain 
interests in a corporation as in part indebtedness and in part stock, 
and the treatment of distributions of debt instruments and similar 
transactions that frequently have only limited non-tax effects. More 
specifically, the proposed regulations are set forth in four sections. 
First, proposed Sec.  1.385-1 prescribes definitions and operating 
rules applicable to the regulations under section 385 generally, 
including a rule treating members of a consolidated group, as defined 
in Sec.  1.1502-1(h), as one corporation. Proposed Sec.  1.385-1(d) 
also provides that the Commissioner has the discretion to treat certain 
interests in a corporation for federal tax purposes as indebtedness in 
part and stock in part. Second, proposed Sec.  1.385-2 addresses the 
documentation and information that taxpayers must prepare and maintain 
within required timeframes to substantiate the treatment of an interest 
issued between related parties as indebtedness for federal tax 
purposes. Such substantiation is necessary, but not sufficient, for a 
purported debt interest that is within the scope of these rules to be 
characterized as indebtedness; general federal income tax principles 
also apply in making such a determination. Third, if the application of 
proposed Sec.  1.385-2 and

[[Page 20919]]

general federal income tax principles otherwise would result in 
treating an interest issued to a related party as indebtedness for 
federal tax purposes, proposed Sec.  1.385-3 provides additional rules 
that may treat the interest, in whole or in part, as stock for federal 
tax purposes if it is issued in a distribution or other transaction 
that is identified as frequently having only limited non-tax effect, or 
is issued to fund such a transaction. Finally, proposed Sec.  1.385-4 
provides operating rules for applying proposed Sec.  1.385-3 to 
interests that cease to be between members of the same consolidated 
group or interests that become interests between members of the same 
consolidated group.

II. Generally Applicable Definitions and Special Rules

A. Definition of Expanded Group
    As previously discussed, the concerns addressed by the proposed 
regulations arise with respect to interests issued among related 
parties. The scope of the proposed regulations is therefore generally 
limited to purported indebtedness between members of an expanded group. 
Proposed Sec.  1.385-1, which sets forth definitions generally 
applicable to the regulations proposed under section 385, defines the 
term expanded group by reference to the term affiliated group in 
section 1504(a). However, the proposed regulations broaden the 
definition in several ways. Unlike an affiliated group, an expanded 
group includes foreign and tax-exempt corporations, as well as 
corporations held indirectly, for example, through partnerships. 
Further, in determining relatedness, the proposed regulations adopt the 
attribution rules of section 304(c)(3). The proposed regulations also 
modify the definition of affiliated group to treat a corporation as a 
member of an expanded group if 80 percent of the vote or value is owned 
by expanded group members (instead of 80 percent of the vote and value, 
as generally required under section 1504(a)).
    Through this definition of an expanded group, the application of 
the proposed regulations is limited to transactions between highly-
related parties. Other rules, discussed in Section III.A (limiting the 
application of proposed Sec.  1.385-2 to large taxpayers) and Section 
IV.C ($50 million threshold exception for proposed Sec.  1.385-3) of 
this Explanation of Provisions limit the application of the proposed 
regulations to large taxpayers.
B. Treatment of Deemed Exchanges
    Proposed Sec.  1.385-1 includes rules that prescribe the effects 
under the Code generally of an exchange of purported indebtedness for 
stock that is deemed to occur under the proposed regulations. Under 
those rules, on the date the indebtedness is recharacterized as stock, 
the indebtedness is deemed to be exchanged, in whole or in part, for 
stock with a value that is equal to the holder's adjusted basis in the 
portion of the indebtedness that is treated as equity under the 
regulations, and the issuer of the indebtedness is deemed to retire the 
same portion of the indebtedness for an amount equal to its adjusted 
issue price as of that date. This rule generally will prevent both the 
holder and issuer from realizing gain or loss from the deemed exchange 
other than foreign exchange gain or loss recognized by the issuer or 
the holder under section 988.
C. Treatment of Certain Instruments as in Part Indebtedness and as in 
Part Stock
    Proposed Sec.  1.385-1 implements the statutory authority under 
section 385(a) to treat an instrument as part indebtedness and part 
stock by authorizing the Commissioner to treat certain instruments 
issued between related parties in this manner. Any such treatment will 
occur only in the event that the substance of the instrument is 
regarded for federal tax purposes and the instrument has met the 
documentation and information requirements in proposed Sec.  1.385-2 
(described subsequently in Section III), if applicable. In addition, 
the Commissioner is not required to treat such an interest as 
indebtedness in part and stock in part. For example, under the proposed 
regulations, if an analysis of a related-party interest that is 
documented as a $5 million debt instrument demonstrates that the issuer 
cannot reasonably be expected to repay more than $3 million of the 
principal amount as of the issuance of the interest, the Commissioner 
may treat the interest as part indebtedness ($3 million) and part stock 
($2 million). The type of stock (for example, common stock or preferred 
stock, section 306 stock, stock described in section 1504(a)(4)) that 
the instrument will be treated as for federal tax purposes is 
determined by taking into account the terms of the instrument (for 
example, voting and conversion rights and rights relating to dividends, 
redemption, liquidation, and other distributions).
    The Treasury Department and the IRS believe that this approach will 
facilitate the treatment of purported debt instruments issued between 
related parties in a manner that is more consistent with the substance 
of the underlying transaction.
    Pursuant to section 385(c) and the regulatory authority granted the 
Secretary under section 385(c)(2), the issuer of the interest, the 
holder of the interest, and any other person relying on the 
characterization of the interest as indebtedness for federal tax 
purposes are all required to treat the interest consistent with the 
issuer's initial characterization. Thus, for example, a holder may not 
disclose on its return under section 385(c)(2) that it is treating an 
EGI, as later defined in Section III.A of this Explanation of 
Provisions, as indebtedness in part or stock in part if the issuer of 
the EGI treats the EGI as indebtedness. This approach eliminates cases 
in which members of the same expanded group take contrary positions as 
to the treatment of an EGI as indebtedness, stock, or indebtedness in 
part and stock in part.
    The proposed regulations authorize the treatment of an interest as 
indebtedness in part and stock in part in the case of instruments 
issued in the form of debt between parties that are related, but at a 
lesser degree of relatedness than that required to include them in an 
expanded group. Under the proposed regulations, treatment as 
indebtedness in part and stock in part can apply to purported 
indebtedness between members of modified expanded groups (which are 
defined in the same manner as expanded groups, but adopting a 50-
percent ownership test and including certain partnerships and other 
persons). The 50-percent relatedness threshold contained in the 
definition of modified expanded group is consistent with other 
provisions used in subchapter C of the Code to identify a level of 
control or ownership that can warrant different federal tax 
consequences than those of less-related parties. For example, a similar 
threshold applies in determining whether (i) control exists under 
section 304(c), (ii) attribution to and from corporations is applicable 
under section 318, (iii) persons are related under section 267(b), 
which is incorporated into numerous provisions of the Code, (iv) a 
redemption is substantially disproportionate under section 302(b)(2), 
(v) a disqualified distribution has occurred under section 355(d), (vi) 
a distribution is subject to section 355(e), and (vii) corporations are 
under common control for purposes of section 334. The Treasury 
Department and the IRS request comments on whether it would be helpful 
or appropriate to have this rule apply more generally.
D. Consolidated Groups
    As described in Part VI of the Background section of this preamble,

[[Page 20920]]

many of the concerns regarding related-party indebtedness are not 
present in the case of indebtedness between members of a consolidated 
group. Accordingly, the proposed regulations under section 385 do not 
apply to interests between members of a consolidated group, although 
general federal tax principles continue to apply. Proposed Sec.  1.385-
1(e) achieves this result by treating a consolidated group as one 
corporation. See Section III.A and Section IV.F of this Part for 
additional rules affecting consolidated groups.

III. Substantiation of Related-Party Indebtedness: Proposed Sec.  
1.385-2

A. In General
    Proposed Sec.  1.385-2 reflects the importance of contemporaneous 
documentation in identifying the rights, obligations, and intent of the 
parties to an instrument that is purported to be indebtedness for 
federal tax purposes. Such documentation is particularly important to 
the analysis of instruments issued between related parties. In 
recognition of this importance, the Treasury Department and the IRS are 
exercising authority granted under section 385(a) to treat the timely 
preparation and maintenance of such documentation as necessary factors 
to be taken into account in determining whether certain interests are 
properly characterized as stock or indebtedness. Accordingly, the 
proposed regulations first prescribe the nature of the documentation 
necessary to substantiate the treatment of related-party instruments as 
indebtedness and, second, require that such documentation be timely 
prepared and maintained. The proposed regulations further provide that, 
if the specified documentation is not provided to the Commissioner upon 
request, the Commissioner will treat the preparation and maintenance 
requirements as not satisfied and will treat the instrument as stock 
for federal tax purposes. The type of stock (for example, common stock 
or preferred stock, section 306 stock, stock described in section 
1504(a)(4)) that the instrument will be treated as for federal tax 
purposes is determined by taking into account the terms of the 
instrument (for example, voting and conversion rights and rights 
relating to dividends, redemption, liquidation, and other 
distributions).
    Satisfaction of the requirements of the proposed regulations does 
not establish that a related-party instrument is indebtedness. Rather, 
satisfaction of the proposed regulations acts as a threshold test for 
allowing the possibility of indebtedness treatment after the 
determination of an instrument's character is made under federal tax 
principles developed under applicable case law. If the requirements of 
the proposed regulations are not satisfied, the purported indebtedness 
would be recharacterized as stock. In such a case, any federal tax 
benefit claimed by the taxpayer with respect to the treatment of the 
interest as indebtedness will be disallowed.
    Judicial doctrines that disregard transactions as having no 
substance continue to be applicable and are not affected by the 
proposed regulations. Accordingly, proposed Sec.  1.385-2 applies only 
to interests the substance of which is potentially regarded as 
indebtedness for federal tax purposes. In addition, proposed Sec.  
1.385-2 does not limit the ability of the IRS to request information 
under any existing authorities, such as the rules under section 7602.
    As discussed previously, these proposed regulations apply only to 
purported indebtedness issued among entities that are highly related. 
Several provisions of the proposed regulations combine to effect this 
limitation.
    First, proposed Sec.  1.385-2 provides rules only with respect to 
applicable instruments, that is, interests issued in the form of debt. 
Thus, these proposed regulations do not apply to any interest or 
arrangement that is not, in form, indebtedness. The documentation and 
other rules in proposed Sec.  1.385-2(b) are tailored to arrangements 
that in form are traditional debt instruments and do not address other 
arrangements that may be treated as indebtedness under general federal 
tax principles. The proposed regulations under Sec.  1.385-2 reserve 
with respect to documentation of interests that are not in form 
indebtedness. Because there are a large number of ways to document 
these arrangements, rules that provide sufficient information about 
these arrangements will need to contain specific documentation and 
timing requirements depending on the type of arrangement. Accordingly, 
the Treasury Department and the IRS request comments regarding the 
appropriate documentation and timing requirements for the various forms 
that these arrangements can take.
    Second, proposed Sec.  1.385-2 only applies to applicable interests 
that are issued and held by members of an expanded group (expanded 
group instruments, or EGI). For purposes of Sec.  1.385-2, controlled 
partnerships are treated as members of the expanded group, and the term 
controlled partnership is defined as any partnership the capital or 
profits interest in which is 80-percent owned by members of the 
expanded group. Proposed Sec.  1.385-2 provides that, solely for 
purposes of Sec.  1.385-2, the term issuer means a person that is 
obligated to satisfy any material payment obligations created under the 
terms of an EGI. For this purpose, a disregarded entity can be treated 
as the issuer. A person can be an issuer if that person is expected to 
satisfy a material obligation under an EGI, even if that person is not 
the primary obligor. A guarantor, however, is not an issuer unless the 
guarantor is treated as the primary obligor under federal tax 
principles. See, e.g., Plantation Patterns, Inc. v. Commissioner, 462 
F.2d 712 (5th Cir. 1972).
    Third, proposed Sec.  1.385-2 is intended to apply only to large 
taxpayer groups. Accordingly, an EGI is not subject to proposed Sec.  
1.385-2 unless the stock of any member of the expanded group is 
publicly traded, all or any portion of the expanded group's financial 
results are reported on financial statements with total assets 
exceeding $100 million, or the expanded group's financial results are 
reported on financial statements that reflect annual total revenue that 
exceeds $50 million. The proposed regulations provide guidance 
regarding the financial statement or statements that are to be used for 
purposes of determining the expanded group's assets and liabilities. In 
general, this determination is made by reference to a financial 
statement required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, a certified audited financial statement that is accompanied 
by the report of an independent certified public accountant (or in the 
case of a foreign entity, by the report of a similarly qualified 
independent professional) that is used for certain purposes, or a 
financial statement (other than a tax return) required to be provided 
to the federal, state, or foreign government or any federal, state, or 
foreign agency. Because this list represents a set of financial 
statements created for other purposes for persons outside the expanded 
group, these financial statements are expected to be sufficiently 
reliable for this purpose. In addition, to prevent the use of stale 
financial information, only applicable financial statements prepared 
within the three years of the EGI becoming subject to the proposed 
regulations are relevant for determining whether an EGI is subject to 
the proposed regulations under Sec.  1.385-2.
B. Types of Documentation and Other Information Required
    The core of proposed Sec.  1.385-2 is the guidance regarding the 
nature of the

[[Page 20921]]

documentation and information that must be prepared and maintained to 
support the characterization of an EGI as indebtedness for federal tax 
purposes. The regulations organize the requirement into four 
categories, each reflecting an essential characteristic of indebtedness 
for federal tax purposes: a binding obligation to repay the funds 
advanced, creditor's rights to enforce the terms of the EGI, a 
reasonable expectation that the advanced funds can be repaid, and 
actions evidencing a genuine debtor-creditor relationship. Together 
these categories represent a distillation of case law principles 
established for determining that an instrument is genuine indebtedness 
for federal tax purposes.
    The proposed regulations require that the prescribed documentation 
and information must be provided with respect to each category. Failure 
to provide the documentation and information upon request by the 
Commissioner will result in the Commissioner treating the requirements 
of this section as not satisfied. The four categories are more 
specifically described in the following four paragraphs.
    1. Binding Obligation to Repay. The threshold requirement for 
indebtedness is a binding legal obligation to repay the funds advanced. 
The proposed regulations require evidence of such obligation in the 
form of timely prepared written documentation executed by the parties.
    2. Creditor's Rights to Enforce Terms. The documents establishing 
the issuer's obligation to repay must also establish that the creditor/
holder has the legal rights of a creditor to enforce the terms of the 
EGI. The proposed regulations give examples of such rights that 
creditor/holder typically has, including the right to trigger a default 
and the right to accelerate payments. The proposed regulations also 
give an example of one right that a creditor/holder must have, which is 
a superior right to shareholders to share in the assets of the issuer 
in the event that the issuer is dissolved or liquidated.
    3. Reasonable Expectation of Repayment. The proposed regulations 
also require the taxpayer to provide timely prepared documentation 
evidencing a reasonable expectation that the issuer could in fact repay 
the amount of a purported loan. The proposed regulations give examples 
of such documentation, including cash flow projections, financial 
statements, business forecasts, asset appraisals, determination of 
debt-to-equity and other relevant financial ratios of the issuer 
(compared to industry averages). Special rules are provided to address 
disregarded entities that issue an EGI.
    4. Genuine Debtor-Creditor Relationship. Finally, the taxpayer 
asserting indebtedness treatment must prepare and maintain timely 
evidence of an ongoing debtor-creditor relationship. This documentation 
can take two forms. In the case of an issuer that complied with the 
terms of the EGI, the documentation must include timely prepared 
documentation of any payments on which the taxpayer relies to establish 
such treatment under general federal tax principles. Alternatively, if 
the issuer failed to comply with the terms of the EGI, either by 
failing to make required payments or by otherwise suffering an event of 
default under the terms of the EGI, the documentation must include 
evidence of the holder's reasonable exercise of the diligence and 
judgment of a creditor. The proposed regulations give examples of such 
documentation, including evidence of the holder's efforts to enforce 
the terms of the EGI, as well as any efforts to renegotiate the EGI.
    In general, the documentation must be prepared no later than 30 
calendar days after the date of the relevant event, which is generally 
the later of the date that the instrument becomes an EGI or the date 
that an expanded group member becomes an issuer with respect to an EGI. 
However, in the case of documentation of the debtor-creditor 
relationship, the regulations allow the documentation to be prepared up 
to 120 calendar days after the payment or relevant event occurred. This 
extended period is intended to avoid inadvertent failures to comply 
with the regulations that may be more likely in the case of events that 
occur during the life of an EGI. If an applicable instrument is not an 
EGI when issued, no documentation is required under the proposed 
regulations for any date before the date the applicable instrument 
becomes an EGI.
    The proposed regulations provide special rules for determining the 
timeliness of documentation preparation in the case of certain 
revolving credit agreements and similar arrangements and cash pooling 
arrangements, generally looking to the documents pursuant to which the 
arrangements were established.
C. Maintenance Requirement
    Under proposed Sec.  1.385-2, the documentation and information in 
the four categories previously described must be maintained for all 
taxable years that the EGI is outstanding and until the period of 
limitations expires for any return with respect to which the federal 
tax treatment of the EGI is relevant. The proposed regulations do not 
otherwise specify where or in what manner such records must be kept. 
The Treasury Department and the IRS intend that taxpayers have 
flexibility to determine the manner in which the requirements of the 
proposed regulations are satisfied.
D. Timing of Application of Rule
    In general, proposed Sec.  1.385-2 will apply to an applicable 
instrument at the time it becomes an EGI and thereafter. If an EGI that 
was characterized as stock under the rules of Sec.  1.385-2 ceases to 
be an EGI, general federal tax principles will apply to determine its 
character at the time it ceases to be an EGI; if, under general federal 
tax principles, it is treated as indebtedness, the issuer is treated as 
issuing a new debt instrument to the holder in exchange for the EGI 
immediately before the transaction that causes the instrument to cease 
to qualify as an EGI.
    If an applicable instrument is an EGI when issued, determinations 
under proposed Sec.  1.385-2 are generally effective from the issuance 
date. If an applicable instrument was not an EGI when issued, proposed 
Sec.  1.385-2 applies, and any resulting determination is generally 
effective, when the applicable instrument becomes an EGI. However, if 
an EGI originally treated as debt is later recharacterized as stock 
because the documentation and information cease to evidence an ongoing 
debtor-creditor relationship, the recharacterization will be effective 
as of the time that the facts and circumstances cease to evidence a 
debtor-creditor relationship.
E. Consolidated Groups
    Proposed Sec.  1.385-1(e) provides that members of a consolidated 
group are treated as one corporation. Proposed Sec.  1.385-2(c)(4)(ii) 
further provides that if an applicable instrument ceases to be an 
intercompany obligation and, as a result, becomes an EGI subject to the 
rules of proposed Sec.  1.385-2, the applicable instrument is treated 
as becoming an EGI immediately after it ceases to be an intercompany 
obligation.
F. Modifications to General Operation of Proposed Sec.  1.385-2
    The proposed regulation includes a number of provisions that modify 
the general rules of Sec.  1.385-2 in order to provide flexibility in 
appropriate circumstances or to prevent abuse. First, the requirements 
of proposed Sec.  1.385-2 may be modified if a taxpayer's failure to 
comply with the requirements is attributable to reasonable cause. The 
principles of Sec.  301.6724-1 (relating to

[[Page 20922]]

waivers of penalty if failure due to reasonable cause) apply for 
purposes of determining whether reasonable cause exists in any 
particular case.
    Second, to prevent abuse, proposed Sec.  1.385-2 prohibits the 
affirmative use of the rules in the proposed regulations to support a 
particular characterization of an instrument. Thus, if a taxpayer fails 
to satisfy the requirements of proposed Sec.  1.385-2 with a principal 
purpose of reducing the federal tax liability of any member of the 
expanded group, the rules of the proposed regulations do not apply.
    Third, if an applicable instrument that is not an EGI is issued 
with a principal purpose of avoiding the purposes of proposed Sec.  
1.385-2, the applicable instrument is treated as an EGI and will be 
subject to the provisions of the proposed regulations. Such a situation 
could occur if, for example, an applicable interest was issued by an 
expanded group member to a trust held by members of the same expanded 
group.
G. Effective Date of Proposed Sec.  1.385-2
    The provisions of Sec.  1.385-2 are proposed to be generally 
effective when the regulations are published as final regulations. 
Proposed Sec.  1.385-2 would apply to any applicable instrument issued 
on or after that date, as well as to any applicable instrument treated 
as issued as a result of an entity classification election under Sec.  
301.7701-3 made on or after the date the regulations are issued as 
final regulations.

IV. Certain Distributions of Debt Instruments and Similar Transactions

A. In General
    Proposed Sec. Sec.  1.385-3 and 1.385-4 provide rules that treat as 
stock certain interests that otherwise would be treated as indebtedness 
for federal income tax purposes. Proposed Sec.  1.385-3 applies to debt 
instruments that are within the meaning of section 1275(a) and Sec.  
1.1275-1(d), as determined without regard to the application of 
proposed Sec.  1.385-3. Section 1275(a) and Sec.  1.1275-1(d) generally 
define a debt instrument as any instrument or contractual arrangement 
that constitutes indebtedness under general principles of federal 
income tax law. Thus, the term debt instrument for purposes of proposed 
Sec. Sec.  1.385-3 and 1.385-4 means an instrument that satisfies the 
requirements of proposed Sec. Sec.  1.385-1 and 1.385-2 and that is 
indebtedness under general principles of federal income tax law. The 
Treasury Department and the IRS plan to amend Sec.  1.1275-1(d) to 
coordinate Sec.  1.1275-1(d) with the regulations under section 385 
when the proposed regulations are finalized.
    Specifically, proposed Sec.  1.385-3 treats as stock certain debt 
instruments issued by one member of an expanded group to another member 
of the same group (expanded group debt instrument) in the circumstances 
described in Section B of this Part IV, unless an exception described 
in Section C of this Part IV applies. Detailed operating rules 
regarding the recharacterization (including with respect to 
partnerships) are discussed in Section D of this Part IV. A rule to 
prevent taxpayers from affirmatively using proposed Sec. Sec.  1.385-3 
and 1.385-4 is discussed in Section E of this Part IV. Section F of 
this Part IV discusses proposed Sec.  1.385-4, which provides special 
rules to address the treatment of consolidated groups. The effective 
date of proposed Sec. Sec.  1.385-3 and 1.385-4 is discussed in Section 
G of this Part IV.
    To the extent proposed Sec.  1.385-3 treats an interest as stock, 
the interest is treated as stock for all federal tax purposes. 
Consistent with the traditional case law debt-equity analysis, when a 
debt instrument is treated as stock under proposed Sec.  1.385-3, the 
terms of the debt instrument (for example, voting rights or conversion 
features) are taken into account for purposes of determining the type 
of stock resulting from the recharacterization, including whether such 
stock is preferred stock or common stock.
B. Debt Instruments Treated as Stock
    Proposed Sec.  1.385-3 provides three rules that treat an expanded 
group debt instrument as stock: a general rule, a funding rule, and an 
anti-abuse rule.
1. The General Rule
    The general rule treats an expanded group debt instrument as stock 
to the extent it is issued by a corporation to a member of the 
corporation's expanded group (1) in a distribution; (2) in exchange for 
expanded group stock, other than in an exempt exchange (as defined 
later in this Section 1); or (3) in exchange for property in an asset 
reorganization, but only to the extent that, pursuant to the plan of 
reorganization, a shareholder that is a member of the issuer's expanded 
group immediately before the reorganization receives the debt 
instrument with respect to its stock in the transferor corporation. All 
or a portion of an issuance of a debt instrument may be described in 
more than one prong of the general rule without changing the result 
that follows from being described in a single prong.
    For purposes of the first prong of the general rule, the term 
distribution is broadly defined as any distribution by a corporation to 
a member of the corporation's expanded group with respect to the 
distributing corporation's stock, regardless of whether the 
distribution is treated as a dividend within the meaning of section 
316. Thus, a debt instrument issued in exchange for stock of the issuer 
of the debt instrument (that is, in a redemption under corporate law) 
is a distribution that is covered by the first prong of the general 
rule and an acquisition of expanded group stock covered by the second 
prong of the general rule.
    The second prong of the general rule--addressing debt instruments 
issued in exchange for expanded group stock--applies regardless of 
whether the expanded group stock is acquired from a shareholder of the 
issuer of the expanded group stock, or directly from the issuer. For an 
illustration of this rule in a context where stock is not formally 
issued because it would be a ``meaningless gesture,'' see Example 11 in 
Sec.  1.385-3(g)(3) of the proposed regulations.
    For purposes of the second prong of the general rule, the term 
exempt exchange means an acquisition of expanded group stock in which 
the transferor and transferee of the stock are parties to a 
reorganization that is an asset reorganization, and either (i) section 
361(a) or (b) applies to the transferor of the expanded group stock and 
the stock is not transferred by issuance; or (ii) section 1032 or Sec.  
1.1032-2 applies to the transferor of the expanded group stock and the 
stock is distributed by the transferee pursuant to the plan of 
reorganization. As a result, the second prong of the general rule 
generally does not apply to a debt instrument that is issued in 
exchange for expanded group stock when section 361(a) or (b) applies to 
the transferor of such stock. This limitation has the effect of causing 
exchanges of expanded group stock that are part of an asset 
reorganization to be covered only by the third prong of the general 
rule, which, as discussed in the next paragraph, imposes limitations on 
the application of the general rule to exchanges that are part of an 
asset reorganization.
    The third prong of the general rule applies to asset 
reorganizations among corporations that are members of the same 
expanded group. An asset reorganization is a reorganization within the 
meaning of section 368(a)(1)(A), (C), (D), (F), or (G). Specifically, 
the third prong of the

[[Page 20923]]

general rule applies to a debt instrument issued in exchange for 
property in an asset reorganization, but only to the extent that, 
pursuant to the plan of reorganization, a shareholder that is a member 
of the issuer's expanded group immediately before the reorganization 
receives the debt instrument with respect to its stock in the 
transferor corporation. The second step receipt of the debt instrument 
by the expanded group shareholder could be in the form of a 
distribution of the debt instrument to shareholders of the distributing 
corporation in a divisive asset reorganization, or in redemption of the 
shareholder's stock in the transferor corporation in an acquisitive 
asset reorganization. Because the third prong of the general rule 
applies only to a debt instrument that is received by a shareholder 
with respect to its stock in the transferor corporation, that debt 
instrument would, absent the application of Sec.  1.385-3, be treated 
as ``other property'' within the meaning of section 356.
    The third prong of the general rule is limited to debt instruments 
distributed to shareholders pursuant to the reorganization, and does 
not apply to debt instruments exchanged for securities or other debt 
interests because, in that latter case, the newly issued debt 
instrument is exchanged for existing debt interests and thus no 
additional debt is incurred by the parties to the reorganization.
2. The Funding Rule
a. Funded Transactions
    The funding rule treats as stock an expanded group debt instrument 
that is issued with a principal purpose of funding a transaction 
described in the general rule (principal purpose debt instrument). 
Specifically, a principal purpose debt instrument is a debt instrument 
issued by a corporation (funded member) to another member of the funded 
member's expanded group in exchange for property with a principal 
purpose of funding (1) a distribution of property by the funded member 
to a member of the funded member's expanded group, other than a 
distribution of stock pursuant to an asset reorganization that is 
permitted to be received without the recognition of gain or income 
under section 354(a)(1) or 355(a)(1) or, when section 356 applies, that 
is not treated as ``other property'' or money described in section 356; 
(2) an acquisition of expanded group stock, other than in an exempt 
exchange, by the funded member from a member of the funded member's 
expanded group in exchange for property other than expanded group 
stock; or (3) the acquisition of property by the funded member in an 
asset reorganization but only to the extent that, pursuant to the plan 
of reorganization, a shareholder that is a member of the funded 
member's expanded group immediately before the reorganization receives 
``other property'' or money within the meaning of section 356 with 
respect to its stock in the transferor corporation.
    Prongs (1) through (3) of the funding rule are referred to in this 
Section 2 as ``distributions or acquisitions.'' Proposed Sec.  1.385-
3(b)(3)(iii) provides that, if all or a portion of a distribution or 
acquisition by a funded member is described in more than one prong of 
the funding rule, the funded member is treated as engaging in only a 
single distribution or acquisition for purposes of applying the funding 
rule. The funding rule addresses transactions that, when viewed 
together, present similar policy concerns as the transactions that are 
subject to the general rule.
    The first prong of the funding rule--addressing a distribution by a 
funded member--excludes a distribution of stock permitted to be 
received without the recognition of gain under section 355(a)(1) when 
the distribution is pursuant to an asset reorganization (that is, a 
divisive reorganization qualifying under section 368(a)(1)(D)), but 
does not exclude a distribution of stock that is permitted to be 
received without the recognition of gain under section 355(a)(1) when 
the transaction qualifies under section 355 without also qualifying as 
a reorganization (that is, a distribution of the stock of a controlled 
corporation without a related transfer of property by the distributing 
corporation to the controlled corporation pursuant to the plan of 
reorganization). The reason for this distinction is that the controlled 
corporation in a divisive reorganization described in section 
368(a)(1)(D) acquires assets of the distributing corporation and, as 
described in Section B.2.b.v of this Part IV, is treated as a successor 
of the distributing corporation (and the distributing corporation is 
treated as a predecessor of the controlled corporation) for purposes of 
the funding rule. In contrast, when a distribution transaction 
qualifies under section 355 without also qualifying as a 
reorganization, the controlled corporation does not acquire assets from 
the distributing corporation as part of the transaction and the 
corporations are not treated as predecessor and successor of each other 
for purposes of the funding rule. Consistent with this approach, 
proposed Sec.  1.385-3 does not treat a section 355 distribution that 
is part of a divisive reorganization as a distribution for purposes of 
the funding rule because the distributing corporation and the 
controlled corporation are both parties to the reorganization and are 
both treated as funded members to the extent of any prior debt 
instrument issued by the distributing corporation. For a further 
illustration of this rule, see Example 10 in Sec.  1.385-3(g)(3) of the 
proposed regulations.
b. Determining Whether a Debt Instrument Is Issued With a Principal 
Purpose of Funding a Distribution or Acquisition
    The determination as to whether a debt instrument is issued with a 
principal purpose of funding a distribution or acquisition is based on 
all of the facts and circumstances. A debt instrument may be treated as 
issued with such a principal purpose whether it is issued before or 
after a distribution or acquisition.
i. Non-Rebuttable Presumption During the 72-Month Period
    Proposed Sec.  1.385-3 also establishes a non-rebuttable 
presumption that certain expanded group debt instruments are issued 
with a principal purpose of funding a distribution or acquisition by 
the funded member. Specifically, such a principal purpose is deemed to 
exist if the expanded group debt instrument is issued by the funded 
member during the period beginning 36 months before the funded member 
makes a distribution or acquisition and ending 36 months after the 
distribution or acquisition (the 72-month period). This per se rule 
does not create a safe harbor. Accordingly, a debt instrument issued 
outside the 72-month period may be treated as having a principal 
purpose of funding a distribution or acquisition, based on the facts 
and circumstances.
    The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that this non-
rebuttable presumption is appropriate because money is fungible and 
because it is difficult for the IRS to establish the principal purposes 
of internal transactions. In the absence of a per se rule, taxpayers 
could assert that free cash flow generated from operations funded any 
distributions and acquisitions, while any debt instrument was incurred 
to finance the capital needs of those operations. Because taxpayers 
would be able to document the purposes of funding transactions 
accordingly, it would be difficult for the IRS to establish that any 
particular debt instrument was incurred with a principal purpose of 
funding a

[[Page 20924]]

distribution or acquisition. The exception discussed in Section C of 
this Part IV for distributions and acquisitions that do not exceed 
current year earnings and profits would accommodate many ordinary 
course distributions and acquisitions, providing significant 
flexibility to avoid the application of this per se rule. The Treasury 
Department and the IRS have determined that this exception, together 
with the exception for a tainted debt instrument that does not exceed 
$50 million, also discussed in Section C of this Part IV, appropriately 
balance between preventing tax-motivated transactions among members of 
an expanded group and accommodating ordinary course transactions.
ii. Exception to Non-Rebuttable Presumption for Ordinary Course Debt 
Instruments
    An exception to this per se rule applies to ordinary course debt 
instruments. Proposed Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(iv)(B)(2) defines an ordinary 
course debt instrument as a debt instrument that arises in the ordinary 
course of the issuer's trade or business in connection with the 
purchase of property or the receipt of services to the extent that it 
reflects an obligation to pay an amount that is currently deductible by 
the issuer under section 162 or currently included in the issuer's cost 
of goods sold or inventory, provided that the amount of the obligation 
outstanding at no time exceeds the amount that would be ordinary and 
necessary to carry on the trade or business of the issuer if it was 
unrelated to the lender. This exception is intended to apply to debt 
instruments that arise in connection with the purchase of property or 
the receipt of services between members of the same expanded group in 
the ordinary course of the purchaser's or recipient's trade or 
business, and is not intended to apply to intercompany financing or 
treasury center activities or to capital expenditures. An ordinary 
course debt instrument is not subject to the per se rule; however, it 
may be treated as having a principal purpose of funding a distribution 
or acquisition by the issuer, based on the facts and circumstances.
iii. Ordering Rules
    For purposes of applying the per se rule, proposed Sec.  1.385-
3(b)(3)(iv)(B)(3) includes an ordering rule that provides that, when 
two or more debt instruments may be treated as potentially funding the 
same acquisition or distribution, the debt instruments are tested based 
on the order in which they were issued. Thus, for example, if a company 
issues an expanded group debt instrument of $100x in each of years 1 
and 2, and then makes a distribution of $150x in year 3, the 
distribution will result in a recharacterization as of the date of the 
distribution of $100x of the year 1 debt instrument and $50x of the 
year 2 debt instrument. For a further illustration of this rule, see 
Example 6 in Sec.  1.385-3(g)(3) of the proposed regulations.
    A second ordering rule in proposed Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(iv)(B)(4) 
provides that, when a debt instrument may be treated as funding more 
than one distribution or acquisition, the earliest distribution or 
acquisition is treated as the first distribution or acquisition that 
was funded.
    An exception to these ordering rules applies when an acquisition of 
expanded group stock by issuance ceases to qualify for the exception 
from the funding rule described in Section C.3 of this Part IV. In that 
case, the acquisition of expanded group stock is treated as an 
acquisition that is subject to the funding rule on the date that the 
acquisition actually occurred, but debt instruments issued, and other 
distributions and acquisitions that occurred, prior to the date that 
the acquirer ceases to qualify for the exception are ordered without 
regard to the acquisition of expanded group stock that previously was 
excepted from the funding rule.
iv. Transition Rule
    For a rule preventing the funding rule from treating a debt 
instrument issued on or after April 4, 2016 from being treated as 
funding a distribution or acquisition that occurred before April 4, 
2016, see Section G of this Part IV.
v. Predecessor and Successor Rules
    Finally, the funding rule provides that references in the funding 
rule to the funded member include any predecessor or successor of such 
member. A predecessor is defined to include the distributor or 
transferor corporation in a transaction described in section 381(a) in 
which a member of the expanded group is the acquiring corporation, but 
also includes the transferor corporation in a divisive reorganization 
described in section 368(a)(1)(D) or (G). The term predecessor does not 
include, with respect to a controlled corporation, a distributing 
corporation that distributed the stock of the controlled corporation 
pursuant to section 355(c). Similarly, a successor is defined to 
include the acquiring corporation in a transaction described in section 
381(a) in which a member of the expanded group is the distributor or 
transferor corporation, but also includes the acquiring corporation in 
a divisive reorganization described in section 368(a)(1)(D) or (G). The 
term successor does not include, with respect to a distributing 
corporation, a controlled corporation the stock of which was 
distributed by the distributing corporation pursuant to section 355(c). 
In addition, Section C.3 of this Part IV, which sets forth an exception 
to the funding rule for certain acquisitions of expanded group stock by 
issuance, provides that the funded member is treated as a predecessor 
of the issuer and the issuer is treated as a successor of the funded 
member to the extent of the value of the acquired stock. For an 
illustration of these rules, see Examples 9, 10, and 12 in proposed 
Sec.  1.385-3(g)(3).
3. The Anti-Abuse Rule
    Proposed Sec.  1.385-3(b)(4) also provides that a debt instrument 
is treated as stock if it is issued with a principal purpose of 
avoiding the application of the proposed regulations. In addition, 
other interests that are not debt instruments for purposes of proposed 
Sec. Sec.  1.385-3 and 1.385-4 (for example, contracts to which section 
483 applies or nonperiodic swap payments) are treated as stock if 
issued with a principal purpose of avoiding the application of proposed 
Sec. Sec.  1.385-3 or 1.385-4.
    Proposed Sec.  1.385-3(b)(4) includes a non-exhaustive list of 
examples illustrating situations where the anti-abuse rule might apply. 
The anti-abuse rule may apply, for example, if a debt instrument is 
issued to, and later acquired from, a person that is not a member of 
the issuer's expanded group with a principal purpose of avoiding the 
application of the proposed regulations. In that situation, factors 
that may be taken into account in determining the presence or absence 
of a principal purpose of avoiding the application of the proposed 
regulations include the time period between the issuance of the debt 
instrument to the non-member and the acquisition of the debt instrument 
by a member of the issuer's expanded group, and whether there was a 
significant change in circumstances during that time period. For 
example, a change of control of the issuer group (for example, a cash 
acquisition of all of the stock of the ultimate parent company of the 
issuer) after the issuance and before the acquisition of the debt 
instrument that was not foreseeable when the debt instrument was issued 
to the non-member could indicate that the debt instrument was not 
issued with a principal purpose of avoiding the

[[Page 20925]]

application of the proposed regulations. In contrast, the issuance of a 
debt instrument to a non-member after discussions were underway 
regarding the change-of-control transaction could indicate that the 
debt instrument was issued with a principal purpose of avoiding the 
application of the proposed regulations.
    Other examples of when the anti-abuse rule could apply include 
situations where, with a principal purpose of avoiding the application 
of proposed Sec.  1.385-3: (i) A Debt instrument is issued to a person 
that is not a member of the issuer's expanded group and that person 
later becomes a member of the issuer's expanded group; (ii) a debt 
instrument is issued to an entity that is not taxable as a corporation 
for federal tax purposes (for example, a trust that is beneficially 
owned by an expanded group member); or (iii) a member of the issuer's 
expanded group is substituted as a new obligor or added as a co-obligor 
on an existing debt instrument. The anti-abuse rule also could apply to 
a debt instrument that is issued or transferred in connection with a 
reorganization or similar transaction with a principal purpose of 
avoiding the application of the proposed regulations. For a further 
illustration of this rule, see Example 18 in Sec.  1.385-3(g)(3) of the 
proposed regulations.
4. Coordination Between General Rule and Funding Rule
    Proposed Sec.  1.385-3(b)(5) includes a rule to address a potential 
overlap between the general rule and the funding rule. This 
coordination rule provides that, to the extent all or a portion of a 
debt instrument issued in an asset reorganization is treated as stock 
under the third prong of the general rule (relating to a debt 
instrument issued for property in an asset reorganization), the 
distribution of the deemed stock to a shareholder in the asset 
reorganization is not also treated as a distribution or acquisition by 
the transferor corporation for purposes of the funding rule. This 
coordination rule addresses a specific potential overlap situation 
where a debt instrument is distributed to a shareholder pursuant to an 
asset reorganization and is characterized under the third prong of the 
general rule as an issuance of stock. When the issuance of the debt 
instrument is characterized under the general rule as an issuance of 
stock, the stock may be treated as non-qualified preferred stock for 
purposes of section 356. Nonqualified preferred stock received by a 
shareholder in a distribution is itself treated as ``other property'' 
for purposes of section 356. This overlap rule provides that, if the 
shareholder is deemed to receive nonqualified preferred stock in the 
asset reorganization, the distribution of the nonqualified preferred 
stock in the asset reorganization is not treated as a distribution or 
acquisition for purposes of the funding rule. For an illustration of 
this rule, see Example 8 in Sec.  1.385-3(g)(3) of the proposed 
regulations.
C. Exceptions
    Proposed Sec.  1.385-3(c) provides three exceptions from the 
application of proposed Sec.  1.385-3(b) for transactions that 
otherwise could result in a debt instrument being treated as stock.
1. Exception for Current Year Earnings and Profits
    As noted in Section B.2 of this Part IV, proposed Sec.  1.385-
3(c)(1) includes an exception pursuant to which distributions and 
acquisitions described in proposed Sec.  1.385-3(b)(2) (the general 
rule) or proposed Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(ii) (the funding rule) that do 
not exceed current year earnings and profits (as described in section 
316(a)(2)) of the distributing or acquiring corporation are not treated 
as distributions or acquisitions for purposes of the general rule or 
the funding rule. For this purpose, distributions and acquisitions are 
attributed to current year earnings and profits in the order in which 
they occur.
2. Threshold Exception
    A second exception provides that an expanded group debt instrument 
will not be treated as stock if, when the debt instrument is issued, 
the aggregate issue price of all expanded group debt instruments that 
otherwise would be treated as stock under the proposed regulations does 
not exceed $50 million (the threshold exception). If the expanded 
group's debt instruments that otherwise would be treated as stock later 
exceed $50 million, then all expanded group debt instruments that, but 
for the threshold exception, would have been treated as stock are 
treated as stock, rather than only the amount that exceeds $50 million. 
Thus, the threshold exception is not an exemption of the first $50 
million of expanded group debt instruments that otherwise would be 
treated as stock under the proposed regulations, but rather is only 
intended to provide an exception from the application of proposed Sec.  
1.385-3 for taxpayers that have not exceeded the $50 million threshold. 
If the $50 million threshold subsequently is exceeded, the timing of 
the recharacterization of the relevant debt instrument as stock depends 
on when the debt instrument was issued. If the debt instrument ceases 
to qualify for the threshold exception after the taxable year of its 
issuance, the recharacterization is treated as occurring on the date 
that the threshold exception ceases to apply. If, on the other hand, 
the debt instrument ceases to qualify for the threshold exception 
during the same taxable year that the debt instrument is issued, the 
debt instrument is treated as stock as of the day that the debt 
instrument is issued. Once the $50 million threshold is exceeded, the 
threshold exception will not apply to any debt instrument issued by 
members of the expanded group for so long as any instrument that 
previously was treated as indebtedness solely because of the threshold 
exception remains outstanding, in order to prevent the $50 million 
limitation from refreshing after those instruments are treated as 
stock.
    The threshold exception is applied after applying the exception for 
current year earnings and profits. For an illustration of the 
interaction of the threshold exception and the exception for current 
year earnings and profits, see Example 17 in Sec.  1.385-3(g)(3) of the 
proposed regulations.
3. Exception for Funded Acquisitions of Subsidiary Stock by Issuance
    An acquisition of expanded group stock will not be treated as an 
acquisition described in the second prong of the funding rule if (i) 
the acquisition results from a transfer of property by a funded member 
(the transferor) to an issuer in exchange for stock of the issuer, and 
(ii) for the 36-month period following the issuance, the transferor 
holds, directly or indirectly, more than 50 percent of the total 
combined voting power of all classes of stock of the issuer entitled to 
vote and more than 50 percent of the total value of the stock of the 
issuer. For purposes of this exception, a transferor's indirect stock 
ownership is determined by applying the principles of section 958(a) 
without regard to whether an intermediate entity is foreign or 
domestic.
    If the transferor ceases to meet the ownership requirement at any 
time during the 36-month period, the acquisition of expanded group 
stock will no longer qualify for the exception and will be treated as 
an acquisition described in the second prong of the funding rule. In 
this case, for purposes of applying the per se rule, the acquisition 
may be treated as having been funded by a debt instrument issued during 
the 72-month period determined with respect to the date of the 
acquisition (rather than the date that

[[Page 20926]]

the exception ceased to apply (the cessation date)), but, in the case 
of a debt instrument issued prior to the cessation date, only to the 
extent that such debt instrument is treated as indebtedness as of the 
cessation date (that is, a debt instrument not already treated as 
stock).
    The proposed regulations treat an issuer and a transferor as a 
successor and predecessor, respectively, for purposes of the funding 
rule to the extent of the value of the expanded group stock acquired 
from the issuer. However, for purposes of the per se rule, the issuer 
and transferor are only treated as successor and predecessor, 
respectively, with respect to a debt instrument issued by the 
transferor during the period beginning 36 months before the relevant 
issuance of expanded group stock and ending 36 months after such 
issuance. Proposed Sec.  1.385-3(f)(11) further limits the effect of 
treating the issuer and transferor as successor and predecessor by 
providing that a distribution made by the issuer directly to the 
transferor is not treated as a distribution made by the transferor for 
purposes of applying the funding rule to a debt instrument of the 
transferor.
    For an illustration of this exception, see Example 12 in Sec.  
1.385-3(g)(3) of the proposed regulations.
D. Operating Rules
    Proposed Sec.  1.385-3(d) includes operating rules for determining 
when a debt instrument is treated as stock and for certain deemed 
exchanges required under the proposed regulations.
1. Timing of Stock Treatment
a. Timing Under the General Rule
    A debt instrument treated as stock under the general rule is 
treated as stock from the time when the debt instrument is issued. In 
addition, and in contrast to the funding rule, the treatment of a debt 
instrument as stock pursuant to the general rule may affect other 
aspects of the tax treatment of the transaction in which the debt 
instrument is issued. For example, a distribution of a debt instrument 
is treated as a distribution of stock for all federal tax purposes and, 
accordingly, is subject to section 305. Similarly, a debt instrument 
issued in exchange for expanded group stock is treated as an 
acquisition of expanded group stock in exchange for stock of the 
issuing corporation. Because stock of the issuing corporation is not 
treated as ``property'' within the meaning of section 317, such 
transactions would not, for example, be described in section 304(a)(1) 
or be subject to Sec.  1.367(b)-10, both of which only apply to certain 
acquisitions of stock for property.
b. Timing Under the Funding Rule
    When the funding rule applies, a principal purpose debt instrument 
also is treated as stock from the time when the debt instrument is 
issued, but only to the extent it is issued in the same or a subsequent 
taxable year as the distribution or acquisition that the debt 
instrument is treated as funding. To the extent that a principal 
purpose debt instrument is issued in a taxable year preceding the 
taxable year in which the distribution or acquisition that it is 
treated as funding occurs, the debt instrument is respected as 
indebtedness until the date such distribution or acquisition occurs, at 
which time it is deemed to be exchanged (as described in Section D.2 of 
this Part IV) for stock. For these purposes, the relevant taxable year 
is the taxable year of the funded member. See Section C.3 of this Part 
IV for a discussion of the timing rule when the exception for funded 
acquisitions of subsidiary stock by issuance ceases to apply.
    In contrast to transactions that are characterized under the 
general rule, when the funding rule applies, the tax treatment of the 
distribution or acquisition that the principal purpose debt instrument 
is treated as funding is never recharacterized under the proposed 
regulations. Accordingly, in the case of a section 301 distribution 
that triggers the application of the funding rule, section 301 will 
continue to apply to the distribution without regard to the fact that 
the debt instrument that is treated as funding the distribution is 
recharacterized as stock. Similarly, the application of section 304 to 
a funded acquisition of expanded group stock would not be affected by 
the fact that the debt instrument that is treated as funding the 
acquisition is recharacterized as stock under the funding rule.
c. Transitional Timing Rule
    For an additional timing rule addressing certain debt instruments 
issued on or after April 4, 2016 and before the date of publication in 
the Federal Register of the Treasury decision adopting proposed Sec.  
1.385-3 as a final regulation, see section G of this Part IV.
2. Deemed Exchange
    As described in Section D.1 of this Part IV, the funding rule can 
apply to treat a debt instrument as stock in a taxable year that is 
subsequent to the taxable year in which the debt instrument is issued. 
In addition, as described in Section C of this Part IV, when the $50 
million threshold exception ceases to apply, all debt instruments of 
the expanded group issued in a prior taxable year that previously was 
treated as indebtedness because of the threshold exception is treated 
as stock on the date that the threshold exception ceases to apply. In 
those situations the deemed exchange rule described in Section B of 
Part II applies. This deemed exchange rule does not apply when a debt 
instrument that is treated as stock under proposed Sec.  1.385-3 leaves 
the expanded group, as described in Section D.3 of this Part IV.
3. Debt Instrument That Leaves the Expanded Group
    When a debt instrument that is treated as stock under proposed 
Sec.  1.385-3 is transferred to a person that is not a member of the 
expanded group, or when the obligor with respect to such debt 
instrument ceases to be a member of the expanded group that includes 
the issuer, the interest ceases to be treated as stock. This is because 
proposed Sec.  1.385-3 generally applies only to a debt instrument that 
is held by a member of an expanded group. For purposes of this rule, it 
should be noted that a debt instrument held by a partnership is 
considered held by its partners, as described in Section D.4 of this 
Part IV.
    The proposed regulations provide that, immediately before a debt 
instrument that is treated as stock under proposed Sec.  1.385-3 ceases 
to be held by a member of the expanded group, the expanded group issuer 
is deemed to issue a new debt instrument to the expanded group holder 
in exchange for the debt instrument that was treated as stock. The 
proposed regulations provide that this deemed issuance of the debt 
instrument is not itself subject to the general rule.
    When a debt instrument treated as stock pursuant to the funding 
rule ceases to be treated as stock because it is no longer an expanded 
group debt instrument, all other debt instruments of the issuer that 
are not currently treated as stock are re-tested to determine whether 
other debt instruments are treated as funding the distribution or 
acquisition that previously was treated as funded by the debt 
instrument that ceases to be treated as stock pursuant to this rule. 
For an illustration of this rule, see Example 7 in Sec.  1.385-3(g)(3) 
of the proposed regulations.
4. Treatment of Partnerships
    To prevent avoidance of these rules through the use of 
partnerships, proposed Sec.  1.385-3(d)(5) takes an

[[Page 20927]]

aggregate approach to controlled partnerships for purposes of the 
proposed regulations. The legislative history of subchapter K of 
chapter 1 of the Code provides that, for purposes of interpreting Code 
provisions outside of that subchapter, a partnership may be treated as 
either an entity separate from its partners or an aggregate of its 
partners, depending on which characterization is more appropriate to 
carry out the purpose of the particular section under consideration. 
H.R. Conf. Rep. No. 2543, 83rd Cong. 2d. Sess. 59 (1954). Thus, for 
example, when a member of an expanded group becomes a partner in a 
partnership that is a controlled partnership with respect to the 
expanded group, the member is treated as acquiring its proportionate 
share of the controlled partnership's assets. In addition, each 
expanded group partner in a controlled partnership is treated as (i) 
issuing its proportionate share of any debt instrument issued by the 
controlled partnership, (ii) acquiring its proportionate share of any 
expanded group stock acquired by the controlled partnership, and (iii) 
receiving its proportionate share of any ``other property'' received by 
the partnership in a transaction described in section 356. For this 
purpose, a partner's proportionate share is determined in accordance 
with the partner's share of partnership profits. A partnership is a 
controlled partnership if 80 percent or more of the interests in the 
capital or profits of the partnership are owned, directly or 
indirectly, by one or more members of an expanded group. For this 
purpose, indirect ownership of a partnership interest is determined 
based on the indirect ownership rules of section 304(c)(3).
    If a debt instrument issued by a controlled partnership were to be 
recharacterized as equity in the controlled partnership, the resulting 
equity could give rise to guaranteed payments that may be deductible or 
gross income allocations to partners that would reduce the taxable 
income of the other partners that did not receive such allocations. 
Therefore, under the authority of section 7701(l) to recharacterize 
multiple-party financing transactions, proposed Sec.  1.385-3(d)(5)(ii) 
provides that, when a debt instrument issued by a partnership is 
recharacterized, in whole or in part, under proposed Sec.  1.385-3, the 
holder of the recharacterized debt instrument is treated as holding 
stock in the expanded group partner or partners rather than as holding 
a partnership interest in the controlled partnership. The partnership 
and its partners must make appropriate conforming adjustments to 
reflect the expanded group partner's treatment under the proposed 
regulations. Any such adjustments must be consistent with the purposes 
of these proposed regulations and must be made in a manner that avoids 
the creation of, or increase in, a disparity between the controlled 
partnership's aggregate basis in its assets and the aggregate bases of 
the partners' respective interests in the partnership. For an 
illustration of the rules applicable to controlled partnerships, see 
Examples 13, 14, and 15 in Sec.  1.385-3(g)(3) of the proposed 
regulations.
5. Notification of Inconsistent Treatment Waived
    Section 385(c)(1) provides that an issuer's characterization as of 
the time of issuance of an interest as debt or stock is binding on the 
issuer and on all holders of the interest. Section 385(c)(2) provides 
an exception to that rule if the holder discloses on its return that 
the holder is treating such interest in a manner that is inconsistent 
with such characterization. Section 385(c)(3) provides that the 
Secretary is authorized to require such information as the Secretary 
determines to be necessary to carry out the provisions of section 
385(c). Under proposed Sec.  1.385-3, a holder may be required to treat 
an interest as stock even though the issuer treated it as debt when it 
was issued. For example, a debt instrument may first be treated as a 
principal purpose debt instrument in a year that follows the year in 
which the debt instrument was issued. In that case, absent a regulatory 
provision to the contrary, the holder would be subject to the reporting 
requirement described in section 385(c)(2).
    The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that the 
characterization and reporting requirements in section 385(c) were not 
intended to apply when regulations under section 385 require an 
interest to be recharacterized after the issuer's initial 
characterization of that interest. Accordingly, the proposed 
regulations provide that section 385(c)(1) does not apply to a debt 
instrument to the extent that it is treated as stock under the proposed 
regulations.
6. Obligations of Disregarded Entities
    Proposed Sec.  1.385-3(d)(6) provides that a debt instrument issued 
by a disregarded entity that is treated as stock under proposed Sec.  
1.385-3 is treated as stock in the disregarded entity's owner rather 
than as an equity interest in the disregarded entity. Ordinarily, when 
a disregarded entity becomes an entity with more than one equity owner, 
the disregarded entity converts to a partnership. See, e.g., Sec.  
301.7701-3(f)(2); Rev. Rul. 99-5, 1999-1 C.B. 434. Under these 
circumstances, the Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that 
treating a debt instrument issued by a disregarded entity that is 
treated as stock under proposed Sec.  1.385-3 as stock in its owner, 
rather than as an equity interest in the disregarded entity, is 
consistent with, and addresses similar policy concerns as, the rules 
applicable to a debt instrument issued by a controlled partnership, 
which are described in Section D.4 of this Part IV.
E. No Affirmative Use
    Under proposed Sec.  1.385-3(e), proposed Sec. Sec.  1.385-3 and 
1.385-4 do not apply to the extent a person enters into a transaction 
that otherwise would be subject to the proposed regulations with a 
principal purpose of reducing its federal tax liability or the federal 
tax liability of another person by disregarding the treatment of the 
debt instrument that would occur without regard to the proposed 
regulations.
F. Treatment of Consolidated Groups
    As noted previously, the Treasury Department and the IRS have 
determined that a debt instrument between members of the same 
consolidated group does not raise the same federal tax concerns as a 
debt instrument between members of the same expanded (but not 
consolidated) group. Accordingly, proposed Sec.  1.385-4 includes 
special rules, issued under the authority of section 1502, for applying 
Sec.  1.385-3 to consolidated groups, including rules addressing the 
treatment of a debt instrument issued by one member of a consolidated 
group to another member of the same consolidated group (consolidated 
group debt instrument) and rules regarding the treatment of a debt 
instrument when it ceases to be a consolidated group debt instrument.
1. Consolidated Groups Treated as One Corporation
    For purposes of proposed Sec.  1.385-3, all members of a 
consolidated group are treated as one corporation. Accordingly, 
proposed Sec.  1.385-3 does not apply to a consolidated group debt 
instrument. Thus, for example, the proposed regulations do not treat as 
stock a debt instrument that is issued by one member of a consolidated 
group to another member of the consolidated group in a distribution. 
The proposed regulations define a consolidated group

[[Page 20928]]

in the same manner as the consolidated return regulations. See Sec.  
1.1502-1(h).
    As a result of treating all members of a consolidated group as one 
corporation for purposes of applying proposed Sec.  1.385-3, a debt 
instrument issued to or by one member of a consolidated group generally 
is treated as issued to or by all members of the same consolidated 
group. Thus, a debt instrument issued by one consolidated group member 
to a member of its expanded group that is not a member of its 
consolidated group may be treated under the funding rule as funding a 
distribution or acquisition by another member of that consolidated 
group, even though that other consolidated group member was not the 
issuer and thus was not funded directly. Similarly, a debt instrument 
issued by one consolidated group member to another consolidated group 
member is treated as stock under the general rule when the debt 
instrument is distributed by the holder to a member of the expanded 
group that is not a member of the same consolidated group, regardless 
of whether the issuer itself distributed the debt instrument. For an 
illustration of this rule, see Example 1 in proposed Sec.  1.385-
4(d)(3).
2. Debt Instrument That Ceases To Be a Consolidated Group Debt 
Instrument but Continues To Be an Expanded Group Debt Instrument
    Proposed Sec.  1.385-4 includes rules addressing debt held or 
issued by a consolidated group member that leaves a consolidated group, 
but continues to be a member of the expanded group (such corporation, a 
departing member).
    Generally, any consolidated group debt instrument that is issued or 
held by the departing member and that is not treated as stock solely by 
reason of the rule treating all members of a consolidated group as one 
corporation (exempt consolidated group debt instrument) is deemed to be 
exchanged for stock immediately after the departing member leaves the 
group. Any consolidated group debt instrument issued or held by a 
departing member that is not an exempt consolidated group debt 
instrument (non-exempt consolidated group debt instrument) is treated 
as indebtedness unless and until the non-exempt consolidated group debt 
instrument is treated as a principal purpose debt instrument under 
proposed Sec. Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(ii) and 1.385-3(d)(1) as a result of 
a distribution or acquisition described in proposed Sec.  1.385-
3(b)(3)(ii) that occurs after the departure. However, solely for 
purposes of applying the 72-month period under the per se funding rule, 
the debt instrument is treated as having been issued when it was first 
treated as a consolidated group debt instrument.
    When a member of a consolidated group transfers a consolidated 
group debt instrument to an expanded group member that is not a member 
of the consolidated group, the debt instrument is treated as issued by 
the issuer of the debt instrument (which is treated as one corporation 
with the transferor of the debt instrument) to the transferee expanded 
group member on the date of the transfer. For purposes of proposed 
Sec.  1.385-3, the consequences of the transfer are determined in a 
manner that is consistent with treating a consolidated group as one 
corporation. Thus, for example, the sale of a consolidated group debt 
instrument to an expanded group member that is not a member of the 
consolidated group is treated as an issuance of the debt instrument to 
the transferee expanded group member in exchange for property. To the 
extent the debt instrument is treated as stock upon being transferred, 
the debt instrument is deemed to be exchanged for stock immediately 
after the debt instrument is transferred outside of the consolidated 
group. For an illustration of this rule, see Examples 1 and 2 in Sec.  
1.385-4(d)(3) of the proposed regulations.
G. Proposed Effective/Applicability Date and Transition Rules
    Sections 1.385-3 and 1.385-4 are proposed to apply to any debt 
instrument issued on or after April 4, 2016 and to any debt instrument 
issued before April 4, 2016 as a result of an entity classification 
election made under Sec.  301.7701-3 that is filed on or after April 4, 
2016. However, when Sec. Sec.  1.385-3(b) and 1.385-3(d)(1)(i) through 
(d)(1)(v), or Sec.  1.385-4 of the proposed regulations, otherwise 
would treat a debt instrument as stock prior to the date of publication 
in the Federal Register of the Treasury decision adopting this rule as 
a final regulation, the debt instrument is treated as indebtedness 
until the date that is 90 days after the date of publication in the 
Federal Register of the Treasury decision adopting this rule as a final 
regulation. To the extent that the debt instrument described in the 
preceding sentence is held by a member of the issuer's expanded group 
on the date that is 90 days after the date of publication in the 
Federal Register of the Treasury decision adopting this rule as a final 
regulation, the debt instrument is deemed to be exchanged for stock on 
the date that is 90 days after the date of publication in the Federal 
Register of the Treasury decision adopting this rule as a final 
regulation.
    In addition, for purposes of determining whether a debt instrument 
is a principal purpose debt instrument described in proposed Sec.  
1.385-3(b)(3)(iv), a distribution or acquisition described in proposed 
Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(ii) that occurs before April 4, 2016, other than a 
distribution or acquisition that is treated as occurring before April 
4, 2016 as a result of an entity classification election made under 
Sec.  301.7701-3 that is filed on or after April 4, 2016, is not taken 
into account.

Statement of Availability of IRS Documents

    IRS Revenue Procedures, Revenue Rulings notices, and other guidance 
cited in this document are published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin 
(or Cumulative Bulletin) and are available from the Superintendent of 
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402, or by 
visiting the IRS Web site at http://www.irs.gov.

Special Analyses

    Executive Orders 13563 and 12866 direct agencies to assess costs 
and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is 
necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits 
(including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety 
effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 
emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of 
reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. 
This rule has been designated a ``significant regulatory action'' under 
section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866 and designated as economically 
significant. Accordingly, the rule has been reviewed by the Office of 
Management and Budget. A regulatory assessment for this proposed rule 
is available in the docket for this rulemaking on www.regulations.gov.
    Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. Chapter 6), it 
is hereby certified that the proposed regulations will not have a 
significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. 
Accordingly, an initial regulatory flexibility analysis is not 
required. The Commissioner and the courts historically have analyzed 
whether an interest in a corporation should be treated as stock or 
indebtedness for federal tax purposes by applying various sets of 
factors to the facts of a particular case. Proposed Sec.  1.385-1 
provides that in connection with determining whether an interest in a 
corporation should be treated as stock or indebtedness for federal tax 
purposes,

[[Page 20929]]

the Commissioner has the discretion to treat certain interests in a 
corporation for federal tax purposes as indebtedness in part and stock 
in part. Proposed Sec.  1.385-1 does not require taxpayers to take any 
additional actions or to engage in any new procedures or documentation. 
Because proposed Sec.  1.385-1 contains no such requirements, it does 
not have an effect on small entities.
    To facilitate the federal tax analysis of an interest in a 
corporation, taxpayers are required to substantiate their 
classification of an interest as stock or indebtedness for federal tax 
purposes. Proposed Sec.  1.385-2 provides documentation requirements to 
substantiate the treatment of certain related-party instruments as 
indebtedness. First, these rules apply only to debt instruments in form 
issued within expanded groups of corporations and other entities. 
Second, proposed Sec.  1.385-2 only applies to expanded groups if the 
stock of a member of the expanded group is publicly traded, or 
financial statements of the expanded group or its members show total 
assets exceeding $100 million or annual total revenue exceeding $50 
million. Because the rules are limited to large expanded groups, they 
will not affect a substantial number of small entities.
    Proposed Sec.  1.385-3 provides rules that treat as stock certain 
interests in a corporation that are held by a member of the 
corporation's expanded group and that otherwise would be treated as 
indebtedness for federal tax purposes. Proposed Sec.  1.385-4 provides 
rules regarding the application of proposed Sec.  1.385-3 to members of 
a consolidated group. Proposed Sec.  1.385-3 includes multiple 
exceptions that limit its application. In particular, the threshold 
exception provides that an expanded group debt instrument will not be 
treated as stock under proposed Sec.  1.385-3 if, when the debt 
instrument is issued, the aggregate issue price of all expanded group 
debt instruments that otherwise would be treated as stock under 
proposed Sec.  1.385-3 does not exceed $50 million. The threshold 
exception also governs the application of proposed Sec.  1.385-3 rules 
to members of a consolidated group described in proposed Sec.  1.385-4. 
Although it is possible that the classification rules in proposed 
Sec. Sec.  1.385-3 and 1.385-4 could have an effect on small entities, 
the threshold exception makes it unlikely that a substantial number of 
small entities will be affected by proposed Sec. Sec.  1.385-3 and 
1.385-4. Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Code, these regulations 
have been submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small 
Business Administration for comment on their impact on small business.

Comments and Public Hearing

    Before the proposed regulations are adopted as final regulations, 
consideration will be given to any written (a signed original and eight 
copies) or electronic comments that are submitted timely to the IRS. 
The Treasury Department and the IRS request comments on all aspects of 
the proposed rules, including comments on the clarity of the proposed 
rules and how they can be made more administrable. In addition, 
comments are requested on: (1) Other instruments that should be subject 
to the proposed regulations, including other types of applicable 
instruments that are not indebtedness in form that should be subject to 
proposed Sec.  1.385-2 and the documentation requirements that should 
apply to such applicable instruments; (2) whether special rules are 
warranted for cash pools, cash sweeps, and similar arrangements for 
managing cash of an expanded group; (3) the rule addressing deemed 
exchanges of an EGI and a debt instrument; (4) the application of these 
rules to any entity with respect to a year in which the entity is not a 
U.S. person (as defined in section 7701(a)(30)), is not required to 
file a U.S. tax return, and is not a CFC or a controlled foreign 
partnership, but in a later year becomes one of the foregoing; (5) 
whether certain indebtedness commonly used by investment partnerships, 
including indebtedness issued by certain ``blocker'' entities, 
implicate similar policy concerns as those motivating the proposed 
regulations, such that the scope of the proposed regulations should be 
broadened; (6) whether guidance is needed under section 909 to the 
extent a U.S. equity hybrid instrument arises solely by reason of the 
application of proposed Sec.  1.385-3; and (7) the treatment of 
controlled partnerships in proposed Sec.  1.385-3 and the collateral 
consequences of the recharacterization and any corresponding 
adjustments, including the treatment of a partner's proportionate share 
of partnership assets or debt instruments, of treating a debt 
instrument issued by a controlled partnership as stock in its expanded 
group partners, including a situation in which a recharacterization 
results in a partnership owning stock of an expanded group partner. 
Specifically, the Treasury Department and the IRS request comments on 
how to apply proposed Sec.  1.385-3 when expanded group partners make 
distributions subject to the funding rule with respect to some, but not 
all, partnership debt instruments; when one or more, but not all, 
expanded group partners make a distribution subject to the funding rule 
with respect to part or all of their share of the partnership debt 
instrument; and how to address such distributions when a controlled 
partnership has one or more partners that are not expanded group 
members. The Treasury Department and the IRS also request comments on 
whether the objective rules in proposed Sec.  1.385-3(d)(5) have the 
potential to be manipulated, including by selectively locating debt 
instruments in order to achieve results that are contrary to the 
purposes of these regulations, and, if so, whether the anti-abuse rule 
in proposed Sec.  1.385-3(b)(4) or the rule prohibiting the affirmative 
use of these rules by taxpayers in proposed Sec.  1.385-3(e) are 
sufficient to address these concerns.
    More generally, the Treasury Department and the IRS request 
comments on whether additional guidance is necessary regarding the 
manner by which issuers and holders notify the Secretary of the 
intended federal tax treatment of an interest in a corporation.
    The Treasury Department and the IRS are aware that the issuance of 
preferred equity by a controlled partnership to an expanded group 
member may give rise to similar concerns as debt instruments of a 
controlled partnership issued to an expanded group member, and that 
controlled partnerships may, in some cases, issue preferred equity with 
a principal purpose of avoiding the application of Sec.  1.385-3 of the 
proposed regulations. The Treasury Department and the IRS are 
considering rules that would treat preferred equity in a controlled 
partnership as equity in the expanded group partners, based on the 
principles of the aggregate approach used in proposed Sec.  1.385-
3(d)(5). Comments are requested regarding the recharacterization of 
preferred equity in those circumstances. Until any such guidance is 
issued, the IRS intends to closely scrutinize, and may challenge when 
the regulations become effective, transactions in which a controlled 
partnership issues preferred equity to an expanded group member and, 
within the relevant 72-month period, one or more expanded group 
partners in the controlled partnership engage in a transaction 
described in Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(ii) of the proposed regulations.
    Finally, regarding the request for comments on whether guidance is 
needed under section 909 when a U.S. equity hybrid instrument arises 
solely by reason of the application of Sec.  1.385-3: the application 
of proposed Sec.  1.385-

[[Page 20930]]

3 may give rise to a U.S. equity hybrid instrument splitter arrangement 
under Sec.  1.909-2(b)(3)(i) (for example when indebtedness issued by 
one CFC to another CFC is treated as equity under proposed Sec.  1.385-
3). When this occurs, payments made pursuant to the instrument 
generally would result in distributions out of earnings and profits 
attributable pro rata to related income and other income, as described 
in Sec. Sec.  1.909-3 and 1.909-6(d). Given that these section 385 
regulations may give rise to a proliferation of U.S. hybrid equity 
instrument splitter arrangements, the Treasury Department and the IRS 
request comments on whether additional guidance is needed under section 
909, including to address any uncertainty with respect to how U.S. 
hybrid equity instrument splitter arrangements are treated. All 
comments will be available for public inspection and copying at 
www.regulations.gov or upon request.

Drafting Information

    The principal authors of these regulations are Eric D. Brauer of 
the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (Corporate) and Raymond J. Stahl 
of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (International). However, 
other personnel from the Treasury Department and the IRS participated 
in their development.

List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1

    Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.

Proposed Amendment to the Regulations

    Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is proposed to be amended as follows:

PART I--INCOME TAXES

0
Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 1 is amended by adding 
entries in numerical order to read in part as follows:

    Authority:  26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *

0
Section 1.385-1 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 385.
0
Section 1.385-2 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 385 and 26 U.S.C. 1502.
0
Section 1.385-3 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 385, 26 U.S.C. 701, and 
7701(l).
0
Section 1.385-4 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 385 and 26 U.S.C. 1502.
0
Par. 2. Section 1.385-1 is added to read as follows:


Sec.  1.385-1  General provisions.

    (a) Overview. This section provides definitions applicable to the 
regulations under section 385 and operating rules regarding the 
treatment of certain direct and indirect interests in corporations as 
stock or indebtedness for federal tax purposes. Section 1.385-2 
provides documentation and information requirements necessary for 
certain interests issued between members of an expanded group (as 
defined in paragraph (b)(3) of this section) to be treated as 
indebtedness for federal tax purposes. Section 1.385-3 provides rules 
that treat as stock certain interests in a corporation issued between 
members of an expanded group in connection with certain purported 
distributions of debt instruments and similar transactions. Section 
1.385-4 provides special rules regarding the transactions described in 
Sec.  1.385-3 as they relate to consolidated groups.
    (b) Definitions. The definitions in this paragraph (b) apply for 
purposes of the regulations under section 385. For additional 
definitions that apply for purposes of Sec.  1.385-2, see Sec.  1.385-
2(a)(4). For additional definitions that apply for purposes of 
Sec. Sec.  1.385-3 and 1.385-4, see Sec.  1.385-3(f).
    (1) Controlled partnership. The term controlled partnership means a 
partnership with respect to which at least 80 percent of the interests 
in partnership capital or profits are owned, directly or indirectly, by 
one or more members of an expanded group. For this purpose, indirect 
ownership of a partnership interest is determined by applying the 
principles of paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (2) Disregarded entity. The term disregarded entity means a 
business entity (as defined in Sec.  301.7701-2(a) of this chapter) 
that is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner for federal 
tax purposes under Sec. Sec.  301.7701-1 through 301.7701-3 of this 
chapter.
    (3) Expanded group--(i) In general. The term expanded group means 
an affiliated group as defined in section 1504(a), determined:
    (A) Without regard to paragraphs (1) through (8) of section 
1504(b);
    (B) By substituting ``directly or indirectly'' for ``directly'' in 
section 1504(a)(1)(B)(i); and
    (C) By substituting ``or'' for ``and'' in section 1504(a)(2)(A).
    (ii) Indirect stock ownership. For purposes of this paragraph 
(b)(3), indirect stock ownership is determined by applying the rules of 
section 304(c)(3).
    (4) Modified controlled partnership. The term modified controlled 
partnership means a partnership with respect to which at least 50 
percent of the interests in partnership capital or profits are owned, 
directly or indirectly, by one or more members of a modified expanded 
group. For this purpose, indirect ownership of a partnership interest 
is determined by applying the principles of paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of 
this section.
    (5) Modified expanded group. The term modified expanded group means 
an expanded group, as defined in this section, determined by 
substituting ``50'' for ``80'' in sections 1504(a)(2)(A) and (B). If 
one or more members of a modified expanded group own, directly or 
indirectly, 50 percent of the interests in partnership capital or 
profits of a modified controlled partnership, the modified controlled 
partnership is treated as a member of the modified expanded group. In 
addition, if a person (as defined in section 7701(a)(1)) is treated, 
under the rules of section 318, as owning at least 50 percent of the 
value of the stock of a modified expanded group member, the person is 
treated as a member of the modified expanded group.
    (c) Treatment of deemed exchange. If a debt instrument (as defined 
in Sec.  1.385-3(f)(3)) or an EGI (as defined in Sec.  1.385-
2(a)(4)(ii)) is deemed to be exchanged, in whole or in part, for stock 
pursuant to Sec.  1.385-2(c)(3)(ii), Sec.  1.385-3(d)(1)(ii), Sec.  
1.385-3(d)(1)(iii), Sec.  1.385-3(d)(1)(iv), Sec.  1.385-3(d)(1)(v), 
Sec.  1.385-3(h)(3), or Sec.  1.385-4(e)(3), the holder is treated as 
having realized an amount equal to the holder's adjusted basis in that 
portion of the indebtedness or EGI as of the date of the deemed 
exchange (and as having basis in the stock deemed to be received equal 
to that amount), and the issuer is treated as having retired that 
portion of the debt instrument or EGI for an amount equal to its 
adjusted issue price as of the date of the deemed exchange. In 
addition, neither party accounts for any accrued but unpaid qualified 
stated interest on the debt instrument or EGI or any foreign exchange 
gain or loss with respect to that accrued but unpaid qualified stated 
interest (if any) as of the deemed exchange. Notwithstanding the first 
sentence of this paragraph (c), the rules of Sec.  1.988-2(b)(13) apply 
to require the holder and the issuer of a debt instrument or an EGI 
that is deemed to be exchanged in whole or in part for stock pursuant 
to Sec.  1.385-2(c)(3)(ii), Sec.  1.385-3(d)(1)(ii), Sec.  1.385-
3(d)(1)(iii), Sec.  1.385-3(d)(1)(iv), Sec.  1.385-3(d)(1)(v), Sec.  
1.385-3(h)(3), or Sec.  1.385-4(e)(3) to recognize any exchange gain or 
loss, other than any exchange gain or loss with respect to accrued but 
unpaid qualified stated interest that is not taken into account under 
this paragraph (c) at the time of the deemed exchange. For purposes of 
this paragraph (c), in applying Sec.  1.988-2(b)(13) the exchange

[[Page 20931]]

gain or loss under section 988 is treated as the total gain or loss on 
the exchange.
    (d) Treatment as indebtedness in part--(1) In general. The 
Commissioner may treat an EGI (as defined in Sec.  1.385-2(a)(4)(ii) 
and described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section) as in part 
indebtedness and in part stock to the extent that an analysis, as of 
the issuance of the EGI, of the relevant facts and circumstances 
concerning the EGI (taking into account any application of Sec.  1.385-
2) under general federal tax principles results in a determination that 
the EGI is properly treated for federal tax purposes as indebtedness in 
part and stock in part. For example, if the Commissioner's analysis 
supports a reasonable expectation that, as of the issuance of the EGI, 
only a portion of the principal amount of an EGI will be repaid and the 
Commissioner determines that the EGI should be treated as indebtedness 
in part and stock in part, the EGI may be treated as indebtedness in 
part and stock in part in accordance with such determination, provided 
the requirements of Sec.  1.385-2, if applicable, are otherwise 
satisfied and the application of federal tax principles supports this 
treatment. The issuer of an EGI, the holder of an EGI, and any other 
person relying on the characterization of an EGI as indebtedness for 
federal tax purposes are required to treat the EGI consistent with the 
issuer's initial characterization. Thus, for example, a holder may not 
disclose on its return under section 385(c)(2) that it is treating an 
EGI as indebtedness in part or stock in part if the issuer of the EGI 
treats the EGI as indebtedness.
    (2) EGI described in this paragraph (d)(2). An EGI is described in 
this paragraph (d)(2) if it is an applicable instrument (as defined in 
Sec.  1.385-2(a)(4)(i)) an issuer of which is one member of a modified 
expanded group and the holder of which is another member of the same 
modified expanded group.
    (e) Treatment of consolidated groups. For purposes of the 
regulations under section 385, all members of a consolidated group (as 
defined in Sec.  1.1502-1(h)) are treated as one corporation.
    (f) Effective/applicability date. This section applies to any 
applicable instrument issued or deemed issued on or after the date 
these regulations are published as final regulations in the Federal 
Register, and to any applicable instrument treated as indebtedness 
issued or deemed issued before the date these regulations are issued as 
final regulations if and to the extent it was deemed issued as a result 
of an entity classification election made under Sec.  301.7701-3 of 
this chapter that is filed on or after the date these regulations are 
issued as final regulations in the Federal Register. For purposes of 
Sec. Sec.  1.385-3 and 1.385-4, this section applies to any debt 
instrument issued on or after April 4, 2016, and to any debt instrument 
treated as issued before April 4, 2016 as a result of an entity 
classification election made under Sec.  301.7701-3 of this chapter 
that is filed on or after April 4, 2016.
0
Par. 3. Section 1.385-2 is added to read as follows:


Sec.  1.385-2  Treatment of certain interests between members of an 
expanded group.

    (a) General--(1) Scope. This section prescribes threshold 
requirements that must be satisfied regarding the preparation and 
maintenance of documentation and information with respect to an 
expanded group instrument (an EGI, as defined in paragraph (a)(4)(ii) 
of this section). The purpose of preparing and maintaining the 
documentation and information required by this section is to enable an 
analysis to be made whether an EGI is appropriately treated as stock or 
indebtedness for federal tax purposes. Satisfying the requirements of 
this section does not establish that an interest is indebtedness; such 
satisfaction serves as a minimum standard that enables this 
determination to be made under general federal tax principles. The 
rules of this section must be interpreted and applied in a manner that 
is consistent with and reasonably carries out the purposes of this 
section. Moreover, nothing in this section prevents the Commissioner 
from asserting that the substance of a transaction involving an EGI (or 
the EGI itself) is different from the form of the transaction (or the 
EGI) or disregarding the transaction (or the EGI) or treating the 
transaction (or the EGI) in accordance with its substance for federal 
tax purposes. Such an assertion may be made based on the documentation 
or information received pursuant to a request under this section or a 
request for information under section 7602. If, and only if, the 
requirements of this section are satisfied, the determination of the 
federal tax treatment of the EGI is made based on an analysis of the 
documentation and information prepared and maintained, other facts and 
circumstances relating to the EGI, and general federal tax principles. 
If the requirements of this section are not satisfied with respect to 
an EGI the substance of which is regarded for federal tax purposes, the 
EGI will be treated as stock. This section does not otherwise affect 
the authority of the Commissioner under section 7602 to request and 
obtain documentation and information regarding transactions and 
instruments that purport to create an interest in a corporation. If the 
requirements of this section are satisfied or otherwise do not apply, 
see Sec. Sec.  1.385-3 and 1.385-4 for additional rules for determining 
whether and the extent to which an interest otherwise treated as 
indebtedness under general federal tax principles is recharacterized as 
stock for federal tax purposes.
    (2) Application--(i) In general. This section applies to an EGI 
only if--
    (A) The stock of any member of the expanded group is traded on (or 
subject to the rules of) an established financial market within the 
meaning of Sec.  1.1092(d)-1(b);
    (B) On the date that an applicable instrument first becomes an EGI, 
total assets exceed $100 million on any applicable financial statement, 
or
    (C) On the date that an applicable instrument first becomes an EGI, 
annual total revenue exceeds $50 million on any applicable financial 
statement.
    (ii) Non-U.S. dollar applicable financial statements. If an 
applicable financial statement is denominated in a currency other than 
the U.S. dollar, the total assets and annual total revenue are 
translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate (as defined in Sec.  
1.988-1(d)) as of the date of the applicable financial statement.
    (3) Consistency rule. If an issuer characterizes an EGI as 
indebtedness, the EGI will be respected as indebtedness only if the 
requirements of Sec.  1.385-2(b) are met with respect to the EGI. If 
the issuer of an EGI characterizes that EGI as indebtedness, the 
issuer, the holder, and any other person relying on the 
characterization of an EGI as indebtedness for federal tax purposes is 
required to treat the EGI as indebtedness for all federal tax purposes. 
The Commissioner is not bound by the issuer's characterization of an 
EGI.
    (4) Definitions. The definitions in this paragraph (a)(4) apply for 
purposes of this section.
    (i) Applicable instrument--(A) In general. The term applicable 
instrument means any interest issued or deemed issued that is in form a 
debt instrument. See paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B) of this section for rules 
regarding an interest that is not in form a debt instrument.
    (B) [Reserved]
    (ii) Expanded group instrument. The term expanded group instrument 
(EGI) means an applicable instrument an issuer of which is one member 
of an expanded group and the holder of

[[Page 20932]]

which is another member of the same expanded group.
    (iii) Issuer. Solely for purposes of this section, the term issuer 
means a person (including a disregarded entity defined in Sec.  1.385-
1(b)(2)) that is obligated to satisfy any material obligations created 
under the terms of an EGI. A person can be an issuer if that person is 
expected to satisfy a material obligation under an EGI, even if that 
person is not the primary obligor. A guarantor, however, is not an 
issuer unless the guarantor is expected to be the primary obligor.
    (iv) Applicable financial statement. For purposes of this section, 
the term applicable financial statement means a financial statement, 
listed in paragraphs (a)(4)(iv)(A) through (C) of this section, that 
includes the assets, portion of the assets or annual total revenue of 
any member of the expanded group and that is prepared as of any date 
within 3 years prior to the date the applicable instrument at issue 
first becomes an EGI. A financial statement that includes the assets or 
annual total revenue of a member of an expanded group may be a separate 
company financial statement of any member of the expanded group or any 
consolidated financial statement that includes the assets, portion of 
the assets, or annual total revenue of any member of the expanded 
group. A financial statement includes--
    (A) A financial statement required to be filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission (the Form 10-K or the Annual Report to 
Shareholders);
    (B) A certified audited financial statement that is accompanied by 
the report of an independent certified public accountant (or in the 
case of a foreign entity, by the report of a similarly qualified 
independent professional) that is used for--
    (1) Credit purposes;
    (2) Reporting to shareholders, partners, or similar persons; or
    (3) Any other substantial non-tax purpose; or
    (C) A financial statement (other than a tax return) required to be 
provided to the Federal, state, or foreign government or any Federal, 
state, or foreign agency.
    (b) Documentation and information required to determine treatment--
(1) Preparation and maintenance of documentation and information--(i) 
In general. Except as otherwise provided in this section, an EGI is 
treated for federal tax purposes as stock if the documentation and 
information described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section are not 
prepared, or the maintenance requirements of paragraph (b)(4) of this 
section are not satisfied. If the requirements of this section are 
satisfied, general federal tax principles apply to determine whether, 
or the extent to which, the EGI is treated as indebtedness for federal 
tax purposes. This determination will take into account the 
documentation and information prepared, maintained, and provided in 
accordance with this section, as well as any additional facts and 
circumstances. This section applies to each EGI separately, but the 
same documentation and information may satisfy the requirements of this 
section for more than one EGI.
    (ii) Failure to provide documentation and information described in 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section. If a taxpayer characterizes an EGI as 
indebtedness and fails to provide the documentation and information 
described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section upon request by the 
Commissioner, the Commissioner will treat the requirements of this 
section as not satisfied.
    (2) Documentation and other information required. This paragraph 
(b)(2) describes the documentation and information that must be 
prepared and maintained to satisfy the requirements of this section. In 
each case, the documentation must include complete and (if relevant) 
executed copies of all instruments, agreements and other documents 
evidencing the material rights and obligations of the issuer and the 
holder relating to the EGI, and any associated rights and obligations 
of other parties, such as guarantees and subordination agreements. 
Additional documentation and information may be provided to supplement, 
but not substitute for, the documentation and information required 
under this section. The documentation and information must satisfy the 
following requirements:
    (i) Unconditional obligation to pay a sum certain. There must be 
written documentation prepared by the time required in paragraph (b)(3) 
of this section establishing that the issuer has entered into an 
unconditional and legally binding obligation to pay a sum certain on 
demand or at one or more fixed dates.
    (ii) Creditor's rights. The written documentation described in 
paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section must establish that the holder has 
the rights of a creditor to enforce the obligation. The rights of a 
creditor typically include, but are not limited to, the right to cause 
or trigger an event of default or acceleration of the EGI (when the 
event of default or acceleration is not automatic) for non-payment of 
interest or principal when due under the terms of the EGI and the right 
to sue the issuer to enforce payment. The rights of a creditor must 
include a superior right to shareholders to share in the assets of the 
issuer in case of dissolution.
    (iii) Reasonable expectation of ability to repay EGI. There must be 
written documentation prepared containing information establishing 
that, as of the date of issuance of the applicable instrument and 
taking into account all relevant circumstances (including all other 
obligations incurred by the issuer as of the date of issuance of the 
applicable instrument or reasonably anticipated to be incurred after 
the date of issuance of the applicable instrument), the issuer's 
financial position supported a reasonable expectation that the issuer 
intended to, and would be able to, meet its obligations pursuant to the 
terms of the applicable instrument. For this purpose, if a disregarded 
entity is treated as the issuer of an EGI, and the owner of the 
disregarded entity has limited liability within the meaning of Sec.  
301.7701-3(b)(2)(ii) of this chapter, only the assets and financial 
position of the disregarded entity are relevant for purposes of this 
paragraph (b)(2)(iii). If the owner of such a disregarded entity does 
not have limited liability within the meaning of Sec.  301.7701-
3(b)(2)(ii), all of the assets and the financial position of the 
disregarded entity and the owner are relevant for purposes of this 
paragraph (b)(2)(iii). The documentation may include cash flow 
projections, financial statements, business forecasts, asset 
appraisals, determination of debt-to-equity and other relevant 
financial ratios of the issuer in relation to industry averages, and 
other information regarding the sources of funds enabling the issuer to 
meet its obligations pursuant to the terms of the applicable 
instrument. If any member of an expanded group relied on any report or 
analysis prepared by a third party in analyzing whether the issuer 
would be able to meet its obligations pursuant to the terms of the EGI, 
the documentation must include the report or analysis. If the report or 
analysis is protected or privileged under law governing an inquiry or 
proceeding with respect to the EGI and the protection or privilege is 
asserted, neither the existence nor the contents of the report or 
analysis is taken into account in determining whether the requirements 
of this section are satisfied.
    (iv) Actions evidencing debtor-creditor relationship--(A) Payments 
of principal and interest. If an issuer made any payment of interest or 
principal with respect to the EGI (whether in accordance with the terms 
and conditions of the EGI or otherwise, including prepayments), and 
such payment is claimed to support the

[[Page 20933]]

treatment of the EGI as indebtedness under general federal tax 
principles, documentation must include written evidence of such payment 
that is prepared by the time required in paragraph (b)(3) of this 
section. Such evidence could include, for example, a wire transfer 
record or a bank statement reflecting the payment.
    (B) Events of default and similar events. If the issuer did not 
make a payment of interest or principal that was due and payable under 
the terms and conditions of the EGI, or if any other event of default 
or similar event has occurred, there must be written documentation, 
prepared, by the time required in paragraph (b)(3) of this section, 
evidencing the holder's reasonable exercise of the diligence and 
judgment of a creditor. Such documentation may include evidence of the 
holder's efforts to assert its rights under the terms of the EGI, 
including the parties' efforts to renegotiate the EGI or to mitigate 
the breach of an obligation under the EGI, or any change in material 
terms and conditions of the EGI, such as maturity date, interest rate, 
or obligation to pay interest or principal, and any documentation 
detailing the holder's decision to refrain from pursuing any actions to 
enforce payment.
    (v) Additional information with respect to an EGI evidenced by 
documentation that does not in form reflect indebtedness. This 
paragraph (b)(1)(v) describes additional information with respect to an 
EGI evidenced by documentation that does not in form reflect 
indebtedness.
    (A)-(B) [Reserved]
    (3) Timely preparation requirement--(i) General rule. For purposes 
of this section, the documentation described in paragraphs (b)(2)(i), 
(ii) and (iii) of this section will be treated as satisfying the timely 
preparation requirement of this paragraph (b)(3) if it is prepared no 
later than 30 calendar days after the relevant date, as defined in 
paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section. The documentation described in 
paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section will be treated as satisfying the 
timely preparation requirement of this paragraph (b)(3) if it is 
prepared no later than 120 calendar days after the relevant date, as 
defined in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, as applicable.
    (ii) Relevant date. Subject to the special rules in paragraph 
(b)(3)(iii) of this section (relating to certain financial arrangements 
not evidenced by an instrument) and paragraph (c)(1) of this section 
(relating to modifications to certain requirements of this section), 
the relevant date is as follows:
    (A) For documentation and information described in paragraphs 
(b)(2)(i) and (b)(2)(ii) of this section (relating to issuer's 
unconditional obligation to repay and establishment of holder's 
creditor's rights), the relevant date is the date on which a member of 
the expanded group becomes an issuer of a new or existing EGI, without 
regard to any subsequent deemed issuance of the EGI under Sec.  1.1001-
3. In the case of an applicable instrument that becomes an EGI 
subsequent to issuance, including an intercompany obligation, as 
defined in Sec.  1.1502-13(g)(2)(ii), that ceases to be an intercompany 
obligation, the relevant date is the day on which the applicable 
instrument becomes an EGI.
    (B) For documentation and information described in paragraph 
(b)(2)(iii) of this section (relating to reasonable expectation of 
issuer's repayment), the relevant dates are the dates on which a member 
of the expanded group becomes an issuer with respect to an EGI and any 
later date on which an issuance is deemed to occur under Sec.  1.1001-3 
and any subsequent relevant date that occurs under the special rules in 
paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of this section. In the case of an applicable 
instrument that becomes an EGI subsequent to issuance, the relevant 
date is the day on which the applicable instrument becomes an EGI and 
any relevant date after the date that the applicable instrument becomes 
an EGI.
    (C) For documentation and information described in paragraph 
(b)(2)(iv)(A) of this section (relating to payments of principal and 
interest), each date on which a payment of interest or principal is 
due, taking into account all additional time permitted under the terms 
of the EGI before there is (or holder can declare) an event of default 
for nonpayment, is a relevant date.
    (D) For documentation and information described in paragraph 
(b)(2)(iv)(B) of this section (relating to events of default and 
similar events), each date on which an event of default, acceleration 
event or similar event occurs under the terms of the EGI is a relevant 
date. For example, if the terms of the EGI require the issuer to 
maintain certain financial ratios, any date on which the issuer fails 
to maintain the specified financial ratio (and such failure results in 
an event of default under the terms of the EGI) is a relevant date.
    (E) In the case of an applicable instrument that becomes an EGI 
subsequent to issuance, no date before the applicable instrument 
becomes an EGI is a relevant date.
    (iii) Special rules for determining relevant dates with respect to 
certain financial arrangements. The relevant dates with respect to the 
arrangements described in this paragraph (b)(3)(iii) include the date 
of the execution of the legal documents governing the EGI and the date 
of any amendment to those documents that provides for an increase in 
the permitted maximum amount of principal. In addition--
    (A) Revolving credit agreements and similar agreements. 
Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, if an EGI is not 
evidenced by a separate note or other writing executed with respect to 
the initial principal balance or any increase in principal balance (for 
example, an EGI documented as a revolving credit agreement or an 
omnibus agreement that governs open account obligations), the EGI 
satisfies the requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section only 
if the material documentation associated with the EGI, including all 
relevant enabling documents, is prepared, maintained, and provided in 
accordance with the requirements of this section. Relevant enabling 
documents may include board of directors' resolutions, credit 
agreements, omnibus agreements, security agreements, or agreements 
prepared in connection with the execution of the legal documents 
governing the EGI as well as any relevant documentation executed with 
respect to an initial principal balance or increase in the principal 
balance of the EGI.
    (B) Cash pooling arrangements. Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(2)(i) 
of this section, if an EGI is issued pursuant to a cash pooling 
arrangement or internal banking service that involves account sweeps, 
revolving cash advance facilities, overdraft set-off facilities, 
operational facilities, or similar features, the EGI satisfies the 
requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section only if the 
material documentation governing the ongoing operations of the cash 
pooling arrangement or internal banking service, including any 
agreements with entities that are not members of the expanded group, is 
prepared, maintained, and provided in accordance with the requirements 
of this section. Such documentation must contain the relevant legal 
rights and responsibilities of any members of the expanded group and 
any entities that are not members of the expanded group in conducting 
the operation of the cash pooling arrangement or internal banking 
service.
    (4) Maintenance requirements. The documentation and information 
described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section must be maintained for 
all taxable years that the EGI is outstanding and until the period of 
limitations

[[Page 20934]]

expires for any return with respect to which the treatment of the EGI 
is relevant. See section 6001 (requirement to keep books and records).
    (c) Operating rules--(1) Reasonable cause exception. If the person 
characterizing an EGI as indebtedness for federal tax purposes 
establishes that a failure to satisfy the requirements of this section 
is due to reasonable cause, appropriate modifications may be made to 
the requirements of this section in determining whether the 
requirements of this section have been satisfied. The principles of 
Sec.  301.6724-1 of this chapter apply in interpreting whether 
reasonable cause exists in any particular case.
    (2) General application of section to applicable instrument 
becoming or ceasing to be an EGI--(i) Applicable instrument becomes an 
EGI. If an applicable instrument that is not an EGI when issued 
subsequently becomes an EGI, this section applies to the applicable 
instrument immediately after it becomes an EGI and thereafter.
    (ii) EGI treated as stock ceases to be an EGI. When an EGI treated 
as stock due to the application of this section ceases to be an EGI, 
the applicable instrument is characterized at that time under general 
federal tax principles. If, under general federal tax principles, the 
applicable instrument is treated as indebtedness, the issuer is treated 
as issuing a new instrument to the holder in exchange for the EGI 
immediately before the transaction that causes the EGI treated as stock 
due to the application of this section to cease to be treated as an 
EGI. See Sec.  1.385-1(c).
    (3) Effective date for treatment of EGI as stock under this 
section--(i) In general. If an applicable instrument is an EGI when 
issued and is determined to be stock, in whole or in part, due to the 
application of this section, the applicable instrument or relevant 
portion thereof is treated as stock from the date it was issued. 
However, if an applicable instrument is issued prior to the time it 
becomes an EGI and is determined to be stock, at the time it becomes an 
EGI due to the application of this section, it is treated as stock from 
the date it becomes an EGI. See Sec.  1.385-2(c)(4) regarding 
intercompany obligations (deemed issued immediately after ceasing to be 
an intercompany obligation for purposes of this section and Sec.  
1.385-3).
    (ii) EGI recharacterized as stock based on behavior of issuer or 
holder after issuance. Notwithstanding paragraph (c)(3)(i) of this 
section, if an EGI initially treated as indebtedness is recharacterized 
as stock as a result of failing to satisfy paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this 
section (actions evidencing debtor-creditor relationship), the EGI will 
cease to be treated as indebtedness as of the time the facts and 
circumstances regarding the behavior of the issuer or the holder with 
respect to the EGI cease to evidence a debtor-creditor relationship. 
For purposes of determining whether an EGI originally treated as 
indebtedness ceases to be treated as indebtedness by reason of 
paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section, the rules of this section apply 
before the rules of Sec.  1.1001-3, such that an EGI initially treated 
as indebtedness may be recharacterized as stock regardless of whether 
the indebtedness is altered or modified (as defined in Sec.  1.1001-
3(c)) and, in determining whether indebtedness is recharacterized as 
stock, Sec.  1.1001-3(f)(7)(ii)(A) does not apply.
    (4) Applicable instruments issued and held by members of 
consolidated groups--(i) Consolidated group treated as one corporation. 
Section 1.385-1(e) provides that members of a consolidated group are 
treated as one corporation. Thus, during the time that the issuer and 
the holder of an applicable instrument are members of the same 
consolidated group, the applicable instrument is treated as not 
outstanding for purposes of this section. As a result, this section 
does not apply to any applicable instrument that is an intercompany 
obligation as defined in Sec.  1.1502-13(g)(2)(ii).
    (ii) Applicable instrument that ceases to be an intercompany 
obligation. If an applicable instrument ceases to be an intercompany 
obligation and, as a result, becomes an EGI, the applicable instrument 
is treated as becoming an EGI immediately after it ceases to be an 
intercompany obligation. This paragraph (c)(4)(i) does not affect the 
application of the rules under Sec.  1.1502-13(g).
    (5) Treatment of disregarded entities. If a disregarded entity is 
the issuer of an EGI and that EGI is treated as equity under this 
section, the EGI is treated as an equity interest in the disregarded 
entity rather than stock in the disregarded entity's owner. See Sec.  
1.385-2(c)(6)(ii) for rules regarding the treatment of an EGI issued by 
a controlled partnership.
    (6) Applicable instruments issued or held by controlled 
partnerships--(i) Controlled partnerships included in expanded group. 
For purposes of this section, a controlled partnership (as defined in 
Sec.  1.385-1(b)(1)) is treated as a member of an expanded group if one 
or more members of the expanded group own, directly or indirectly, 80 
percent of the interests in partnership capital or profits of the 
controlled partnership.
    (ii) Treatment of EGI issued by a controlled partnership that is 
recharacterized under this section. If an EGI that is issued by a 
controlled partnership is recharacterized as stock under this section, 
the EGI is treated as an equity interest in the controlled partnership.
    (d) No affirmative use. The rules of this section do not apply if 
there is a failure to satisfy the requirements of paragraph (b) of this 
section with a principal purpose of reducing the federal tax liability 
of any member or members of the expanded group of the issuer and holder 
of the EGI or any other person relying on the characterization of an 
EGI as indebtedness for federal tax purposes.
    (e) Anti-avoidance. If an applicable instrument that is not an EGI 
is issued with a principal purpose of avoiding the purposes of this 
section, the applicable instrument is treated as an EGI subject to this 
section.
    (f) Effective/applicability date. This section applies to any 
applicable instrument issued or deemed issued on or after the date 
these regulations are published as final regulations in the Federal 
Register, and to any applicable instrument treated as indebtedness 
issued or deemed issued before the date these regulations are issued as 
final regulations if and to the extent it was deemed issued as a result 
of an entity classification election made under Sec.  301.7701-3 of 
this chapter that is filed on or after the date these regulations are 
issued as final regulations in the Federal Register.
0
Par. 4. Section 1.385-3 is added to read as follows:


Sec.  1.385-3  Certain distributions of debt instruments and similar 
transactions.

    (a) Scope. This section provides rules that treat as stock certain 
interests in a corporation that are held by a member of the 
corporation's expanded group and that otherwise would be treated as 
indebtedness for federal tax purposes. Paragraph (b) of this section 
sets forth situations in which a debt instrument is treated as stock 
under this section. Paragraph (c) of this section provides three 
exceptions to the application of paragraph (b) of this section. 
Paragraph (d) of this section provides operating rules. Paragraph (e) 
of this section limits the affirmative use of this section. Paragraph 
(f) of this section provides definitions. Paragraph (g) of this section 
provides examples illustrating the application of the rules of this 
section. Paragraph (h) of this section provides dates of applicability. 
For rules regarding the application of this section

[[Page 20935]]

to members of a consolidated group, see Sec.  1.385-4.
    (b) Debt instrument treated as stock--(1) Effect of 
characterization as stock. To the extent a debt instrument is treated 
as stock under paragraphs (b)(2), (3), or (4) of this section, it is 
treated as stock for all federal tax purposes. Any interest, or portion 
thereof, that is not characterized as stock under this section is 
treated as stock or indebtedness under applicable federal tax law, 
without reference to this section.
    (2) General rule. Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (e) of 
this section and in Sec.  1.385-4, a debt instrument is treated as 
stock to the extent the debt instrument is issued by a corporation to a 
member of the corporation's expanded group as described in one or more 
of the following paragraphs:
    (i) In a distribution;
    (ii) In exchange for expanded group stock, other than in an exempt 
exchange; or
    (iii) In exchange for property in an asset reorganization, but only 
to the extent that, pursuant to the plan of reorganization, a 
shareholder that is a member of the issuer's expanded group immediately 
before the reorganization receives the debt instrument with respect to 
its stock in the transferor corporation.
    (3) Funding rule--(i) In general. Except as provided in paragraphs 
(c) and (e) of this section and in Sec.  1.385-4, a debt instrument is 
treated as stock to the extent it is a principal purpose debt 
instrument.
    (ii) Principal purpose debt instrument. For purposes of this 
paragraph (b)(3), a debt instrument is a principal purpose debt 
instrument to the extent it is issued by a corporation (funded member) 
to a member of the funded member's expanded group in exchange for 
property with a principal purpose of funding a distribution or 
acquisition described in one or more of the following paragraphs:
    (A) A distribution of property by the funded member to a member of 
the funded member's expanded group, other than a distribution of stock 
pursuant to an asset reorganization that is permitted to be received 
without the recognition of gain or income under section 354(a)(1) or 
355(a)(1) or, when section 356 applies, that is not treated as ``other 
property'' or money described in section 356;
    (B) An acquisition of expanded group stock, other than in an exempt 
exchange, by the funded member from a member of the funded member's 
expanded group in exchange for property other than expanded group 
stock; or
    (C) An acquisition of property by the funded member in an asset 
reorganization but only to the extent that, pursuant to the plan of 
reorganization, a shareholder that is a member of the funded member's 
expanded group immediately before the reorganization receives ``other 
property'' or money within the meaning of section 356 with respect to 
its stock in the transferor corporation.
    (iii) Transactions described in more than one paragraph. Solely for 
purposes of this section, to the extent all or a portion of a 
distribution or acquisition by a funded member is described in more 
than one of paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section, the 
funded member is treated as engaging in only a single distribution or 
acquisition described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section.
    (iv) Principal purpose--(A) In general. Subject to paragraph 
(b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of this section, whether a debt instrument is issued 
with a principal purpose of funding a distribution or acquisition 
described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section is determined based 
on all the facts and circumstances. A debt instrument may be treated as 
issued with a principal purpose of funding a distribution or 
acquisition described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section 
regardless of whether it is issued before or after such distribution or 
acquisition.
    (B) Per se rule--(1) In general. Except as provided in paragraph 
(b)(3)(iv)(B)(2) of this section, a debt instrument is treated as 
issued with a principal purpose of funding a distribution or 
acquisition described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section if it is 
issued by the funded member during the period beginning 36 months 
before the date of the distribution or acquisition, and ending 36 
months after the date of the distribution or acquisition (72-month 
period).
    (2) Ordinary course exception. Paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of this 
section does not apply to a debt instrument that arises in the ordinary 
course of the issuer's trade or business in connection with the 
purchase of property or the receipt of services to the extent that it 
reflects an obligation to pay an amount that is currently deductible by 
the issuer under section 162 or currently included in the issuer's cost 
of goods sold or inventory, provided that the amount of the obligation 
outstanding at no time exceeds the amount that would be ordinary and 
necessary to carry on the trade or business of the issuer if it was 
unrelated to the lender.
    (3) Multiple interests. If, pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B) of 
this section, two or more debt instruments may be treated as a 
principal purpose debt instrument, the debt instruments are tested 
under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section based on the order in 
which they were issued, with the earliest issued debt instrument tested 
first. See paragraph (g)(3) of this section, Example 6, for an 
illustration of this rule.
    (4) Multiple distributions or acquisitions. Except as provided in 
paragraph (c)(3) of this section, if, pursuant to paragraph 
(b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section, a debt instrument may be treated as 
funding more than one distribution or acquisition described in 
paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, the debt instrument is treated as 
funding one or more distributions or acquisitions based on the order in 
which the distributions or acquisitions occurred, with the earliest 
distribution or acquisition treated as the first distribution or 
acquisition that was funded. See paragraph (g)(3) of this section, 
Example 9, for an illustration of this rule.
    (v) Predecessors and successors. For purposes of this paragraph 
(b)(3), references to the funded member include references to any 
predecessor or successor of such member. See paragraph (g)(3) of this 
section, Examples 9, 10, and 12, for illustrations of this rule.
    (vi) Treatment of funded transactions. When a debt instrument is 
treated as stock pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of this section, the 
distribution or acquisition described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this 
section that is treated as funded by such debt instrument is not 
recharacterized as a result of the treatment of the debt instrument as 
stock.
    (4) Anti-abuse rule. A debt instrument is treated as stock if it is 
issued with a principal purpose of avoiding the application of this 
section or Sec.  1.385-4. In addition, an interest that is not a debt 
instrument for purposes of this section and Sec.  1.385-4 (for example, 
a contract to which section 483 applies or a nonperiodic swap payment) 
is treated as stock if issued with a principal purpose of avoiding the 
application of this section or Sec.  1.385-4. This paragraph (b)(4) may 
apply, for example, if a debt instrument is issued to, and later 
acquired from, a person that is not a member of the issuer's expanded 
group with a principal purpose of avoiding the application of this 
section. Additional examples of when this paragraph (b)(4) could apply 
include, without limitation, situations where, with a principal purpose 
of avoiding the application of this section, a debt instrument is 
issued to a person that is not a member of the issuer's expanded group, 
and such

[[Page 20936]]

person later becomes a member of the issuer's expanded group; a debt 
instrument is issued to an entity that is not taxable as a corporation 
for federal tax purposes; or a member of the issuer's expanded group is 
substituted as a new obligor or added as a co-obligor on an existing 
debt instrument. This paragraph (b)(4) also may apply to a debt 
instrument that is issued or transferred in connection with a 
reorganization or similar transaction with a principal purpose of 
avoiding the application of this section or Sec.  1.385-4. See 
paragraph (g)(3) of this section, Example 18, for an illustration of 
this rule.
    (5) Coordination between general rule and funding rule. To the 
extent a debt instrument is treated as stock under paragraph 
(b)(2)(iii) of this section, the distribution of the debt instrument 
(which is treated as a distribution of stock as a result of the 
application of paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section) pursuant to the 
same reorganization that caused paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section 
to apply is not also treated as a distribution or acquisition described 
in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section. See paragraph (g)(3) of this 
section, Example 8, for an illustration of this rule.
    (c) Exceptions--(1) Exception for current year earnings and 
profits. For purposes of applying paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this 
section to a member of an expanded group with respect to a taxable 
year, the aggregate amount of any distributions or acquisitions that 
are described in paragraphs (b)(2) or (b)(3)(ii) of this section are 
reduced by an amount equal to the member's current year earnings and 
profits described in section 316(a)(2). This reduction is applied to 
the transactions described in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3)(ii) of this 
section based on the order in which the distribution or acquisition 
occurs. See paragraph (g)(3) of this section, Example 17, for an 
illustration of this rule.
    (2) Threshold exception. A debt instrument is not treated as stock 
under this section if, immediately after the debt instrument is issued, 
the aggregate adjusted issue price of debt instruments held by members 
of the expanded group that would be subject to paragraph (b) of this 
section but for the application of this paragraph (c)(2) does not 
exceed $50 million. Once this threshold is exceeded, this paragraph 
(c)(2) will not apply to any debt instrument issued by members of the 
expanded group for so long as any debt instrument that previously was 
treated as indebtedness solely because of this paragraph (c)(2) remains 
outstanding. For purposes of this rule, any debt instrument that is not 
denominated in U.S. dollars is translated into U.S. dollars at the spot 
rate (as defined in Sec.  1.988-1(d)) on the date that the debt 
instrument is issued. See paragraph (g)(3) of this section, Example 17, 
for an illustration of this rule. See paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this 
section for rules regarding the treatment of a debt instrument that 
ceases to qualify for the exception provided in this paragraph (c)(2).
    (3) Exception for funded acquisitions of subsidiary stock by 
issuance. An acquisition of expanded group stock will not be treated as 
described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this section if the acquisition 
results from a transfer of property by a funded member (the transferor) 
to an expanded group member (the issuer) in exchange for stock of the 
issuer, provided that, for the 36-month period immediately following 
the issuance, the transferor holds, directly or indirectly, more than 
50 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock 
of the issuer entitled to vote and more than 50 percent of the total 
value of the stock of the issuer. If the transferor ceases to meet this 
ownership requirement at any time during that 36-month period, then on 
the date that the ownership requirement ceases to be met (cessation 
date), this paragraph (c)(3) ceases to apply and the acquisition is 
treated as an acquisition described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this 
section. In this case, for purposes of applying the per se rule, the 
acquisition may be treated as having been funded by any debt instrument 
issued during the 72-month period determined with respect to the date 
of the acquisition (rather than with respect to the cessation date), 
but, in the case of a debt instrument issued prior to the cessation 
date, only to the extent that such debt instrument is treated as 
indebtedness as of the cessation date (that is, a debt instrument not 
already treated as stock). For purposes of this paragraph (c)(3), a 
transferor's indirect stock ownership is determined by applying the 
principles of section 958(a) without regard to whether an intermediate 
entity is foreign or domestic. See paragraph (d)(1)(v) of this section 
for rules regarding the treatment of a debt instrument that is treated 
as funding an acquisition to which this exception ceases to apply.
    (d) Operating rules--(1) Timing. This paragraph (d)(1) provides 
rules for determining when a debt instrument is treated as stock under 
paragraph (b) of this section. For special rules regarding the 
treatment of a deemed exchange of a debt instrument that occurs 
pursuant to paragraphs (d)(1)(ii), (d)(1)(iii), (d)(1)(iv), or 
(d)(1)(v), see Sec.  1.385-1(c).
    (i) General timing rule. Except as otherwise provided in this 
paragraph (d)(1), when paragraph (b) of this section applies to treat a 
debt instrument as stock, the debt instrument is treated as stock when 
the debt instrument is issued. When paragraph (b)(3) of this section 
applies to treat a debt instrument as stock when the debt instrument is 
issued, see also paragraph (b)(3)(vi) of this section.
    (ii) Exception when a debt instrument is treated as funding a 
distribution or acquisition that occurs in a subsequent taxable year. 
When paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section applies to treat a debt 
instrument as funding a distribution or acquisition described in 
paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section that occurs in a taxable year 
subsequent to the taxable year in which the debt instrument is issued, 
the debt instrument is deemed to be exchanged for stock when the 
distribution or acquisition described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this 
section occurs. See paragraph (g)(3) of this section, Example 9, for an 
illustration of this rule.
    (iii) Exception when a debt instrument ceases to qualify for the 
threshold exception. A debt instrument that previously was treated as 
indebtedness pursuant to the threshold exception set forth in paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section is deemed to be exchanged for stock when the 
debt instrument ceases to qualify for the threshold exception. 
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the debt instrument was both 
issued and ceases to qualify for the threshold exception during the 
same taxable year, the general timing rule of paragraph (d)(1)(i) of 
this section applies. See paragraph (g)(3) of this section, Example 17, 
for an illustration of this rule.
    (iv) Exception when a debt instrument is re-tested under paragraph 
(d)(2) of this section. When paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section 
applies to treat a debt instrument as funding a distribution or 
acquisition described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section as a 
result of a re-testing described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section 
that occurs in a taxable year subsequent to the taxable year in which 
the debt instrument is issued, the debt instrument is deemed to be 
exchanged for stock on the date of the re-testing. See paragraph (g)(3) 
of this section, Example 7, for an illustration of this rule.
    (v) Exception when a debt instrument ceases to qualify for the 
exception for acquisitions of subsidiary stock by issuance. When 
paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B) and the modified ordering rule in paragraph 
(c)(3) of this section apply to

[[Page 20937]]

treat a debt instrument as funding an acquisition of expanded group 
stock that previously qualified for the exception set forth in 
paragraph (c)(3) of this section, the debt instrument is deemed to be 
exchanged for stock on the cessation date referred to in paragraph 
(c)(3) of this section if the debt instrument was issued in a taxable 
year preceding the taxable year that includes the cessation date. For 
all other debt instruments that are treated as funding an acquisition 
of expanded group stock that previously qualified for the exception set 
forth in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, the general timing rule of 
paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section applies.
    (2) Debt instrument treated as stock that leaves the expanded 
group. Subject to paragraph (b)(4) of this section, when the holder and 
issuer of a debt instrument that is treated as stock under this section 
cease to be members of the same expanded group, either because the debt 
instrument is transferred to a person that is not a member of the 
expanded group that includes the issuer or because the holder or the 
issuer cease to be members of the same expanded group, the debt 
instrument ceases to be treated as stock under this section. For this 
purpose, immediately before the transaction that causes the holder and 
issuer of the debt instrument to cease to be members of the same 
expanded group, the issuer is deemed to issue a new debt instrument to 
the holder in exchange for the debt instrument that was treated as 
stock in a transaction that is disregarded for purposes of paragraphs 
(b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section. For purposes of paragraph 
(b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section, when this paragraph (d)(2) causes a debt 
instrument that previously was treated as stock pursuant to paragraph 
(b)(3) of this section to cease to be treated as stock, all other debt 
instruments of the issuer that are not currently treated as stock are 
re-tested to determine whether those other debt instruments are treated 
as funding the distribution or acquisition that previously was treated 
as funded by the debt instrument that ceases to be treated as stock 
pursuant to this paragraph (d)(2). See paragraph (g)(3) of this 
section, Example 7, for an illustration of this rule.
    (3) Inapplicability of section 385(c)(1). Section 385(c)(1) does 
not apply with respect to a debt instrument to the extent that it is 
treated as stock under this section.
    (4) Taxable year. For purposes of this section, the term taxable 
year refers to the taxable year of the issuer of the debt instrument.
    (5) Treatment of partnerships--(i) Application of aggregate 
treatment. For purposes of this section, a controlled partnership is 
treated as an aggregate of its partners. Thus, for example, when a 
corporation that is a member of an expanded group becomes a partner in 
a partnership that is a controlled partnership with respect to that 
expanded group, the corporation is treated as acquiring its 
proportionate share of the controlled partnership's assets. In 
addition, each expanded group partner in a controlled partnership is 
treated as issuing its proportionate share of any debt instrument 
issued by the controlled partnership. For this purpose, a partner's 
proportionate share is determined in accordance with the partner's 
share of partnership profits. See paragraph (g)(3) of this section, 
Example 13, for an illustration of this rule.
    (ii) Treatment of debt instruments issued by partnerships. To the 
extent that the application of the aggregate approach in paragraph 
(d)(5)(i) of this section causes a debt instrument issued by a 
controlled partnership to be recharacterized under paragraph (b) of 
this section, then the holder of the recharacterized debt instrument is 
treated as holding stock in the expanded group partners. In addition, 
the partnership and its partners must make appropriate conforming 
adjustments to reflect this treatment. Any such adjustments must be 
consistent with the purposes of this section and must be made in a 
manner that avoids the creation of, or increase in, a disparity between 
the controlled partnership's aggregate basis in its assets and the 
aggregate bases of the partners' respective interests in the 
partnership. See paragraph (g)(3) of this section, Examples 14 and 15, 
for an illustration of this rule.
    (6) Treatment of disregarded entities. If a debt instrument of a 
disregarded entity is treated as stock under this section, such debt 
instrument is treated as stock in the entity's owner rather than as an 
equity interest in the entity.
    (e) No affirmative use. The rules of this section and Sec.  1.385-4 
do not apply to the extent a person enters into a transaction that 
otherwise would be subject to these rules with a principal purpose of 
reducing the federal tax liability of any member of the expanded group 
that includes the issuer and the holder of the debt instrument by 
disregarding the treatment of the debt instrument that would occur 
without regard to this section.
    (f) Definitions. The definitions in this paragraph (f) apply for 
purposes of this section and for purposes of Sec.  1.385-4.
    (1) Asset reorganization. The term asset reorganization means a 
reorganization within the meaning of section 368(a)(1)(A), (C), (D), 
(F), or (G).
    (2) Controlled partnership. The term controlled partnership has the 
meaning specified in Sec.  1.385-1(b)(1).
    (3) Debt instrument. The term debt instrument means an interest 
that would, but for the application of this section, be treated as a 
debt instrument as defined in section 1275(a) and Sec.  1.1275-1(d).
    (4) Distribution. The term distribution means any distribution made 
by a corporation with respect to its stock.
    (5) Exempt exchange. The term exempt exchange means an acquisition 
of expanded group stock in which the transferor and transferee of the 
stock are parties to an asset reorganization, and either--
    (i) Section 361(a) or (b) applies to the transferor of the expanded 
group stock and the stock is not transferred by issuance; or
    (ii) Section 1032 or Sec.  1.1032-2 applies to the transferor of 
the expanded group stock and the stock is distributed by the transferee 
pursuant to the plan of reorganization.
    (6) Expanded group. The term expanded group has the meaning 
specified in Sec.  1.385-1(b)(3).
    (7) Expanded group partner. The term expanded group partner means 
any person that is a partner in a controlled partnership and that is a 
member of the expanded group whose members own, directly or indirectly, 
at least 80 percent of the interests in the controlled partnership's 
capital or profits.
    (8) Expanded group stock. The term expanded group stock means, with 
respect to a member of an expanded group, stock of a member of the same 
expanded group.
    (9) Predecessor--(i) In general. The term predecessor includes, 
with respect to a corporation, the distributor or transferor 
corporation in a transaction described in section 381(a) in which the 
corporation is the acquiring corporation. For purposes of the preceding 
sentence, the transferor corporation in a reorganization within the 
meaning of section 368(a)(1)(D) or (G) is treated as a transferor 
corporation in a transaction described in section 381(a) without regard 
to whether the reorganization meets the requirements of sections 
354(b)(1)(A) and (B). The term predecessor does not include, with 
respect to a controlled corporation, a distributing corporation that 
distributed

[[Page 20938]]

the stock of the controlled corporation pursuant to section 355(c).
    (ii) Special rules for funded acquisitions of subsidiary stock by 
issuance. The term predecessor also includes, with respect to an issuer 
that issues stock to a transferor in a transaction described in 
paragraph (c)(3) of this section, the transferor, but, for purposes of 
applying the per se rule in paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of this section, 
only with respect to a debt instrument issued by the transferor during 
the 72-month period determined with respect to the transaction 
described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, and only to the extent 
of the value of the expanded group stock acquired from the issuer in 
the transaction described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (10) Property. The term property has the meaning specified in 
section 317(a).
    (11) Successor--(i) In general. The term successor includes, with 
respect to a corporation, the acquiring corporation in a transaction 
described in section 381(a) in which the corporation is the distributor 
or transferor corporation. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the 
acquiring corporation in a reorganization within the meaning of section 
368(a)(1)(D) or (G) is treated as an acquiring corporation in a 
transaction described in section 381(a) without regard to whether the 
reorganization meets the requirements of sections 354(b)(1)(A) and (B). 
The term successor does not include, with respect to a distributing 
corporation, a controlled corporation the stock of which was 
distributed by the distributing corporation pursuant to section 355(c).
    (ii) Special rules for funded acquisitions of subsidiary stock by 
issuance. The term successor also includes, with respect to a 
transferor that transfers property to an issuer in exchange for stock 
of the issuer in a transaction described in paragraph (c)(3) of this 
section, the issuer, but, for purposes of applying the per se rule in 
paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of this section, only with respect to a debt 
instrument issued by the transferor during 72-month period determined 
with respect to the transaction described in paragraph (c)(3) of this 
section, and only to the extent of the value of the expanded group 
stock acquired from the issuer in the transaction described in 
paragraph (c)(3) of this section. A distribution by an issuer described 
in paragraph (c)(3) of this section directly to the transferor is not 
taken into account for purposes of applying paragraph (b)(3) of this 
section to a debt instrument of the transferor.
    (g) Examples--(1) Assumed facts. Except as otherwise stated, the 
following facts are assumed for purposes of the examples in paragraph 
(g)(3) of this section:
    (i) FP is a foreign corporation that owns 100 percent of the stock 
of USS1, a domestic corporation, 100 percent of the stock of USS2, a 
domestic corporation, and 100 percent of the stock of FS, a foreign 
corporation;
    (ii) USS1 owns 100 percent of the stock of DS, a domestic 
corporation, and CFC, which is a controlled foreign corporation within 
the meaning of section 957;
    (iii) At the beginning of Year 1, FP is the common parent of an 
expanded group comprised solely of FP, USS1, USS2, FS, DS, and CFC (the 
FP expanded group);
    (iv) The FP expanded group has more than $50 million of debt 
instruments described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section at all times;
    (v) No issuer of a debt instrument has current year earnings and 
profits described in section 316(a)(2);
    (vi) All notes are debt instruments described in paragraph (f)(3) 
of this section;
    (vii) No notes are eligible for the ordinary course exception 
described in paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(2) of this section;
    (viii) Each entity has as its taxable year the calendar year;
    (ix) PRS is a partnership for federal income tax purposes;
    (x) No corporation is a member of a consolidated group, as defined 
in Sec.  1.1502-1(h);
    (xi) No domestic corporation is a United States real property 
holding corporation within the meaning of section 897(c)(2); and
    (xii) Each note is issued with adequate stated interest (as defined 
in section 1274(c)(2)).
    (2) No inference. Except as provided in this section, it is assumed 
for purposes of the examples that the form of each transaction is 
respected for federal tax purposes. No inference is intended, however, 
as to whether any particular note would be respected as indebtedness or 
as to whether the form of any particular transaction described in 
paragraph (g)(3) of this section would be respected for federal tax 
purposes.
    (3) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of this 
section.

    Example 1. Distribution of a debt instrument. (i) Facts. On Date 
A in Year 1, FS lends $100x to USS1 in exchange for USS1 Note A. On 
Date B in Year 2, USS1 issues USS1 Note B, which is has a value of 
$100x, to FP in a distribution.
    (ii) Analysis. USS1 Note B is a debt instrument that is issued 
by USS1 to FP, a member of USS1's expanded group, in a distribution. 
Accordingly, USS1 Note B is treated as stock under paragraph 
(b)(2)(i) of this section. Under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this 
section, USS1 Note B is treated as stock when it is issued by USS1 
to FP on Date B in Year 2. Accordingly, USS1 is treated as 
distributing USS1 stock to its shareholder FP in a distribution that 
is subject to section 305. Because USS1 Note B is treated as stock 
for federal tax purposes when it is issued by USS1, USS1 Note B is 
not treated as property for purposes of paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of 
this section because it is not property within the meaning specified 
in section 317(a). Accordingly, USS1 Note A is not treated as 
funding the distribution of USS1 Note B for purposes of paragraph 
(b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section.
    Example 2. Debt instrument issued for expanded group stock that 
is exchanged for stock in a corporation that is not a member of the 
same expanded group. (i) Facts. UST is a publicly traded domestic 
corporation. On Date A in Year 1, USS1 issues USS1 Note to FP in 
exchange for FP stock. On Date B of Year 1, USS1 transfers the FP 
stock to UST's shareholders, which are not members of the FP 
expanded group, in exchange for all of the stock of UST.
    (ii) Analysis. (A) Because USS1 and FP are both members of the 
FP expanded group, USS1 Note is treated as stock when it is issued 
by USS1 to FP in exchange for FP stock on Date A in Year 1 under 
paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) and (d)(1)(i) of this section. This result 
applies even though, pursuant to the same plan, USS1 transfers the 
FP stock to persons that are not members of the FP expanded group. 
The exchange of USS1 Note for FP stock is not an exempt exchange 
within the meaning of paragraph (f)(5) of this section.
    (B) Because USS1 Note is treated as stock for federal tax 
purposes when it is issued by USS1, pursuant to section Sec.  
1.367(b)-10(a)(3)(ii) (defining property for purposes of Sec.  
1.367(b)-10) there is no potential application of Sec.  1.367(b)-
10(a) to USS1's acquisition of the FP stock.
    (C) Because paragraph (b)(2) of this section treats USS1 Note as 
stock for federal tax purposes when it is issued by USS1, USS1 Note 
is not treated as indebtedness for purposes of applying paragraph 
(b)(3) of this section.
    Example 3. Issuance of a note in exchange for expanded group 
stock. (i) Facts. On Date A in Year 1, USS1 issues USS1 Note to FP 
in exchange for 40 percent of the FS stock owned by FP.
    (ii) Analysis. (A) Because USS1 and FP are both members of the 
FP expanded group, USS1 Note is treated as stock when it is issued 
by USS1 to FP in exchange for FS stock on Date A in Year 1 under 
paragraphs (b)(2)(ii) and (d)(1)(i) of this section. The exchange of 
USS1 Note for FS stock is not an exempt exchange within the meaning 
of paragraph (f)(5) of this section because USS1 and FP are not 
parties to a reorganization.
    (B) Because USS1 Note is treated as stock for federal tax 
purposes when it is issued by USS1, USS1 Note is not treated as 
property for purposes of section 304(a) because it is not property 
within the meaning specified in

[[Page 20939]]

section 317(a). Therefore, USS1's acquisition of FS stock from FP in 
exchange for USS1 Note is not an acquisition described in section 
304(a)(1).
    (C) Because USS1 Note is treated as stock for federal tax 
purposes when it is issued by USS1, USS1 Note is not treated as 
indebtedness for purposes of applying paragraph (b)(3) of this 
section.
    Example 4. Funding occurs in same taxable year as distribution. 
(i) Facts. On Date A in Year 1, FP lends $200x to CFC in exchange 
for CFC Note A. On Date B in Year 1, CFC distributes $400x of cash 
to USS1 in a distribution. CFC is not an expatriated foreign 
subsidiary as defined in Sec.  1.7874-12T(a)(9).
    (ii) Analysis. Under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section, 
CFC Note A is treated as issued with a principal purpose of funding 
the distribution by CFC to USS1 because CFC Note A is issued to a 
member of the FP expanded group during the 72-month period 
determined with respect to CFC's distribution to USS1. Accordingly, 
under paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(A) and (d)(1)(i) of this section, CFC 
Note A is treated as stock when it is issued by CFC to FP on Date A 
in Year 1.
    Example 5. Additional funding. (i) Facts. The facts are the same 
as in Example 4, except that, in addition, on Date C in Year 2, FP 
lends an additional $300x to CFC in exchange for CFC Note B.
    (ii) Analysis. The analysis is the same as in Example 4 with 
respect to CFC Note A. CFC Note B is also issued to a member of the 
FP expanded group during the 72-month period determined with respect 
to CFC's distribution to USS1. Under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this 
section, CFC Note B is treated as issued with a principal purpose of 
funding the remaining portion of CFC's distribution to USS1, which 
is $200x. Accordingly, $200x of CFC Note B is a principal purpose 
debt instrument that is treated as stock under paragraph 
(b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section. Under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this 
section, $200x of CFC Note B is deemed to be exchanged for stock on 
Date C in Year 2. The remaining $100x of CFC Note B continues to be 
treated as indebtedness.
    Example 6. Funding involving multiple interests. (i) Facts. On 
Date A in Year 1, FP lends $300x to USS1 in exchange for USS1 Note 
A. On Date B in Year 2, USS1 distributes $300x of cash to FP. On 
Date C in Year 3, FP lends another $300x to USS1 in exchange for 
USS1 Note B.
    (ii) Analysis. (A) Under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(3) of this 
section, USS1 Note A is tested under paragraph (b)(3) of this 
section before USS1 Note B is tested. USS1 Note A is issued during 
the 72-month period determined with respect to USS1's $300x 
distribution to FP and, therefore, is treated as issued with a 
principal purpose of funding the distribution under paragraph 
(b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of this section. Beginning on Date B in Year 2, 
USS1 Note A is a principal purpose debt instrument that is treated 
as stock under paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(A) and (d)(1)(ii) of this 
section.
    (B) Under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(3) of this section, USS1 Note 
B is tested under paragraph (b)(3) of this section after USS1 Note A 
is tested. Because USS1 Note A is treated as funding the entire 
$300x distribution by USS1 to FP, USS1 Note B will continue to be 
treated as indebtedness.
    Example 7. Re-testing. (i) Facts. The facts are the same as in 
Example 6, except that on Date D in Year 4, FP sells USS1 Note A to 
Bank.
    (ii) Analysis. (A) Under paragraph (d)(2) of this section, USS1 
Note A ceases to be treated as stock when FP sells USS1 Note A to 
Bank on Date D in Year 4. Immediately before FP sells USS1 Note A to 
Bank, USS1 is deemed to issue a debt instrument to FP in exchange 
for USS1 Note A in a transaction that is disregarded for purposes of 
paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section.
    (B) Under paragraph (d)(2) of this section, after USS1 Note A is 
deemed exchanged, USS1's other debt instruments that are not treated 
as stock as of Date D in Year 4 (USS1 Note B) are re-tested for 
purposes of paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section to determine 
whether other USS1 debt instruments are treated as funding the $300x 
distribution by USS1 to FP on Date B in Year 2. USS1 Note B was 
issued by USS1 to FP within the 72-month period determined with 
respect to the $300x distribution. Under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) 
of this section, USS1 Note B is treated as issued with a principal 
purpose of funding the $300x distribution. Accordingly, USS1 Note B 
is a principal purpose debt instrument under paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) 
of this section that is deemed to be exchanged for stock on Date D 
in Year 4, the re-testing date, under paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this 
section. See Sec.  1.385-1(c) for rules regarding the treatment of 
this deemed exchange.
    Example 8. Distribution of expanded group stock and debt 
instrument in a reorganization that qualifies under section 355. (i) 
Facts. On Date A in Year 1, FP lends $200x to USS2 in exchange for 
USS2 Note. In a transaction that is treated as independent from the 
transaction on Date A in Year 1, on Date B in Year 2, USS2 transfers 
a portion of its assets to DS2, a newly-formed domestic corporation, 
in exchange for all of the stock of DS2 and DS2 Note. Immediately 
afterwards, USS2 distributes all of the DS2 stock and the DS2 Note 
to FP with respect to FP's USS2 stock in a transaction that 
qualifies under section 355. USS2's transfer of a portion of its 
assets qualifies as a reorganization within the meaning of section 
368(a)(1)(D). The DS2 stock has a value of $150x and DS2 Note has a 
value of $50x. The DS2 stock is not non-qualified preferred stock as 
defined in section 351(g)(2). Absent the application of this 
section, DS2 Note would be treated by FP as ``other property'' 
within the meaning of section 356.
    (ii) Analysis. (A) The contribution and distribution transaction 
is a reorganization within the meaning of section 368(a)(1) 
involving a transfer of USS2's property described in section 361(a). 
Thus, DS2 Note is a debt instrument that is issued by DS2 to USS2, 
both members of the FP expanded group, pursuant to an asset 
reorganization (as defined in paragraph (f)(1) of this section), and 
received by FP, another FP expanded group member, with respect to 
FP's USS2 stock. Accordingly, DS2 Note is treated as stock when it 
is issued by DS2 to USS2 on Date B in Year 2 pursuant to paragraphs 
(b)(2)(iii) and (d)(1)(i) of this section.
    (B) Because DS2 Note is treated as stock when it is issued, 
section 355(a)(1) rather than section 356 may apply to FP on FP's 
receipt of DS2 Note. Alternatively, depending on the terms of DS2 
Note and other factors, DS2 Note may be treated as non-qualified 
preferred stock that is not treated as stock pursuant to section 
355(a)(3)(D). If DS2 Note is treated as non-qualified preferred 
stock, such stock would continue to be treated by FP as ``other 
property'' for purposes of section 356 under section 356(e). In that 
case, USS2's distribution of DS2 Note would be treated as ``other 
property'' described in section 356, and thus the distribution of 
DS2 note preliminarily would be described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) 
of this section. However, under paragraph (b)(5) of this section, 
because DS2 Note is treated as stock under paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of 
this section, USS2's distribution of DS2 Note to FP pursuant to the 
plan of reorganization is not also treated as a distribution or 
acquisition described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section that 
could cause USS2 Note to be a principal purpose debt instrument.
    (C) USS2's distribution of $150x of actual DS2 stock is a 
distribution of stock pursuant to an asset reorganization that is 
permitted to be received by FP without recognition of gain under 
section 355(a)(1). Accordingly, USS2's distribution of the actual 
DS2 stock to FP is not a distribution of property by USS2 for 
purposes of paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section.
    (D) USS2's transfer of assets to DS2 in exchange for DS2 stock 
is not an acquisition described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this 
section because USS2's acquisition of DS2 stock is an exempt 
exchange. USS2's acquisition of DS2 stock is an exempt exchange 
described in paragraph (f)(5)(ii) of this section because USS2 and 
DS2 are both parties to a reorganization that is an asset 
reorganization, section 1032 applies to DS2, the transferor of the 
expanded group stock, and the DS2 stock is distributed by USS2, the 
transferee, pursuant to the plan of reorganization. Because USS2 has 
not made a distribution or acquisition that is treated as a 
distribution or acquisition for purposes of paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of 
this section, USS2 Note is not a principal purpose debt instrument.
    Example 9. Funding a distribution by a successor to funded 
member. (i) Facts. The facts are the same as in Example 8, except 
that on Date C in Year 3, DS2 distributes $200x of cash to FP and, 
subsequently, on Date D in Year 3, USS2 distributes $100x of cash to 
FP.
    (ii) Analysis. (A) DS2 is a successor with respect to USS2 under 
paragraph (f)(11)(i) of this section because DS2 is the acquiring 
corporation in a reorganization within the meaning of section 
368(a)(1)(D). USS2 is a predecessor with respect to DS2 under 
paragraph (f)(9)(i) of this section because USS2 is the transferor 
corporation in a reorganization within the meaning of section 
368(a)(1)(D). Accordingly, under paragraph (b)(3)(v) of this 
section, a distribution by DS2 is treated as a distribution by USS2. 
Under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section, USS2

[[Page 20940]]

Note is treated as issued with a principal purpose of funding the 
distribution by DS2 to FP because USS2 Note was issued during the 
72-month period determined with respect to DS2's $200x cash 
distribution. Accordingly, USS2 Note is a principal purpose debt 
instrument under paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section that is 
deemed to be exchanged for stock on Date C in Year 3 under paragraph 
(d)(1)(ii) of this section. See Sec.  1.385-1(c) for rules regarding 
the treatment of this deemed exchange.
    (B) Because the entire amount of USS2 Note is treated as funding 
DS2's $200x distribution to FP, under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(4) of 
this section, USS2 Note is not treated as funding the subsequent 
distribution by USS2 on Date D in Year 3.
    Example 10. Asset reorganization; section 354 qualified 
property. (i) Facts. On Date A in Year 1, FS lends $100x to USS2 in 
exchange for USS2 Note. On Date B in Year 2, in a transaction that 
qualifies as a reorganization within the meaning of section 
368(a)(1)(D), USS2 transfers all of its assets to USS1 in exchange 
for stock of USS1 and the assumption by USS1 of all of the 
liabilities of USS2, and USS2 distributes to FP, with respect to 
FP's USS2 stock, all of the USS1 stock that USS2 received. FP does 
not recognize gain under section 354(a)(1).
    (ii) Analysis. (A) USS1 is a successor with respect to USS2 
under paragraph (f)(11)(i) of this section because USS1 is the 
acquiring corporation in a reorganization within the meaning of 
section 368(a)(1)(D). For purposes of paragraph (b)(3) of this 
section, USS2 and its successor, USS1, are funded members with 
respect to USS2 Note. Although USS2, a funded member, distributes 
property (USS1 stock) to its shareholder, FP, pursuant to the 
reorganization, the distribution of USS1 stock is not described in 
paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section because the property is 
permitted to be received without the recognition of gain under 
section 354(a)(1). The distribution of USS1 stock is also not 
described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(C) of this section because FP does 
not receive the USS1 stock as ``other property'' within the meaning 
of section 356.
    (B) USS2's exchange of assets for USS1 stock is not an 
acquisition described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this section 
because USS2's acquisition of USS1 stock is an exempt exchange. 
USS2's acquisition of USS1 stock is an exempt exchange described in 
paragraph (f)(5)(ii) of this section because USS1 and USS2 are both 
parties to a reorganization, section 1032 applies to USS1, the 
transferor of the expanded group stock, and the USS1 stock is 
distributed by USS2, the transferee, pursuant to the plan of 
reorganization.
    (C) Because neither USS1 nor USS2 has made a distribution or 
acquisition described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, USS2 
Note is not a principal purpose debt instrument.
    Example 11. Triangular reorganization. (i) Facts. USS2 owns 100 
percent of the stock of DS2, a domestic corporation. On Date B in 
Year 1, FP issues FP stock and FP Note to USS1 as a contribution to 
capital. USS1 does not formally issue additional USS1 stock to FP in 
exchange for FP stock and FP Note, but is treated as issuing stock 
to FP in an exchange to which section 351 applies. Immediately 
afterwards, USS1 transfers the FP stock and FP Note to DS2 in 
exchange for all of DS2's assets, and DS2 distributes the FP stock 
and FP Note to USS2 with respect to USS2's DS2 stock in a 
liquidating distribution.
    (ii) Analysis. FP Note is issued by FP to USS1 in exchange for 
stock of USS1 in an exchange that is not an exempt exchange 
described in paragraph (f)(5) of this section. Under paragraph 
(b)(2)(ii) of this section, FP Note is treated as stock beginning on 
Date B in Year 1.
    Example 12. Funded acquisition of subsidiary stock by issuance; 
successor.
    (i) Facts. On Date A in Year 1, FS lends $100x to USS1 in 
exchange for USS1 Note. On Date B in Year 1, USS1 transfers property 
that has a value of $20x to CFC in exchange for additional CFC stock 
that has a value of $20x. On Date C in Year 2, CFC distributes $20 
cash to USS1. On Date D in Year 3, CFC acquires stock of FS from FP 
in exchange for $50x cash.
    (ii) Analysis. (A) But for the exception in paragraph (c)(3) of 
this section, USS1 Note would be treated under paragraph 
(b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section as issued with a principal purpose of 
funding an acquisition of expanded group stock described in 
paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this section because USS1 Note is issued 
to a member of the FP expanded group during the 72-month period 
determined with respect to USS1's acquisition of CFC stock on Date B 
in Year 1. However, because USS1's acquisition of CFC stock results 
from a transfer of property from USS1 to CFC in exchange for CFC 
stock and immediately after the transaction USS1 holds 100 percent 
of the stock of CFC, the exception in paragraph (c)(3) of this 
section applies. Accordingly, USS1's acquisition of CFC stock on 
Date B in Year 1 is not treated as an acquisition of stock described 
in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, and USS1 Note is not 
treated as stock.
    (B) CFC is a successor with respect to USS1 under paragraph 
(f)(11)(ii) of this section. For purposes of paragraph 
(b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of this section CFC is a successor only to the 
extent of the value of the expanded group stock acquired from CFC in 
the transaction described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (C) Under paragraph (f)(11)(ii) of this section, CFC's $20x cash 
distribution to USS1 on Date C in Year 2 is not taken into account 
for purposes of applying paragraph (b)(3) of this section to USS1 
Note.
    (D) On Date D in Year 3, CFC continues to be a successor to USS1 
for purposes of applying the per se rule in paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B) 
of this section. Accordingly, USS1 Note is a principal purpose debt 
instrument under paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section that is 
deemed to be exchanged for stock on Date D in Year 3 under paragraph 
(d)(1)(ii) of this section. See Sec.  1.385-1(c) for rules regarding 
the treatment of this deemed exchange.
    Example 13. Distribution of a debt instrument to partnership. 
(i) Facts. CFC and FS are equal partners in PRS. PRS owns 100 
percent of the stock of X Corp, a domestic corporation. On Date A in 
Year 1, X Corp issues X Note to PRS in a distribution.
    (ii) Analysis. (A) Under Sec.  1.385-1(b)(3), in determining 
whether X Corp is a member of the expanded group that includes CFC 
and FS, CFC and FS are each treated as holding 50 percent of the X 
Corp stock held by PRS. Accordingly, 100 percent of X Corp's stock 
is treated as owned by CFC and FS under Sec.  1.385-1(b)(3)(i)(B), 
and X Corp is a member of the FP expanded group.
    (B) Together CFC and FS own 100 percent of the interests in PRS 
capital and profits, such that PRS is a controlled partnership 
described in Sec.  1.385-1(b)(1). Under paragraph (d)(5)(i) of this 
section, solely for purposes of this section, when X Corp issues X 
Note to PRS, proportionate shares of X Note are treated as issued to 
CFC and FS. Accordingly, for purposes of applying paragraph (b) of 
this section, in Year 1, 50 percent of X Note is treated as issued 
to CFC in a distribution and the other 50 percent of X Note is 
treated as issued to FS in a distribution. Therefore, under 
paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (d)(1)(i) of this section, X Note is 
treated as stock beginning on Date A in Year 1. Under paragraph 
(d)(5)(i) of this section, CFC and FS are treated as holding X Note 
solely for purposes of this section. For all other federal tax 
purposes, X Note is treated as stock in X Corp that is held by PRS, 
and X Corp is treated as distributing its stock to its shareholder 
in a distribution that is subject to section 305.
    Example 14. Loan to partnership; same-year distribution. (i) 
Facts. The facts are the same as in Example 13, except that X Corp 
does not distribute X Note to PRS; instead, on Date A in Year 1 FP 
lends $200x to PRS in exchange for PRS Note. On Date B in Year 1, 
CFC distributes $100x to USS1 and FS distributes $100x to FP. CFC is 
not an expatriated foreign subsidiary as defined in Sec.  1.7874-
12T(a)(9).
    (ii) Analysis. (A) Under paragraph (d)(5)(i) of this section, 
solely for purposes of this section, CFC and FS are each treated as 
issuing $100x of PRS Note on Date A in Year 1, which represents 
their proportionate shares of PRS Note. CFC's and FS's shares of PRS 
Note are each issued to FP, a member of the same expanded group, 
during the 72-month periods determined with respect to the 
distributions by CFC and FS. Under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of 
this section, PRS Note is treated as issued with a principal purpose 
of funding the distributions by CFC and FS. Accordingly, under 
paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(A) and (d)(1)(i) of this section, PRS Note is 
a principal purpose debt instrument that is treated as stock when it 
is issued on Date A in Year 1.
    (B) Under paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section, CFC and FS are 
each treated as issuing $100x of stock to FP. Appropriate conforming 
adjustments must be made to CFC's and FS's interests in PRS to 
reflect the deemed treatment of PRS Note as stock issued by CFC and 
FS, which must be done in a manner that avoids the creation of, or 
increase in, a disparity between PRS's aggregate basis in its assets 
and the aggregate bases of CFC's and FS's respective interests in 
PRS. For example, reasonable and appropriate adjustments may occur 
when the following steps are deemed to occur on Date A in Year 1:

[[Page 20941]]

    (1) CFC issues stock to FP in exchange for $100x;
    (2) FS issues stock to FP in exchange for $100x;
    (3) CFC contributes $100x to PRS in exchange for a partnership 
interest in PRS; and
    (4) FS contributes $100x to PRS in exchange for a partnership 
interest in PRS.
    Example 15. Loan to partnership; distribution in later year. (i) 
Facts. The facts are the same as in Example 14, except that CFC and 
FS do not make distributions on Date B of Year 1; instead, CFC 
distributes $100x to USS1 and FS distributes $100x to FP on Date C 
of Year 2.
    (ii) Analysis. (A) As in Example 14, CFC's and FS's shares of 
PRS Note are each issued to FP, a member of the same expanded group, 
during the 72-month periods determined with respect to the 
distributions by CFC and FS. Under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of 
this section, PRS Note is treated as issued with a principal purpose 
of funding the distributions by CFC and FS. Accordingly, PRS Note is 
a principal purpose debt instrument that is treated as stock under 
paragraph (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section. Under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) 
of this section, PRS Note is treated as stock on Date C in Year 2.
    (B) Under paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this section, CFC and FS are 
each treated as issuing $100x of stock to FP. Appropriate conforming 
adjustments must be made to CFC's and FS's interests in PRS to 
reflect the deemed treatment of PRS Note as stock issued by CFC and 
FS, which must be done in a manner that avoids the creation of, or 
increase in, a disparity between PRS's aggregate basis in its assets 
and the aggregate bases of CFC's and FS's respective interests in 
PRS. For example, reasonable and appropriate adjustments may occur 
when the following steps are deemed to occur on Date C in Year 2:
    (1) CFC assumes liability with respect to $100x of PRS Note;
    (2) FS assumes liability with respect to $100x of PRS Note;
    (3) CFC issues stock to FP in satisfaction of the $100x of PRS 
Note assumed by CFC; and
    (4) FS issues stock to FP in satisfaction of the $100x of PRS 
Note assumed by FS.
    Example 16. Distribution of another member's debt instrument. 
(i) Facts. On Date A in Year 1, CFC lends $100x to FS in exchange 
for FS Note. On Date B in Year 2, CFC distributes FS Note to USS1.
    (ii) Analysis. Although CFC distributes FS Note, which is a debt 
instrument, to USS1, another member of CFC's expanded group, 
paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section does not apply because CFC is 
not the issuer of the FS Note.
    Example 17. Threshold exception and current year earnings and 
profits exception. (i) Facts. Before Date A in Year 1, the members 
of FP's expanded group hold no outstanding debt instruments that 
otherwise would be treated as stock under this section. On Date A in 
Year 1, CFC issues CFC Note, which has an issue price of $40 
million, to USS1 in a distribution. On Date B in Year 2, USS1 issues 
USS1 Note, which has an issue price of $20 million, to FP in a 
distribution. On Date C in Year 3, FS distributes $30 million in 
cash to FP. On Date D in Year 3, DS lends $30 million to FS in 
exchange for FS Note A. On Date E in Year 3, FS issues FS Note B, 
which has an issue price of $19 million, to FP in a distribution. In 
Year 3, FS has $35 million in earnings and profits described in 
section 316(a)(2).
    (ii) Analysis. (A) Because CFC does not have earnings and 
profits described in section 316(a)(2) in Year 1, the exception in 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section does not apply to CFC Note. 
Immediately after CFC Note is issued to USS1 on Date A in Year 1, 
the aggregate adjusted issue price of outstanding debt instruments 
issued by members of FP's expanded group that would be subject to 
paragraph (b) of this section but for the application paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section does not exceed $50 million. Accordingly, the 
threshold exception described in paragraph (c)(2) applies to the CFC 
Note.
    (B) Because USS1 does not have earnings and profits described in 
section 316(a)(2) in Year 2, the exception in paragraph (c)(1) of 
this section does not apply to USS1 Note. Immediately after USS1 
Note is issued to FP on Date B in Year 2, the aggregate adjusted 
issue price of outstanding debt instruments issued by members of the 
FP expanded group that would be subject to paragraph (b) of this 
section but for the application of paragraph (c)(2) of this section 
exceeds $50 million. Under paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section, 
CFC Note is deemed to be exchanged for stock on Date B in Year 2, 
when debt instruments of the FP expanded group cease to qualify for 
the threshold exception described in paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section. In addition, the threshold exception described in paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section does not apply to USS1 Note because, 
immediately after USS1 Note is issued, the aggregate adjusted issue 
price of outstanding debt instruments issued by members of the 
expanded group that would be subject to paragraph (b) of this 
section but for the application paragraph (c)(2) of this section 
exceeds $50 million. Accordingly, USS1 Note is treated as stock when 
it is issued on Date B in Year 2.
    (C) Under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, for purposes of 
applying paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section to a member of 
an expanded group with respect to Year 3, the aggregate amount of 
any distributions or acquisitions by FS that are described in 
paragraphs (b)(2) or (b)(3)(ii) of this section are reduced by an 
amount equal to FS's current year earnings and profits described in 
section 316(a)(2) for Year 3, which is $35 million. Thus, $35 
million of distributions or acquisitions by FS in Year 3 are not 
taken into account for purposes of applying paragraphs (b)(2) and 
(b)(3) of this section. The reduction is applied first against FS's 
$30 million cash distribution on Date C in Year 3 and second against 
FS's $19 million note distribution on Date E in Year 3. Accordingly, 
under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, FS Note A is not treated as 
stock under paragraph (b)(3) of this section. In addition, under 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section a portion of FS Note B equal to $5 
million is not treated as stock under paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section.
    (D) When FS Note B is issued in Year 3, CFC Note, which 
previously was treated as indebtedness solely because of paragraph 
(c)(2) of this section, remains outstanding. Accordingly, the 
threshold exception described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section 
does not apply to FS Note B. Accordingly, the remaining amount of FS 
Note B equal to $14 million after applying the exception under 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section is treated as stock under paragraph 
(b)(2) of this section.
    Example 18. Distribution of a debt instrument and issuance of a 
debt instrument with a principal purpose of avoiding the purposes of 
this section. (i) Facts. On Date A in Year 1, USS1 issues USS1 Note 
A, which has a value of $100x, to FP in a distribution. On Date B in 
Year 1, with a principal purpose of avoiding the application of this 
section, FP sells USS1 Note A to Bank for $100x of cash and lends 
$100x to USS1 in exchange for USS1 Note B.
    (ii) Analysis. USS1 Note A is a debt instrument that is issued 
by USS1 to FP, a member of USS1's expanded group, in a distribution. 
Accordingly, under paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (d)(1)(i) of this 
section, USS1 Note A is treated as stock when it is issued by USS1 
to FP on Date A in Year 1. Accordingly, USS1 is treated as 
distributing USS1 stock to its shareholder FP. Because USS1 Note A 
is treated as stock of USS1, USS1 Note A is not property as 
specified in section 317(a) on Date A in Year 1. Under paragraph 
(d)(2) of this section, USS1 Note A ceases to be treated as stock 
when FP sells USS1 Note A to Bank on Date B in Year 1. Immediately 
before FP sells USS1 Note A to Bank, USS1 is deemed to issue a debt 
instrument to FP in exchange for USS1 Note A in a transaction that 
is disregarded for purposes of paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this 
section. USS1 Note B is not treated as stock under paragraph 
(b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section because the funded member, USS1, has 
not made a distribution of property. However, because the 
transactions occurring on Date B of Year 1 were undertaken with a 
principal purpose of avoiding the purposes of this section, USS1 
Note B is treated as stock on Date B of Year 1 under paragraph 
(b)(4) of this section.

    (h) Effective/applicability date and transition rules--(1) In 
general. This section applies to any debt instrument issued on or after 
April 4, 2016, and to any debt instrument treated as issued before 
April 4, 2016 as a result of an entity classification election made 
under Sec.  301.7701-3 of this chapter that is filed on or after April 
4, 2016.
    (2) Transition rule for distributions or acquisitions occurring 
before April 4, 2016. For purposes of paragraph (b)(3)(iv) of this 
section, a distribution or acquisition described in paragraph 
(b)(3)(ii) of this section that occurs before April 4, 2016, other than 
a distribution or acquisition that is treated as occurring before April 
4, 2016 as a result of an entity classification election made under 
Sec.  301.7701-3 of this chapter

[[Page 20942]]

that is filed on or after April 4, 2016, is not taken into account.
    (3) Transition rule for debt instruments that would be treated as 
stock prior to the date of publication in the Federal Register  of the 
Treasury decision adopting this rule as a final regulation. When 
paragraphs (b) and (d)(1)(i) through (v) of this section otherwise 
would treat a debt instrument as stock prior to the date of publication 
in the Federal Register of the Treasury decision adopting this rule as 
a final regulation, the debt instrument is treated as indebtedness 
until the date that is 90 days after the date of publication in the 
Federal Register of the Treasury decision adopting this rule as a final 
regulation. To the extent that the debt instrument described in the 
preceding sentence is held by a member of the issuer's expanded group 
on the date that is 90 days after the date of publication in the 
Federal Register of the Treasury decision adopting this rule as a final 
regulation, the debt instrument is deemed to be exchanged for stock on 
the date that is 90 days after the date of publication in the Federal 
Register of the Treasury decision adopting this rule as a final 
regulation.
0
Par. 5. Section 1.385-4 is added to read as follows:


Sec.  1.385-4  Treatment of consolidated groups.

    (a) Scope. Section 1.385-1(e) provides that members of a 
consolidated group are treated as one corporation for purposes of the 
regulations under section 385. This section provides rules for applying 
Sec.  1.385-3 to consolidated groups when an interest ceases to be a 
consolidated group debt instrument or becomes a consolidated group debt 
instrument. For definitions applicable to this section, see Sec.  
1.385-3(f).
    (b) Debt instrument ceases to be a consolidated group debt 
instrument but continues to be an expanded group debt instrument--(1) 
Member leaving the group. When a corporation ceases to be a member of 
the consolidated group but continues to be a member of the expanded 
group (such corporation, a departing member), a debt instrument that is 
issued or held by the departing member is treated as indebtedness or 
stock pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1)(i) or (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
    (i) Exempt consolidated group debt instrument that ceases to be 
consolidated group debt instrument. Any exempt consolidated group debt 
instrument that is issued or held by the departing member is deemed to 
be exchanged for stock immediately after the departing member leaves 
the group. For these purposes, the term exempt consolidated group debt 
instrument means any debt instrument that was not treated as stock 
solely by reason of the departing member's treatment under Sec.  1.385-
1(e). See paragraph (d) of this section, Example 3, for an illustration 
of this rule.
    (ii) Non-exempt consolidated group debt instrument that ceases to 
be consolidated group debt instrument--(A) In general. Any consolidated 
group debt instrument issued or held by a departing member that is not 
an exempt consolidated group debt instrument (non-exempt consolidated 
group debt instrument) is treated as indebtedness unless and until the 
non-exempt consolidated group debt instrument is treated as a principal 
purpose debt instrument under Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(ii) and (d)(1) as a 
result of a distribution or acquisition described in Sec.  1.385-
3(b)(3)(ii) that occurs after the departure.
    (B) Coordination with funding rule. Solely for purposes of applying 
the 72-month period under Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(iv)(B) (the per se rule), 
a non-exempt consolidated group debt instrument is treated as having 
been issued when it was first treated as a consolidated group debt 
instrument. For all other purposes of applying Sec.  1.385-3, including 
for purposes of applying Sec.  1.385-3(d), a non-exempt consolidated 
group debt instrument is treated as issued by the issuer of the debt 
instrument immediately after the departing member leaves the group.
    (2) Consolidated group debt instrument that is transferred outside 
of the consolidated group. Solely for purposes of Sec.  1.385-3, when a 
member of a consolidated group that holds a consolidated group debt 
instrument transfers the debt instrument to an expanded group member 
that is not a member of the consolidated group, the debt instrument is 
treated as issued by the issuer of the debt instrument (which is 
treated as one corporation with the transferor of the debt instrument 
pursuant to Sec.  1.385-1(e)) to the transferee expanded group member 
on the date of the transfer. For purposes of Sec.  1.385-3, the 
consequences of such transfer are determined in a manner that is 
consistent with treating a consolidated group as one corporation. Thus, 
for example, the sale of a consolidated group debt instrument to an 
expanded group member that is not a member of the consolidated group 
will be treated as an issuance of the debt instrument to the transferee 
expanded group member in exchange for property. To the extent the debt 
instrument is treated as stock upon being transferred, the debt 
instrument is deemed to be exchanged for stock immediately after the 
debt instrument is transferred outside of the consolidated group. For 
examples illustrating this rule, see paragraph (d) of this section, 
Examples 1 and 2.
    (c) Debt instrument entering a consolidated group. When a debt 
instrument that is treated as stock under Sec.  1.385-3 becomes a 
consolidated group debt instrument, immediately before that debt 
instrument becomes a consolidated group debt instrument, the issuer is 
treated as issuing a new debt instrument to the holder in exchange for 
the debt instrument that was treated as stock in a transaction that is 
disregarded for purposes of Sec.  1.385-3(b).
    (d) Examples--(1) Assumed facts. Except as otherwise stated, the 
following facts are assumed for purposes of the examples in paragraph 
(d)(3) of this section:
    (i) FP is a foreign corporation that owns 100 percent of the stock 
of USS1, a domestic corporation, and 100 percent of the stock of FS, a 
foreign corporation;
    (ii) USS1 owns 100 percent of the stock of DS1, a domestic 
corporation;
    (iii) DS1 owns 100 percent of the stock of DS2, a domestic 
corporation;
    (iv) At the beginning of Year 1, FP is the common parent of an 
expanded group comprised solely of FP, USS1, FS, DS1, and DS2 (the FP 
expanded group);
    (v) USS1, DS1, and DS2 are members of a consolidated group of which 
USS1 is the common parent (the USS1 consolidated group);
    (vi) The FP expanded group has more than $50 million of debt 
instruments described in Sec.  1.385-3(c)(2) at all times;
    (vii) No issuer of a debt instrument has current year earnings and 
profits described in section 316(a)(2);
    (viii) All notes are debt instruments described in Sec.  1.385-
3(f)(3) and therefore have satisfied any requirements under Sec.  
1.385-2, if applicable, and are respected as debt instruments under 
general federal tax principles;
    (ix) No notes are eligible for the ordinary course exception 
described in Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(iv)(B)(2);
    (x) Each entity has as its taxable year the calendar year;
    (xi) No domestic corporation is a United States real property 
holding corporation within the meaning of section 897(c)(2); and
    (xii) Each note is issued with adequate stated interest (as defined 
in section 1274(c)(2)).
    (2) No inference. Except as provided in this section, it is assumed 
for purposes of the examples that the form of each transaction is 
respected for federal tax purposes. No inference is

[[Page 20943]]

intended, however, as to whether any particular note would be respected 
as indebtedness or as to whether the form of any particular transaction 
described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section would be respected for 
federal tax purposes.
    (3) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of this 
section.

    Example 1. Distribution of consolidated group debt instrument. 
(i) Facts. On Date A in Year 1, DS1 issues DS1 Note to USS1 in a 
distribution. On Date B in Year 2, USS1 distributes DS1 Note to FP.
    (ii) Analysis. Under Sec.  1.385-1(e), the USS1 consolidated 
group is treated as one corporation for purposes of Sec.  1.385-3. 
Accordingly, when DS1 issues DS1 Note to USS1 in a distribution, DS1 
is not treated as issuing a debt instrument to another member of 
DS1's expanded group in a distribution for purposes of Sec.  1.385-
3, and DS1 Note is not treated as stock under Sec.  1.385-3. Under 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section, when USS1 distributes DS1 Note to 
FP, the USS1 consolidated group is treated as issuing a debt 
instrument to FP in a distribution. Accordingly, DS1 Note is treated 
as DS1 stock under Sec.  1.385-3(b)(2)(i). For this purpose, DS1 
Note is deemed to be exchanged for stock immediately after DS1 Note 
is transferred outside of the USS1 consolidated group.
    Example 2. Sale of consolidated group debt instrument. (i) 
Facts. On Date A in Year 1, DS1 lends $200x to USS1 in exchange for 
USS1 Note. On Date B in Year 2, USS1 distributes $200x to FP. On 
Date C in Year 2, DS1 sells USS1 Note to FS for $200x.
    (ii) Analysis. Under Sec.  1.385-1(e), the USS1 consolidated 
group is treated as one corporation for purposes of Sec.  1.385-3. 
Accordingly, when USS1 issues USS1 Note to DS1 on Date A in Year 1, 
USS1 is not treated as a funded member, and when USS1 distributes 
$200x to FP on Date B in Year 2, Sec.  1.385-2(b)(3) does not apply. 
Under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, when DS1 sells USS1 Note to 
FS, the USS1 consolidated group is treated as issuing USS1 Note to 
FS in exchange for $200x on Date C in Year 2. Because USS1 Note was 
issued by the USS1 consolidated group to FS within 36 months of the 
distribution by the USS1 consolidated group to FP, Sec.  1.385-
3(b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) treats USS1 Note as issued with a principal 
purpose of funding that distribution. Accordingly, USS1 Note is a 
principal purpose debt instrument that is treated as USS1 stock 
under Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(ii)(A). Under paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section, immediately after USS1 Note is transferred outside of the 
USS1 consolidated group, USS1 Note is deemed to be exchanged for 
stock.
    Example 3. Treatment of exempt consolidated group debt 
instrument when a consolidated group member leaves the consolidated 
group. (i) Facts. On Date A in Year 1, DS1 issues DS1 Note A to USS1 
in a distribution. On Date B in Year 2, USS1 lends $100x to DS1 in 
exchange for DS1 Note B. On Date C in Year 4, FP purchases 25 
percent of DS1's stock from USS1, resulting in DS1 ceasing to be a 
member of the USS1 consolidated group.
    (ii) Analysis. (A) Under Sec.  1.385-1(e), the USS1 consolidated 
group is treated as one corporation for purposes of Sec.  1.385-3 
until Date C in Year 4. Accordingly, when DS1 issues DS1 Note to 
USS1 in a distribution on Date A in Year 1, DS1 is not treated as 
issuing a debt instrument to a member of DS's expanded group in a 
distribution for purposes of Sec.  1.385-3(b)(2), and DS1 Note A is 
not treated as stock under Sec.  1.385-3 on Date A in Year 1. DS1 
Note A is an exempt consolidated group debt instrument because DS1 
Note A is not treated as stock on Date A in Year 1 solely by reason 
of Sec.  1.385-1(e). Under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, 
immediately after DS1 leaves the USS1 consolidated group, DS1 Note A 
is deemed to be exchanged for stock.
    (B) DS1 Note B is a non-exempt consolidated group debt 
instrument because DS1 Note B, which is issued in exchange for cash, 
would not be treated as stock even absent the application of Sec.  
1.385-1(e) because there have been no transactions described in 
Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(ii) that would have been treated as funded by 
DS1 Note B in the absence of the application of Sec.  1.385-1(e). 
Accordingly, under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, DS1 Note 
B is not treated as stock when DS1 ceases to be a member of the USS1 
consolidated group, provided there are no distributions or 
acquisitions described in Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(ii) by DS1 that occur 
later in Year 4 (after Date C).
    Example 4. Distribution after a funded consolidated group member 
leaves the consolidated group. (i) Facts. The facts are the same as 
in Example 3, except that on Date D in Year 6, DS1 distributes $100x 
pro rata to its shareholders ($75x to USS1 and $25x to FP).
    (ii) Analysis. The per se rule in Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) 
does not apply to DS1 Note B and the distribution on Date D in Year 
6 because under section (b)(1)(ii)(B) of this section, for purposes 
of applying Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(iv)(B)(1), DS1 Note B is treated as 
issued on Date B in Year 2, which is more than 36 months before Date 
D in Year 6.
    Example 5. Treatment of non-exempt consolidated group debt 
instrument when a consolidated group member leaves the group. (i) 
Facts. On Date A in Year 1, DS2 lends $100x to DS1 in exchange for 
DS1 Note. On Date B in Year 1, DS1 distributes $100x of cash to 
USS1. On Date C in Year 1, FP purchases 25 percent of DS2's stock 
from DS1, resulting in DS2 ceasing to be a member of the USS1 
consolidated group.
    (ii) Analysis. After DS2 ceases to be a member of the USS1 
consolidated group, DS1 and USS1 continue to be treated as one 
corporation under Sec.  1.385-1(e), such that DS1's distribution of 
cash to USS1 on Date B in Year 1 continues to be disregarded for 
purposes of Sec.  1.385-3. Accordingly, DS1 Note is a non-exempt 
consolidated group debt instrument because DS1 Note, which is issued 
in exchange for cash, would not be treated as stock even absent the 
application of Sec.  1.385-1(e) to DS2, because, taking into account 
the continued application of Sec.  1.385-1(e) to USS1 and DS1, DS1 
Note does not fund any transaction described in Sec.  1.385-
3(b)(3)(ii). Accordingly, under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this 
section, DS1 Note is not treated as stock when it ceases to be a 
consolidated group debt instrument, provided there are no 
distributions or acquisitions described in Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(ii) 
by DS1 that occur later in Year 1 (after Date C).

    (e) Effective/applicability date and transition rules--(1) In 
general. This section applies to any debt instrument issued on or after 
April 4, 2016, and to any debt instrument treated as issued before 
April 4, 2016 as a result of an entity classification election made 
under Sec.  301.7701-3 of this chapter that is filed on or after April 
4, 2016.
    (2) Transition rule for distributions or acquisitions occurring 
before April 4, 2016. For purposes of this section, a distribution or 
acquisition described in Sec.  1.385-3(b)(3)(ii) that occurs before 
April 4, 2016, other than a distribution or acquisition that is treated 
as occurring before April 4, 2016 as a result of an entity 
classification election made under Sec.  301.7701-3 of this chapter 
that is filed on or after April 4, 2016, is not taken into account.
    (3) Transition rule for debt instruments that would be treated as 
stock prior to the date of publication in the Federal Register of the 
Treasury decision adopting this rule as a final regulation. When this 
section otherwise would treat a debt instrument as stock prior to the 
date of publication in the Federal Register of the Treasury decision 
adopting this rule as a final regulation, the debt instrument is 
treated as indebtedness until the date that is 90 days after the date 
of publication in the Federal Register of the Treasury decision 
adopting this rule as a final regulation. To the extent that the debt 
instrument described in the preceding sentence is held by a member of 
the issuer's expanded group on the date that is 90 days after the date 
of publication in the Federal Register of the Treasury decision 
adopting this rule as a final regulation, the debt instrument is deemed 
to be exchanged for stock on the date that is 90 days after the date of 
publication in the Federal Register of the Treasury decision adopting 
this rule as a final regulation.

John Dalrymple.
Deputy Commissioner for Services and Enforcement.
[FR Doc. 2016-07425 Filed 4-4-16; 5:00 pm]
BILLING CODE 4830-01-P



                                                      20912                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY                              rulemaking has been submitted to the                   whether an interest in a corporation
                                                                                                              Office of Management and Budget in                     should be treated as stock or
                                                      Internal Revenue Service                                accordance with the Paperwork                          indebtedness for federal tax purposes by
                                                                                                              Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C.                       applying various sets of factors to the
                                                      26 CFR Part 1                                           3507(d)). Comments on the collection of                facts of a particular case. In 1969,
                                                      [REG–108060–15]                                         information should be sent to the Office               Congress enacted section 385 to
                                                                                                              of Management and Budget, Attn: Desk                   authorize the Secretary of the Treasury
                                                      RIN 1545–BN40                                           Officer for the Department of the                      (Secretary) to prescribe such regulations
                                                                                                              Treasury, Office of Information and                    as may be necessary or appropriate to
                                                      Treatment of Certain Interests in                       Regulatory Affairs, Washington, DC                     determine whether an interest in a
                                                      Corporations as Stock or Indebtedness                   20503, with copies to the Internal                     corporation is to be treated as stock or
                                                      AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS),                 Revenue Service, Attn: IRS Reports                     indebtedness for purposes of the Code.
                                                      Treasury.                                               Clearance Officer,                                     Because no regulations are currently in
                                                      ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking.                  SE:W:CAR:MP:T:T:SP, Washington, DC                     effect under section 385, the case law
                                                                                                              20224. Comments on the collection of                   that developed before the enactment of
                                                      SUMMARY:    This document contains                      information should be received by June                 section 385 has continued to evolve and
                                                      proposed regulations under section 385                  7, 2016. Comments are specifically                     to control the characterization of an
                                                      of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) that                requested concerning:                                  interest in a corporation as debt or
                                                      would authorize the Commissioner to                        Whether the proposed collection of                  equity.
                                                      treat certain related-party interests in a              information is necessary for the proper                I. Section 385 Statute and Legislative
                                                      corporation as indebtedness in part and                 performance of the functions of the IRS,               History
                                                      stock in part for federal tax purposes,                 including whether the information will
                                                      and establish threshold documentation                   have practical utility;                                A. Original Enactment of Section 385
                                                      requirements that must be satisfied in                     The accuracy of the estimated burden                   Section 385(a), as originally enacted
                                                      order for certain related-party interests               associated with the proposed collection                as part of the Tax Reform Act of 1969
                                                      in a corporation to be treated as                       of information;                                        (Pub. L. 91–172, 83 Stat. 487),
                                                      indebtedness for federal tax purposes.                     How the quality, utility, and clarity of            authorizes the Secretary to prescribe
                                                      The proposed regulations also would                     the information to be collected may be                 such regulations as may be necessary or
                                                      treat as stock certain related-party                    enhanced;                                              appropriate to determine whether an
                                                      interests that otherwise would be                          How the burden of complying with                    interest in a corporation is treated as
                                                      treated as indebtedness for federal tax                 the proposed collection of information                 stock or indebtedness for purposes of
                                                      purposes. The proposed regulations                      may be minimized, including through                    the Code.
                                                      generally affect corporations that issue                the application of automated collection                   Section 385(b) provides that the
                                                      purported indebtedness to related                       techniques or other forms of information               regulations prescribed under section
                                                      corporations or partnerships.                           technology; and                                        385 shall set forth factors that are to be
                                                      DATES: Written or electronic comments                      Estimates of capital or start-up costs              taken into account in determining in a
                                                      and requests for a public hearing must                  and costs of operation, maintenance,                   particular factual situation whether a
                                                      be received by July 7, 2016.                            and purchase of services to provide                    debtor-creditor relationship exists or a
                                                      ADDRESSES: Send submissions to:
                                                                                                              information.                                           corporation-shareholder relationship
                                                                                                                 The collection of information in this               exists. Under section 385(b), those
                                                      CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG–108060–15), Room
                                                                                                              proposed regulation is in § 1.385–                     factors may include, among other
                                                      5203, Internal Revenue Service, P.O.
                                                                                                              2(b)(2). This collection of information is             factors, the following: (1) Whether there
                                                      Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station,
                                                                                                              necessary to determine whether certain                 is a written unconditional promise to
                                                      Washington, DC 20044. Submissions
                                                                                                              interests between members of an                        pay on demand or on a specified date
                                                      may be hand-delivered Monday through
                                                                                                              expanded affiliated group are to be                    a sum certain in money in return for an
                                                      Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and
                                                                                                              treated as stock or indebtedness for                   adequate consideration in money or
                                                      4 p.m. to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG–108060–
                                                                                                              federal tax purposes. The likely                       money’s worth, and to pay a fixed rate
                                                      15), Courier’s Desk, Internal Revenue
                                                                                                              respondents are entities that are                      of interest; (2) whether there is
                                                      Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW.,
                                                                                                              affiliates of publicly traded entities or              subordination to or preference over any
                                                      Washington, DC 20224 or sent
                                                                                                              meet certain thresholds on their                       indebtedness of the corporation; (3) the
                                                      electronically via the Federal
                                                                                                              financial statements.                                  ratio of debt to equity of the corporation;
                                                      eRulemaking Portal at http://
                                                                                                                 Estimated total annual reporting                    (4) whether there is convertibility into
                                                      www.regulations.gov (IRS REG–108060–
                                                                                                              burden: 735,000 hours.                                 the stock of the corporation; and (5) the
                                                      15).                                                       Estimated average annual burden per
                                                      FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:                                                                               relationship between holdings of stock
                                                                                                              respondent: 35 hours.                                  in the corporation and holdings of the
                                                      Concerning the proposed regulations                        Estimated number of respondents:
                                                      under §§ 1.385–1 and 1.385–2, Eric D.                                                                          interest in question.
                                                                                                              21,000.                                                   In enacting section 385(a) and (b),
                                                      Brauer, (202) 317–5348; concerning the                     Estimated frequency of responses:
                                                      proposed regulations under §§ 1.385–3                                                                          Congress authorized the Secretary to
                                                                                                              Monthly.
                                                      and 1.385–4, Raymond J. Stahl, (202)                                                                           prescribe targeted rules to address
                                                                                                                 An agency may not conduct or
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      317–6938; concerning submissions of                                                                            particular factual situations, stating:
                                                                                                              sponsor, and a person is not required to
                                                      comments or requests for a public                       respond to, a collection of information                    In view of the uncertainties and difficulties
                                                      hearing, Regina Johnson, (202) 317–                     unless it displays a valid control                     which the distinction between debt and
                                                      5177 (not toll-free numbers).                                                                                  equity has produced in numerous situations
                                                                                                              number assigned by the Office of
                                                                                                                                                                     . . . the committee further believes that it
                                                      SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:                              Management and Budget.                                 would be desirable to provide rules for
                                                      Paperwork Reduction Act                                 Background                                             distinguishing debt from equity in the variety
                                                                                                                                                                     of contexts in which this problem can arise.
                                                        The collection of information                           As described further in this preamble,               The differing circumstances which
                                                      contained in this notice of proposed                    courts historically have analyzed                      characterize these situations, however, would



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                  20913

                                                      make it difficult for the committee to provide          Secretary). Section 385(c)(2) provides                 characterization of an interest for federal
                                                      comprehensive and specific statutory rules of           that, except as provided in regulations,               tax purposes or to affect the ability of a
                                                      universal and equal applicability. In view of           section 385(c)(1) shall not apply to any               holder to treat an interest inconsistent
                                                      this, the committee believes it is appropriate
                                                                                                              holder of an interest if such holder on                with the initial treatment of the issuer.
                                                      to specifically authorize the Secretary of the
                                                      Treasury to prescribe the appropriate rules             his return discloses that he is treating
                                                                                                                                                                     III. Case Law
                                                      for distinguishing debt from equity in these            such interest in a manner inconsistent
                                                      different situations.                                   with the initial characterization of the                  In the absence of regulations under
                                                      S. Rep. No. 91–552, at 138 (1969). The                  issuer. Section 385(c)(3) authorizes the               section 385, the pre-1969 case law has
                                                      legislative history further explains that               Secretary to require such information as               continued to evolve and control the
                                                      regulations applicable to a particular                  the Secretary determines to be necessary               characterization of an interest as debt or
                                                      factual situation need not rely on the                  to carry out the provisions of section                 equity for federal tax purposes. Under
                                                      factors set forth in section 385(b):                    385(c), including the information                      that case law, courts apply inconsistent
                                                                                                              necessary for the Secretary to determine               sets of factors to determine if an interest
                                                         The provision also specifies certain factors                                                                should be treated as stock or
                                                      which may be taken into account in these
                                                                                                              how the issuer characterized an interest
                                                      [regulatory] guidelines. It is not intended that        as of the time of issuance.                            indebtedness, subjecting substantially
                                                      only these factors be included in the                      Congress added section 385(c) in                    similar fact patterns to differing
                                                      guidelines or that, with respect to a particular        response to issuers and holders                        analyses. The result has been a body of
                                                      situation, any of these factors must be                 characterizing a corporate instrument                  case law that perpetuates the
                                                      included in the guidelines, or that any of the          inconsistently. H.R. Rep. No. 102–716,                 ‘‘uncertainties and difficulties which
                                                      factors which are included by statute must              at 3 (1992). For example, a corporate                  the distinction between debt and equity
                                                      necessarily be given any more weight than               issuer may designate an instrument as                  has produced’’ and with which
                                                      other factors added by regulations.                     indebtedness for federal tax purposes                  Congress expressed concern when
                                                      Id. Accordingly, section 385(b) provides                and deduct as interest the amounts paid                enacting section 385. See S. Rep. No.
                                                      the Secretary with discretion to                        on the instrument, while a corporate                   91–552, at 138. For example, in Fin Hay
                                                      establish specific rules for determining                holder may treat the instrument as stock               Realty Co. v. United States, 398 F.2d
                                                      whether an interest is treated as stock or              for federal tax purposes and claim a                   694 (3d Cir. 1968), the U.S. Court of
                                                      indebtedness for federal tax purposes in                dividends received deduction with                      Appeals for the Third Circuit identified
                                                      a particular factual situation.                         respect to the amounts paid on the                     sixteen factors relevant for
                                                      B. 1989 and 1992 Amendments to                          instrument. See id.                                    distinguishing between indebtedness
                                                      Section 385                                             II. Regulations                                        and stock:
                                                         Congress amended section 385 in                         There are no regulations currently in                  (1) the intent of the parties; (2) the identity
                                                                                                                                                                     between creditors and shareholders; (3) the
                                                      1989 and 1992. In 1989, the Omnibus                     effect under section 385. On March 24,                 extent of participation in management by the
                                                      Budget Reconciliation Act of 1989 (Pub.                 1980, the Department of the Treasury                   holder of the instrument; (4) the ability of the
                                                      L. 101–239, 103 Stat. 2106) amended                     (Treasury Department) and the IRS                      corporation to obtain funds from outside
                                                      section 385(a) to expressly authorize the               published a notice of proposed                         sources; (5) the ‘thinness’ of the capital
                                                      Secretary to issue regulations under                    rulemaking (LR–1661) in the Federal                    structure in relation to debt; (6) the risk
                                                      which an interest in a corporation is to                Register (45 FR 18959) under section                   involved; (7) the formal indicia of the
                                                      be treated as in part stock and in part                 385 relating to the treatment of certain               arrangement; (8) the relative position of the
                                                      indebtedness. This amendment also                       interests in corporations as stock or                  obligees as to other creditors regarding the
                                                                                                                                                                     payment of interest and principal; (9) the
                                                      provides that any regulations so issued                 indebtedness. Final regulations (TD                    voting power of the holder of the instrument;
                                                      may apply only with respect to                          7747) were published in the Federal                    (10) the provision of a fixed rate of interest;
                                                      instruments issued after the date on                    Register (45 FR 86438) on December 31,                 (11) a contingency on the obligation to repay;
                                                      which the Secretary or the Secretary’s                  1980. Subsequent revisions of the final                (12) the source of the interest payments; (13)
                                                      delegate provides public guidance as to                 regulations were published in the                      the presence or absence of a fixed maturity
                                                      the characterization of such instruments                Federal Register on May 4, 1981,                       date; (14) a provision for redemption by the
                                                      (whether by regulation, ruling, or                      January 5, 1982, and July 2, 1982 (46 FR               corporation; (15) a provision for redemption
                                                      otherwise). See Public Law 101–239,                     24945, 47 FR 147, and 47 FR 28915,                     at the option of the holder; and (16) the
                                                      sec. 7208(a)(2). The legislative history to             respectively). The Treasury Department                 timing of the advance with reference to the
                                                                                                                                                                     organization of the corporation.
                                                      the 1989 amendment notes that, while                    and the IRS published a notice of
                                                      ‘‘[t]he characterization of an investment               proposed withdrawal of TD 7747 in the                  Id. at 696. By contrast, in Estate of
                                                      in a corporation as debt or equity for                  Federal Register on July 6, 1983 (48 FR                Mixon v. United States, 464 F.2d 394
                                                      Federal income tax purposes generally                   31053), and in TD 7920, published in                   (5th Cir. 1972), the U.S. Court of
                                                      is determined by reference to numerous                  the Federal Register (48 FR 50711) on                  Appeals for the Fifth Circuit identified
                                                      factors, . . . there has been a tendency                November 3, 1983, the Treasury                         thirteen factors that are similar to, but
                                                      by the courts to characterize an                        Department and the IRS withdrew TD                     not the same as, those used in Fin Hay
                                                      instrument entirely as debt or entirely as              7747.                                                  to distinguish between indebtedness
                                                      equity.’’ H.R. Rep. No. 101–386, at                        The Treasury Department and the IRS                 and stock:
                                                      3165–66 (1989) (Conf. Rep.).                            have not previously published any                        (1) the names given to the certificates
                                                         In 1992, Congress added section                      regulations regarding the 1989                         evidencing the indebtedness; (2) The
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      385(c) to the Code as part of the Energy                amendment to section 385(a), which                     presence or absence of a fixed maturity date;
                                                      Policy Act of 1992 (Pub. L. 102–486, 106                authorizes the Secretary to issue                      (3) The source of payments; (4) The right to
                                                      Stat. 2776). Section 385(c)(1) provides                 regulations that treat an interest in a                enforce payment of principal and interest; (5)
                                                      that the issuer’s characterization (as of               corporation as indebtedness in part or as              participation in management flowing as a
                                                                                                                                                                     result; (6) the status of the contribution in
                                                      the time of issuance) as to whether an                  stock in part. In addition, no regulations             relation to regular corporate creditors; (7) the
                                                      interest in a corporation is stock or                   have been published with respect to the                intent of the parties; (8) ‘thin’ or adequate
                                                      indebtedness shall be binding on such                   1992 addition of section 385(c)                        capitalization; (9) identity of interest between
                                                      issuer and on all holders of such interest              authorizing the Secretary to require                   creditor and stockholder; (10) source of
                                                      (but shall not be binding on the                        information related to an issuer’s initial             interest payments; (11) the ability of the



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                      20914                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      corporation to obtain loans from outside                prescribing such regulations, section                  interest income offset on the group’s
                                                      lending institutions; (12) the extent to which          1502 authorizes the Secretary to                       consolidated federal income tax return.
                                                      the advance was used to acquire capital                 prescribe rules that are different from                  Section A of this Part VI addresses
                                                      assets; and (13) the failure of the debtor to                                                                  bifurcation of interests that are
                                                                                                              the provisions of chapter 1 of subtitle A
                                                      repay on the due date or to seek a
                                                      postponement.                                           of the Code that would apply if such                   indebtedness in part but not in whole.
                                                                                                              corporations filed separate returns.                   Section B of this Part VI addresses
                                                      Id. at 402. The weight given to the                        Section 7701(l) provides that the                   documentation requirements for related-
                                                      various factors in a particular case also               Secretary may prescribe regulations                    party indebtedness. Section C of this
                                                      differs, and is highly dependent upon                   recharacterizing any multiple-party                    Part VI addresses distributions of debt
                                                      the relevant facts and circumstances.                   financing transaction as a transaction                 instruments and similar transactions.
                                                      See, e.g., J.S. Biritz Construction Co. v.              directly among any two or more of such
                                                      Commissioner, 387 F.2d 451, 456–57                                                                             A. Interests That Are Indebtedness in
                                                                                                              parties where the Secretary determines
                                                      (8th Cir. 1967) (stating that the factors                                                                      Part but Not in Whole
                                                                                                              that such recharacterization is
                                                      ‘‘have varying degrees of relevancy,                    appropriate to prevent avoidance of any                   As previously noted, Congress
                                                      depending on the particular factual                     tax imposed by the Code.                               amended section 385(a) in 1989 to
                                                      situation and are generally not all                                                                            authorize the issuance of regulations
                                                      applicable to any given case’’).                        V. Earnings Stripping Guidance                         permitting an interest in a corporation
                                                         Under this facts-and-circumstances                   Described in Notice 2014–52 and Notice                 to be treated as in part indebtedness and
                                                      analysis, as developed in the case law,                 2015–79                                                in part stock. The legislative history to
                                                      no single fact or circumstance is                          Notice 2014–52, 2014–42 IRB 712                     the 1989 amendment explained that
                                                      sufficient to establish that an interest                (Oct. 14, 2014), and Notice 2015–79,                   ‘‘there has been a tendency by the courts
                                                      should be treated as stock or                           2015–49 IRB 775 (Dec. 7, 2015),                        to characterize an instrument entirely as
                                                      indebtedness. See, e.g., John Kelley Co.                described regulations that the Treasury                debt or entirely as equity.’’ H.R. Rep.
                                                      v. Commissioner, 326 U.S. 521, 530                      Department and the IRS intend to issue                 No. 101–386, at 562 (1989) (Conf. Rep.).
                                                      (1946) (‘‘[N]o one characteristic . . . can             with respect to corporate inversions and               No regulations have been promulgated
                                                      be said to be decisive in the                           related transactions. Notice 2014–52                   under the amendment, however, and
                                                      determination of whether the                            and Notice 2015–79 also provided that                  this tendency by the courts has
                                                      obligations are risk investments in the                 the Treasury Department and the IRS                    continued to the present day.
                                                      corporations or debts.’’); Fin Hay, 398                 expect to issue additional guidance to                 Consequently, the Commissioner
                                                      F.2d at 697 (‘‘[N]either any single                     further limit the benefits of post-                    generally is required to treat an interest
                                                      criterion nor any series of criteria can                inversion tax avoidance transactions.                  in a corporation as either wholly
                                                      provide a conclusive answer in the                      The notices stated, in particular, that the            indebtedness or wholly equity.
                                                      kaleidoscopic circumstances which                       Treasury Department and the IRS are                       This all-or-nothing approach is
                                                      individual cases present.’’). It was this               considering guidance to address                        particularly problematic in cases where
                                                      emphasis on particular taxpayer facts                   strategies that avoid U.S. tax on U.S.                 the facts and circumstances surrounding
                                                      and circumstances, coupled with                         operations by shifting or ‘‘stripping’’                a purported debt instrument provide
                                                      inconsistent analysis of the relevant                   U.S.-source earnings to lower-tax                      only slightly more support for
                                                      factors by different courts, that led                   jurisdictions, including through                       characterization of the entire interest as
                                                      Congress to delegate to the Secretary the               intercompany debt.                                     indebtedness than for equity
                                                      authority to provide regulations under                                                                         characterization, a situation that is
                                                                                                              VI. Purpose of the Proposed Regulations                increasingly common in the related-
                                                      section 385 for distinguishing debt from
                                                      equity that could depart from the factors                  These proposed regulations under                    party context. The Treasury Department
                                                      developed in case law or enumerated in                  section 385 address whether an interest                and the IRS have determined that the
                                                      the statute. See S. Rep. No. 91–552, at                 in a related corporation is treated as                 all-or-nothing approach frequently fails
                                                      138.                                                    stock or indebtedness, or as in part stock             to reflect the economic substance of
                                                                                                              or in part indebtedness, for purposes of               related-party interests that are in form
                                                      IV. Other Relevant Statutory Provisions                 the Code. While these proposed                         indebtedness and gives rise to
                                                         Section 701 provides that a                          regulations are motivated in part by the               inappropriate federal tax consequences.
                                                      partnership as such shall not be subject                enhanced incentives for related parties                Accordingly, the Treasury Department
                                                      to federal income tax, but that persons                 to engage in transactions that result in               and the IRS have determined that the
                                                      carrying on business as partners shall be               excessive indebtedness in the cross-                   interests of tax administration would
                                                      liable for federal income tax only in                   border context, federal income tax                     best be served if the Commissioner were
                                                      their separate or individual capacities.                liability can also be reduced or                       able to depart from the all-or-nothing
                                                         Section 1502 provides that the                       eliminated with excessive indebtedness                 approach where appropriate to ensure
                                                      Secretary shall prescribe such                          between domestic related parties. Thus,                that the provisions of the Code are
                                                      regulations as the Secretary deems                      the proposed rules apply to purported                  applied in a manner that clearly reflects
                                                      necessary in order that the federal tax                 indebtedness issued to certain related                 the income of related taxpayers. To that
                                                      liability of any affiliated group of                    parties, without regard to whether the                 end, these proposed regulations would
                                                      corporations making a consolidated                      parties are domestic or foreign.                       exercise the authority granted by section
                                                      return and of each corporation in the                   Nonetheless, the Treasury Department                   385(a) to permit the Commissioner to
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      group, both during and after the period                 and the IRS also have determined that                  treat a purported debt instrument issued
                                                      of affiliation, may be returned,                        the proposed regulations should not                    between related parties as in part
                                                      determined, computed, assessed,                         apply to issuances of interests and                    indebtedness and in part stock for
                                                      collected, and adjusted, in such manner                 related transactions among members of                  federal tax purposes. However, the
                                                      as clearly to reflect the federal income                a consolidated group because the                       proposed regulations would not permit
                                                      tax liability and the various factors                   concerns addressed in the proposed                     issuers and related holders to treat such
                                                      necessary for the determination of such                 regulations generally are not present                  an instrument in a manner inconsistent
                                                      liability, and in order to prevent                      when the issuer’s deduction for interest               with the issuer’s initial characterization.
                                                      avoidance of such tax liability. In                     expense and the holder’s corresponding                 The proposed regulations described in


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                            20915

                                                      Part IV.B.2 of the Explanation of                       in bona fide indebtedness. While still                 any evidence of indebtedness . . . was
                                                      Provisions section of this preamble also                subject to the same multifactor analysis               not a controlling consideration . . .’’).
                                                      rely in part on the authority granted                   used for characterizing interests issued                  Historically, the absence of clear
                                                      under section 385(a) to treat interests as              between third parties, ‘‘courts have                   guidance regarding the documentation
                                                      in part indebtedness and in part stock                  consistently recognized that                           and information necessary to support
                                                      for federal tax purposes.                               transactional forms between related                    debt characterization in the related-
                                                         The proposed rule applies with                       parties are susceptible of manipulation                party context did not pose a significant
                                                      respect to parties that meet a lower 50-                and, accordingly, warrant a more                       obstacle, because the transactions
                                                      percent threshold for relatedness than                  thorough and discerning examination                    presented by cases such as Mixon, Fin
                                                      the threshold applicable with respect to                for tax characterization purposes.’’                   Hay, and their progeny were not
                                                      other rules contained in these proposed                 PepsiCo Puerto Rico, Inc. v.                           factually complex. Typically, the earlier
                                                      regulations. This is because, as noted in               Commissioner, T.C. Memo 2012–269, at                   cases involved direct advances between
                                                      Part VI of the Background section of this               51, citing United States v. Uneco, Inc.,               individual U.S. taxpayers and their
                                                      preamble, federal income tax liability                  532 F.2d 1204, 1207 (8th Cir. 1976);                   closely held domestic corporations. The
                                                      can be reduced or eliminated by the                     Cuyuna Realty Co. v. United States, 382                relevant documentation was readily
                                                      introduction of excessive indebtedness                  F.2d 298, 301 (Ct. Cl. 1967) (stating that             identifiable, available on hand, and able
                                                      between related parties, and this can be                an advance between a parent                            to be analyzed by the Commissioner in
                                                      accomplished without special                            corporation and a subsidiary or other                  due course. Further, when the case law
                                                      cooperation among the related parties                   affiliate under common control must be                 was developing, the dollar amounts at
                                                      and regardless of other transactions                    subject to particular scrutiny ‘‘because               stake were comparatively modest. In Fin
                                                      undertaken by the issuer or holder after                the control element suggests the                       Hay, the shareholder advances gave rise
                                                      issuance. In addition, a 50-percent                     opportunity to contrive a fictional debt,              to a total federal tax liability of $3,241;
                                                      relatedness threshold is consistent with                an opportunity less present in an arms-                in Mixon, the shareholder advances
                                                      other provisions used in subchapter C of                length transaction between strangers.’’).              gave rise to a total federal tax liability
                                                      the Code to identify a level of control or                 This scrutiny is warranted because                  of $126,964.
                                                      ownership that can warrant different                    there is typically less economic                          Increasingly, this is no longer the
                                                      federal tax consequences than those for                 incentive for a related-party lender to                case. Over time, the Treasury
                                                      less-related parties.                                   impose discipline on the legal                         Department and the IRS have observed
                                                         The proposed rule merely permits the                 documentation and economic analysis                    that business practices, structures, and
                                                      Commissioner to treat a purported debt                  supporting the characterization of an                  activities between related parties have
                                                      instrument as in part indebtedness and                  interest as indebtedness for federal tax               changed considerably. The Treasury
                                                      in part stock consistent with its                       purposes. While a lender typically                     Department and the IRS acknowledge
                                                      substance. Moreover, the proposed                       carefully documents a loan to a third                  that the size, activities, and financial
                                                      regulations would not affect the                        party borrower and decides whether and                 complexity of corporations and their
                                                      authority of the Commissioner to                        how much to lend based on that                         group structures have grown
                                                      disregard a purported debt instrument                   documentation and objective financial                  exponentially, and understand that
                                                      as indebtedness or stock, to treat a                    criteria, a related-party lender,                      these groups routinely include foreign
                                                                                                              especially one that directly or indirectly             entities, sometimes from multiple
                                                      purported debt instrument as
                                                                                                              controls the borrower, may require only                foreign jurisdictions, as well as federal
                                                      indebtedness or equity of another entity,
                                                                                                              simple (or even no) legal documentation                tax-indifferent domestic members. The
                                                      or otherwise to treat a purported debt
                                                                                                              and may forgo any economic analysis                    scope and complexity of intragroup
                                                      instrument in accordance with its
                                                                                                              that would inform the lender of the                    transactions has grown
                                                      substance. See, e.g., Plantation Patterns
                                                                                                              amount that the borrower could                         commensurately. Examples include the
                                                      v. Commissioner, 462 F.2d 712 (5th Cir.
                                                                                                              reasonably be expected to repay.                       transactions at issue in PepsiCo Puerto
                                                      1972).
                                                                                                                 The absence of reasonable diligence                 Rico, Inc. v. Commissioner and NA
                                                         The Treasury Department and the IRS
                                                                                                              by related-party lenders can have the                  General Partnership & Subsidiaries v.
                                                      recognize that authorizing the
                                                                                                              effect of limiting the factual record that             Commissioner, T.C. Memo 2012–172,
                                                      Commissioner to treat purported debt
                                                                                                              is available for additional scrutiny and               both involving the global restructuring
                                                      instruments issued among unrelated
                                                                                                              thorough examination. Nonetheless,                     of multinational corporate groups.
                                                      parties as indebtedness in part and stock               courts do not always require related                      As a result of these developments, it
                                                      in part could result in unnecessary                     parties to engage in reasonable financial              is increasingly problematic that there is
                                                      uncertainty in the capital markets in the               analysis and legal documentation                       a lack of guidance prescribing the
                                                      absence of detailed standards for the                   similar to that which business                         information and documentation
                                                      exercise of that authority. Similarly, any              exigencies would incent third-parties in               necessary to support the
                                                      exercise of this authority with respect to              connection with lending to unrelated                   characterization of a purported debt
                                                      related-party interests that are                        borrowers. See, e.g., C.M. Gooch Lumber                instrument as indebtedness in the
                                                      denominated as other than indebtedness                  Sales Co. v. Commissioner, 49 T.C. 649                 related-party context. The lack of such
                                                      would require more detailed guidance.                   (1968) at 656 (noting that in the case of              guidance, combined with the sheer
                                                      Thus, the proposed rule does not apply                  related-party debt, ‘‘the absence of a                 volume of financial records taxpayers
                                                      in those contexts.                                      written debt instrument, security, or                  produce in the ordinary course of
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      B. Related-Party Indebtedness                           provision for the payment of interest is               business, makes it difficult to identify
                                                                                                              not controlling; formal evidences of                   the documents that will ultimately be
                                                      1. Background                                           indebtedness are at best clues to proof                required to support such a
                                                        Related-party indebtedness, like                      of the ultimate fact’’); see also Byerlite             characterization, particularly with
                                                      indebtedness between unrelated                          Corp. v. Williams, 286 F.2d 285, 290–91                respect to whether a reasonable
                                                      persons, may be respected as                            (6th Cir. 1960), citing Ewing v.                       expectation of repayment is present at
                                                      indebtedness for federal tax purposes,                  Commissioner, 5 T.C. Memo 908 (1946)                   the time an interest is issued. The result
                                                      but only if there is intent to create a true            (‘‘The fact that advancements to a                     can be either the inadvertent omission
                                                      debtor-creditor relationship that results               corporation are made without requiring                 of necessary documents from disclosure


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00005   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                      20916                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      to the IRS or the provision of vast                        In general, the Treasury Department                 in a separate transaction to fund (1) a
                                                      amounts of irrelevant documents and                     and the IRS have determined that timely                distribution of cash or other property to
                                                      material, such that forensic accounting                 preparation of documentation and                       a related corporate shareholder; (2) an
                                                      expertise is required to isolate and                    financial analysis evidencing four                     acquisition of affiliate stock from an
                                                      evaluate relevant information. In either                essential characteristics of indebtedness              affiliate; or (3) certain acquisitions of
                                                      case, the ability of the Commissioner to                are a necessary factor in the                          property from an affiliate pursuant to an
                                                      administer the Code efficiently with                    characterization of a covered interest as              internal asset reorganization.
                                                      respect to related-party interests is                   indebtedness for federal tax purposes.                 Accordingly, the proposed regulations
                                                      impeded. In addition, the absence of                    Those characteristics are: a legally                   treat related-party debt instruments
                                                      guidance makes it difficult for U.S.                    binding obligation to pay, creditors’                  issued in any of the foregoing
                                                      taxpayers to determine timely what                      rights to enforce the obligation, a                    transactions as stock, subject to certain
                                                      steps they must take to ensure that                     reasonable expectation of repayment at                 exceptions.
                                                      essential records are not only prepared,                the time the interest is created, and an                  Sections C.2 through C.5 of this Part
                                                      but also maintained in a manner that                    ongoing relationship during the life of                VI describe in greater detail the
                                                      will facilitate their being made available              the interest consistent with arms-length               purposes of the proposed regulations
                                                      upon request, particularly regarding                    relationships between unrelated debtors                that apply to these types of transactions.
                                                      transactions with related parties whose                 and creditors. These characteristics are               Part IV of the Explanation of Provisions
                                                      books and records are located in foreign                drawn from the case law and are                        section of this preamble describes in
                                                      jurisdictions.                                          consistent with the text of section                    detail the proposed regulations.
                                                         Finally, the dollar amounts at stake                 385(b)(1) and (5). While the proposed                  2. Debt Instrument Issued in a
                                                      have often become increasingly                          regulations do not intend to alter the                 Distribution
                                                      significant. For example, the federal tax               general case law view of the importance
                                                      liability at issue in PepsiCo was                                                                                 In Kraft Foods Co. v. Commissioner,
                                                                                                              of these essential characteristics of
                                                      $363,056,012; the federal tax liability at                                                                     232 F.2d 118 (2d Cir. 1956), the U.S.
                                                                                                              indebtedness, the proposed regulations
                                                      issue in NA General Partnership was                                                                            Court of Appeals for Second Circuit
                                                                                                              do require a degree of discipline in the
                                                      $188,000,000. As a result, it has become                                                                       addressed a situation in which a
                                                                                                              creation of necessary documentation,
                                                      increasingly important to prescribe rules                                                                      domestic corporate subsidiary issued
                                                                                                              and in the conduct of reasonable
                                                      that identify the types of documentation                                                                       indebtedness in the form of debentures
                                                                                                              financial diligence indicative of a true
                                                      and information necessary to support                                                                           to its sole shareholder, also a domestic
                                                                                                              debtor-creditor relationship, that
                                                      the characterization of a related-party                                                                        corporation, in payment of a dividend.
                                                                                                              exceeds what is required under current
                                                      interest as indebtedness for federal tax                                                                       The parent and subsidiary were
                                                                                                              law. See, e.g., C.M. Gooch Lumber Sales                required to file separate returns under
                                                      purposes.                                               Co., 49 T.C. 649; Byerlite Corp., 286 F.2d             the Code in effect during the years at
                                                      2. Proposed Regulations Addressing                      285.                                                   issue, and, before taking into account
                                                      Documentation Requirements                                 The proposed regulations make clear
                                                                                                                                                                     the interest income and deductions on
                                                                                                              that the preparation and maintenance of
                                                         To address these concerns, the                                                                              the distributed indebtedness, the parent
                                                                                                              this documentation and information are                 corporation had losses and the
                                                      Treasury Department and the IRS are
                                                      proposing rules, under the authority                    not dispositive in establishing that a                 subsidiary was profitable.
                                                      granted in section 385(a) to prescribe                  purported debt instrument is                              The court considered arguments by
                                                      regulations to determine whether an                     indebtedness for federal tax purposes.                 the government that the parent-
                                                      interest in a corporation is stock or                   Rather, these requirements are necessary               subsidiary relationship warranted
                                                      indebtedness, that prescribe the nature                 to the conduct of the multi-factor                     additional scrutiny in determining
                                                      of the documentation and information                    analysis used in the Mixon and Fin Hay                 whether a debtor-creditor relationship
                                                      that must be prepared and maintained                    line of cases to determine the nature of               was established in substance. In
                                                      for a purported debt instrument issued                  an interest as indebtedness for federal                particular, the Commissioner argued
                                                      by a corporation to a related party to be               tax purposes.                                          that, because the issuer subsidiary was
                                                      treated as indebtedness for federal tax                 C. Certain Distributions of Debt                       wholly-owned, ‘‘the sole stockholder
                                                      purposes. The proposed regulations are                  Instruments and Similar Transactions                   [could] deal as it please[d] with the
                                                      intended to impose discipline on related                                                                       corporate entity it control[led]’’ and, as
                                                      parties by requiring timely                             1. In General                                          a result, the transaction could have been
                                                      documentation and financial analysis                       The Treasury Department and the IRS                 a sham. Id. at 123. The Commissioner
                                                      that is similar to the documentation and                have identified three types of                         also argued that the debentures should
                                                      analysis created when indebtedness is                   transactions between affiliates that raise             be treated as stock because no new
                                                      issued to third parties. This requirement               significant policy concerns and that                   capital was introduced into the
                                                      also serves to help demonstrate whether                 should be addressed under the                          subsidiary in connection with the
                                                      there was intent to create a true debtor-               Secretary’s authority to prescribe rules               issuance of the debentures, see id. at
                                                      creditor relationship that results in bona              for particular factual situations: (1)                 126–27, and because the taxpayer
                                                      fide indebtedness and also to help                      distributions of debt instruments by                   conceded that the issuance of the
                                                      ensure that the documentation                           corporations to their related corporate                debentures in payment of the dividend
                                                      necessary to perform an analysis of a                   shareholders; (2) issuances of debt                    lacked a business purpose other than tax
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      purported debt instrument is prepared                   instruments by corporations in                         minimization. See id. at 127–28.
                                                      and maintained. This approach is                        exchange for stock of an affiliate                        In holding for the taxpayer, the
                                                      consistent with the long-standing view                  (including ‘‘hook stock’’ issued by their              Second Circuit determined that the
                                                      held by courts that the taxpayer has the                related corporate shareholders); and (3)               debentures should be respected as
                                                      burden of substantiating its treatment of               certain issuances of debt instruments as               indebtedness because the debentures
                                                      an arrangement as indebtedness for                      consideration in an exchange pursuant                  were unambiguously denominated as
                                                      federal tax purposes. Hollenbeck v.                     to an internal asset reorganization.                   debt, were issued by and to real taxable
                                                      Commissioner, 422 F.2d 2, 4 (9th Cir.                   Similar policy concerns arise when a                   entities, and created real legal rights and
                                                      1970).                                                  related-party debt instrument is issued                duties between the parties. See id. at


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                           20917

                                                      127–28. In a dissenting opinion, Chief                  purported indebtedness to be a capital                 significance when the parties are
                                                      Judge Clark supported ‘‘test[ing] the                   transaction, particularly when the facts               related. Subsidiaries often do not have
                                                      genuineness of the intercorporate                       otherwise show that the purported                      significant amounts of debt financing
                                                      indebtedness by objective standards’’                   indebtedness was merely a continuation                 from unrelated lenders (other than trade
                                                      that would disregard indebtedness                       of the stock interests allegedly                       payables) and, to the extent they do,
                                                      issued in this circumstance, and warned                 converted’’).                                          they may minimize any potential impact
                                                      that the majority opinion would open ‘‘a                   In many contexts, a distribution of a               of related-party debt on unrelated
                                                      large leak . . . operable merely by                     debt instrument similar to the one at                  creditors, for example, by subordinating
                                                      denominating an intercorporate                          issue in Kraft lacks meaningful non-tax                the related-party debt instrument.
                                                      allocation of surplus a debt’’ and would                significance, such that respecting the                    Thus, any non-tax effects of a
                                                      ‘‘[s]urely . . . stimulate imitators.’’ Id. at          distributed instrument as indebtedness                 distribution of a debt instrument to an
                                                      129.                                                    for federal tax purposes produces                      affiliate are often minimized or
                                                          Other courts have not given the same                inappropriate results. For example,                    eliminated, allowing the related parties
                                                      level of deference to the form of a                     inverted groups and other foreign-                     to obtain significant federal tax benefits
                                                      transaction that the Second Circuit did                 parented groups use these types of                     at little or no cost. Accordingly, based
                                                      in Kraft and have treated purported                     transactions to create interest                        on these considerations, the Treasury
                                                      indebtedness as stock in similar                        deductions that reduce U.S. source                     Department and the IRS have
                                                      circumstances. For example, some                        income without investing any new                       determined that in fact patterns similar
                                                      courts have closely scrutinized                         capital in the U.S. operations. In                     to Kraft it is appropriate to treat a debt
                                                      situations in which indebtedness is                     addition, U.S.-parented groups obtain                  instrument as stock.
                                                      owed in proportion to stock ownership                   distortive results by, for example, using
                                                                                                                                                                     3. Debt Instrument Issued in Exchange
                                                      to determine whether a debtor-creditor                  these types of transactions to create
                                                                                                                                                                     for Affiliate Stock
                                                      relationship exists in substance. See,                  interest deductions that reduce the
                                                      e.g., Uneco, Inc. v. United States, 532                 earnings and profits of controlled                        The Treasury Department and the IRS
                                                      F.2d 1204, 1207 (8th Cir. 1976)                         foreign corporations (CFCs) and to                     have determined that the issuance of a
                                                      (‘‘Advances between a parent                            facilitate the repatriation of untaxed                 related-party debt instrument to acquire
                                                      corporation and a subsidiary or other                   earnings without recognizing dividend                  stock of a related person is similar in
                                                      affiliate are subject to particular scrutiny            income. An example of the latter type of               many respects to a distribution of a debt
                                                      . . . .’’); Arlington Park Jockey Club, Inc.            transaction could involve the                          instrument and implicates similar
                                                      v. Sauber, 262 F.2d 902, 906 (7th Cir.                  distribution of a note from a first-tier               policy considerations. Recognizing the
                                                      1959) (‘‘It has been held that [a cash                  CFC to its United States shareholder in                economic similarities between
                                                      advance made in proportion to stock                     a taxable year when the distributing                   purchases of affiliate stock and
                                                      ownership] gives rise to a strong                       CFC has no earnings and profits                        distributions, Congress enacted section
                                                      inference that the advances represent                   (although lower-tier CFCs may) and the                 304 and its predecessors to prevent
                                                      additional capital investment and not                   United States shareholder has basis in                 taxpayers from acquiring affiliate stock
                                                      loans.’’ (citing Schnitzer v.                           the CFC stock. In a later taxable year,                to convert what otherwise would be a
                                                      Commissioner, 13 T.C. 43, aff’d 183                     when the distributing CFC had untaxed                  taxable dividend into a sale or exchange
                                                      F.2d 70 (9th Cir. 1950))). Consistent                   earnings and profits (such as by reason                transaction. See S. Rep. No. 83–1622 at
                                                      with those decisions, section 385(b)(5)                 of intervening distributions from lower-               46 (1954) (noting that, under section
                                                      specifically authorizes the Secretary, in               tier CFCs), the CFC could use cash                     304, ‘‘where the effect of the sale [of
                                                      issuing regulations distinguishing                      attributable to the earnings and profits               related-party stock] is in reality the
                                                      between stock and indebtedness, to take                 to repay the note owed to its United                   distribution of a dividend, it will be
                                                      into account ‘‘the relationship between                 States shareholder. The taxpayer takes                 taxed as such’’). Similarly, if the
                                                      holdings of stock in the corporation and                the position that the note should be                   proposed regulations addressed only
                                                      holdings of the interest in question.’’                 respected as indebtedness and,                         debt instruments issued in a
                                                          Courts also have given weight to the                therefore, that the repayment of the note              distribution, and not acquisitions of
                                                      lack of new capital investment when a                   does not result in any of the untaxed                  affiliate stock that have the effect of a
                                                      closely-held corporation issues                         earnings and profits of the CFC being                  distribution, taxpayers would readily
                                                      indebtedness to a controlling                           taxed as a dividend to the United States               substitute the latter transaction for the
                                                      shareholder but receives no new                         shareholder.                                           former in order to produce the
                                                      investment in exchange. See, e.g.,                         In light of these policy concerns, the              inappropriate tax result that the
                                                      Talbot Mills v. Commissioner, 146 F.2d                  proposed regulations treat a debt                      proposed regulations are intended to
                                                      809 (1st Cir. 1944) (emphasizing that a                 instrument issued in fact patterns                     prevent.
                                                      transaction involved no new                             similar to that in Kraft as stock. The                    Like distributions of debt instruments,
                                                      investment, did not affect proportionate                factors discussed in Kraft and Talbot                  issuances of debt instruments to acquire
                                                      ownership, and was motivated                            Mills, including the parent-subsidiary                 affiliate stock frequently have limited
                                                      primarily by tax benefits in holding that               relationship, the fact that no new capital             non-tax significance, particularly in
                                                      a closely-held corporation’s                            is introduced in connection with a                     relation to the significant federal tax
                                                      participating notes should be treated as                distribution of debentures, and the                    benefits that are generated in the
                                                      stock when each stockholder exchanged                   typical lack of a substantial non-tax                  transaction. Such transactions do not
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      four-fifths of its existing stock for notes             business purpose, support the                          change the ultimate ownership of the
                                                      with a face amount equal to the par                     conclusion that the issuance of a debt                 affiliate, and introduce no new
                                                      value of the stock surrendered), aff’d                  instrument in a distribution is a                      operating capital to either affiliate.
                                                      sub nom, John Kelley Co. v.                             transaction that frequently has minimal                While the change in the direct
                                                      Commissioner, 326 U.S. 521 (1946);                      or nonexistent non-tax effects.                        ownership of the affiliate’s stock may
                                                      Sayles Finishing Plants, Inc. v. United                 Moreover, although the holder of a debt                have some non-tax significance in
                                                      States, 399 F.2d 214 (Ct. Cl. 1968)                     instrument has different legal rights                  certain circumstances, such as the
                                                      (noting that a ‘‘lack of new money can                  than a holder of stock, the distinction                harmonization of a group’s corporate
                                                      be a significant factor in holding a                    between those rights usually has limited               structure following an acquisition, other


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                      20918                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      purchases of affiliate stock, including                 transaction entails a transfer of assets               that they should be subject to similar tax
                                                      purchases of ‘‘hook stock’’ from a parent               from S1 to S2, the tax costs (if any) and              treatment.
                                                      in exchange for a debt instrument,                      the non-tax consequences that result                      The Treasury Department and the IRS
                                                      typically possess almost no non-tax                     from this type of transaction among                    also have determined that a debt
                                                      significance.                                           related parties are typically insignificant            instrument should be subject to these
                                                        Accordingly, the proposed regulations                 relative to the federal tax benefits                   funding rules regardless of whether the
                                                      generally treat a debt instrument issued                obtained through the introduction of a                 funding affiliate (the lender) is a party
                                                      in exchange for affiliate stock as stock.               related-party debt instrument.                         to the funded transaction. Otherwise, a
                                                      4. Debt Instrument Issued Pursuant to                   Accordingly, the proposed regulations                  corporation could, for example, borrow
                                                      an Internal Asset Reorganization                        treat a debt instrument issued by an                   funds from a sister corporation and
                                                                                                              acquiring corporation as consideration                 immediately distribute those funds to
                                                         The proposed regulations also address                in an exchange pursuant to an internal                 the common parent corporation.
                                                      certain debt instruments issued by an                   asset reorganization as stock, consistent              Issuances of debt instruments to an
                                                      acquiring corporation as consideration                  with the treatment of a debt instrument                affiliate in order to fund a distribution
                                                      in an exchange pursuant to an internal                  issued in a distribution or in exchange                of property, an acquisition of affiliate
                                                      asset reorganization. Internal asset                    for affiliate stock.                                   stock, or an acquisition of an affiliate’s
                                                      reorganizations can operate in a similar                                                                       assets in a reorganization often would
                                                      manner to section 304 transactions as a                 5. Debt Instrument Issued With a
                                                                                                              Principal Purpose of Funding Certain                   confer significant federal tax benefits
                                                      device to convert what otherwise would                                                                         without having a significant non-tax
                                                      be a distribution into a sale or exchange               Distributions and Acquisitions
                                                                                                                                                                     impact, regardless of whether the lender
                                                      transaction without having any                             The Treasury Department and the IRS                 is also a party to the funded transaction.
                                                      meaningful non-tax effect. Congress                     have determined that the policy                        Accordingly, the proposed regulations
                                                      noted this similarity in 1984 when it                   concerns implicated by the transactions                treat as stock a debt instrument issued
                                                      harmonized the control requirement for                  described in Sections C.2 through C.4 of               to an affiliate to fund one of the
                                                      section 368(a)(1)(D) reorganizations                    this Part VI are also present when a                   specified transactions regardless of
                                                      with the control requirement in section                 corporation issues a debt instrument                   whether the lender is a party to the
                                                      304. See Staff of Joint Comm. on                        with a principal purpose of funding                    funded transaction.
                                                      Taxation, 98th Cong., General                           certain related-party transactions.
                                                      Explanation of the Revenue Provisions                   Specifically, the proposed regulations                 Explanation of Provisions
                                                      of the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984 193                treat a debt instrument issued for                     I. Overview
                                                      (Comm. Print 1984) (‘‘The D                             property, including cash, as stock when
                                                      reorganization provisions address the                   the debt instrument is issued to an                       The proposed regulations provide
                                                      bail-out problem in the context of a                    affiliate with a principal purpose of                  guidance regarding substantiation of the
                                                      transfer of assets by 1 corporation to                  funding (1) a distribution of cash or                  treatment of certain interests issued
                                                      another. Section 304 deals with the                     other property to a related corporate                  between related parties as indebtedness
                                                      problem in the context of a transfer of                 shareholder, (2) an acquisition of                     for federal tax purposes, the treatment of
                                                      stock by shareholders to a corporation                  affiliate stock from an affiliate, or (3)              certain interests in a corporation as in
                                                      they control.’’).                                       certain acquisitions of property from an               part indebtedness and in part stock, and
                                                         Consider the following example: A                    affiliate pursuant to an internal asset                the treatment of distributions of debt
                                                      foreign parent corporation (Parent) owns                reorganization.                                        instruments and similar transactions
                                                      all of the stock of two U.S. subsidiaries,                 Without these funding provisions,                   that frequently have only limited non-
                                                      S1 and S2. In a transaction qualifying as               taxpayers that otherwise would have                    tax effects. More specifically, the
                                                      a reorganization described in section                   issued a debt instrument in a one-step                 proposed regulations are set forth in
                                                      368(a)(1)(D), Parent transfers its stock in             transaction described in Sections C.2                  four sections. First, proposed § 1.385–1
                                                      S1 to S2 in exchange for a note issued                  through C.4 of this Part VI would be                   prescribes definitions and operating
                                                      by S2, and S1 converts to a limited                     able to use multi-step transactions to                 rules applicable to the regulations under
                                                      liability company. For federal tax                      avoid the application of these proposed                section 385 generally, including a rule
                                                      purposes, S1 is treated as selling all of               regulations while achieving                            treating members of a consolidated
                                                      its assets to S2 in exchange for a debt                 economically similar outcomes. For                     group, as defined in § 1.1502–1(h), as
                                                      instrument, and under section 356,                      example, a wholly-owned subsidiary                     one corporation. Proposed § 1.385–1(d)
                                                      Parent is treated as receiving the S2 debt              that otherwise would have distributed a                also provides that the Commissioner has
                                                      instrument from S1 in a liquidating                     debt instrument to its parent                          the discretion to treat certain interests in
                                                      distribution with respect to Parent’s S1                corporation in a distribution could,                   a corporation for federal tax purposes as
                                                      stock. This transaction has a similar                   absent these rules, borrow cash from its               indebtedness in part and stock in part.
                                                      effect (and tax treatment) as a section                 parent and later distribute that cash to               Second, proposed § 1.385–2 addresses
                                                      304 transaction in which S2 issues a                    its parent in a transaction that is                    the documentation and information that
                                                      debt instrument to Parent in exchange                   purported to be independent from the                   taxpayers must prepare and maintain
                                                      for S1 stock, with the only difference                  borrowing. Like the distribution of a                  within required timeframes to
                                                      being that S2 acquired the assets of S1                 note, this transaction, if respected,                  substantiate the treatment of an interest
                                                      instead of the S1 stock and that Parent                 would result in an increase of related-                issued between related parties as
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      received the debt instrument as a result                party debt, but no new net investment                  indebtedness for federal tax purposes.
                                                      of the liquidation of S1.                               in the operations of the subsidiary. The               Such substantiation is necessary, but
                                                         This transaction introduces no new                   parent corporation would have                          not sufficient, for a purported debt
                                                      capital into the P group, and does not                  effectively reshuffled its subsidiary’s                interest that is within the scope of these
                                                      affect the ultimate ownership of the                    capital structure to obtain more                       rules to be characterized as
                                                      assets held by S1 or S2. Furthermore, S1                favorable federal tax treatment for the                indebtedness; general federal income
                                                      generally would not be required to                      subsidiary without affecting its control               tax principles also apply in making such
                                                      recognize any built-in gain on the                      over the subsidiary. The similarity                    a determination. Third, if the
                                                      transfer of its assets to S2. Although this             between these transactions indicates                   application of proposed § 1.385–2 and


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                            20919

                                                      general federal income tax principles                   generally of an exchange of purported                     Pursuant to section 385(c) and the
                                                      otherwise would result in treating an                   indebtedness for stock that is deemed to               regulatory authority granted the
                                                      interest issued to a related party as                   occur under the proposed regulations.                  Secretary under section 385(c)(2), the
                                                      indebtedness for federal tax purposes,                  Under those rules, on the date the                     issuer of the interest, the holder of the
                                                      proposed § 1.385–3 provides additional                  indebtedness is recharacterized as stock,              interest, and any other person relying on
                                                      rules that may treat the interest, in                   the indebtedness is deemed to be                       the characterization of the interest as
                                                      whole or in part, as stock for federal tax              exchanged, in whole or in part, for stock              indebtedness for federal tax purposes
                                                      purposes if it is issued in a distribution              with a value that is equal to the holder’s             are all required to treat the interest
                                                      or other transaction that is identified as              adjusted basis in the portion of the                   consistent with the issuer’s initial
                                                      frequently having only limited non-tax                  indebtedness that is treated as equity                 characterization. Thus, for example, a
                                                      effect, or is issued to fund such a                     under the regulations, and the issuer of               holder may not disclose on its return
                                                      transaction. Finally, proposed § 1.385–4                the indebtedness is deemed to retire the               under section 385(c)(2) that it is treating
                                                      provides operating rules for applying                   same portion of the indebtedness for an                an EGI, as later defined in Section III.A
                                                      proposed § 1.385–3 to interests that                    amount equal to its adjusted issue price               of this Explanation of Provisions, as
                                                      cease to be between members of the                      as of that date. This rule generally will              indebtedness in part or stock in part if
                                                      same consolidated group or interests                    prevent both the holder and issuer from                the issuer of the EGI treats the EGI as
                                                      that become interests between members                   realizing gain or loss from the deemed                 indebtedness. This approach eliminates
                                                      of the same consolidated group.                         exchange other than foreign exchange                   cases in which members of the same
                                                                                                              gain or loss recognized by the issuer or               expanded group take contrary positions
                                                      II. Generally Applicable Definitions and                the holder under section 988.                          as to the treatment of an EGI as
                                                      Special Rules                                                                                                  indebtedness, stock, or indebtedness in
                                                                                                              C. Treatment of Certain Instruments as
                                                      A. Definition of Expanded Group                                                                                part and stock in part.
                                                                                                              in Part Indebtedness and as in Part                       The proposed regulations authorize
                                                         As previously discussed, the concerns                Stock                                                  the treatment of an interest as
                                                      addressed by the proposed regulations                      Proposed § 1.385–1 implements the                   indebtedness in part and stock in part
                                                      arise with respect to interests issued                  statutory authority under section 385(a)               in the case of instruments issued in the
                                                      among related parties. The scope of the                 to treat an instrument as part                         form of debt between parties that are
                                                      proposed regulations is therefore                       indebtedness and part stock by                         related, but at a lesser degree of
                                                      generally limited to purported                          authorizing the Commissioner to treat                  relatedness than that required to include
                                                      indebtedness between members of an                      certain instruments issued between                     them in an expanded group. Under the
                                                      expanded group. Proposed § 1.385–1,                     related parties in this manner. Any such               proposed regulations, treatment as
                                                      which sets forth definitions generally                  treatment will occur only in the event                 indebtedness in part and stock in part
                                                      applicable to the regulations proposed                  that the substance of the instrument is                can apply to purported indebtedness
                                                      under section 385, defines the term                     regarded for federal tax purposes and                  between members of modified expanded
                                                      expanded group by reference to the term                 the instrument has met the                             groups (which are defined in the same
                                                      affiliated group in section 1504(a).                    documentation and information                          manner as expanded groups, but
                                                      However, the proposed regulations                       requirements in proposed § 1.385–2                     adopting a 50-percent ownership test
                                                      broaden the definition in several ways.                 (described subsequently in Section III),               and including certain partnerships and
                                                      Unlike an affiliated group, an expanded                 if applicable. In addition, the                        other persons). The 50-percent
                                                      group includes foreign and tax-exempt                   Commissioner is not required to treat                  relatedness threshold contained in the
                                                      corporations, as well as corporations                   such an interest as indebtedness in part               definition of modified expanded group
                                                      held indirectly, for example, through                   and stock in part. For example, under                  is consistent with other provisions used
                                                      partnerships. Further, in determining                   the proposed regulations, if an analysis               in subchapter C of the Code to identify
                                                      relatedness, the proposed regulations                   of a related-party interest that is                    a level of control or ownership that can
                                                      adopt the attribution rules of section                  documented as a $5 million debt                        warrant different federal tax
                                                      304(c)(3). The proposed regulations also                instrument demonstrates that the issuer                consequences than those of less-related
                                                      modify the definition of affiliated group               cannot reasonably be expected to repay                 parties. For example, a similar threshold
                                                      to treat a corporation as a member of an                more than $3 million of the principal                  applies in determining whether (i)
                                                      expanded group if 80 percent of the vote                amount as of the issuance of the                       control exists under section 304(c), (ii)
                                                      or value is owned by expanded group                     interest, the Commissioner may treat the               attribution to and from corporations is
                                                      members (instead of 80 percent of the                   interest as part indebtedness ($3                      applicable under section 318, (iii)
                                                      vote and value, as generally required                   million) and part stock ($2 million). The              persons are related under section 267(b),
                                                      under section 1504(a)).                                 type of stock (for example, common                     which is incorporated into numerous
                                                         Through this definition of an                        stock or preferred stock, section 306                  provisions of the Code, (iv) a
                                                      expanded group, the application of the                  stock, stock described in section                      redemption is substantially
                                                      proposed regulations is limited to                      1504(a)(4)) that the instrument will be                disproportionate under section
                                                      transactions between highly-related                     treated as for federal tax purposes is                 302(b)(2), (v) a disqualified distribution
                                                      parties. Other rules, discussed in                      determined by taking into account the                  has occurred under section 355(d), (vi)
                                                      Section III.A (limiting the application of              terms of the instrument (for example,                  a distribution is subject to section
                                                      proposed § 1.385–2 to large taxpayers)                  voting and conversion rights and rights                355(e), and (vii) corporations are under
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      and Section IV.C ($50 million threshold                 relating to dividends, redemption,                     common control for purposes of section
                                                      exception for proposed § 1.385–3) of                    liquidation, and other distributions).                 334. The Treasury Department and the
                                                      this Explanation of Provisions limit the                   The Treasury Department and the IRS                 IRS request comments on whether it
                                                      application of the proposed regulations                 believe that this approach will facilitate             would be helpful or appropriate to have
                                                      to large taxpayers.                                     the treatment of purported debt                        this rule apply more generally.
                                                                                                              instruments issued between related
                                                      B. Treatment of Deemed Exchanges                        parties in a manner that is more                       D. Consolidated Groups
                                                        Proposed § 1.385–1 includes rules                     consistent with the substance of the                     As described in Part VI of the
                                                      that prescribe the effects under the Code               underlying transaction.                                Background section of this preamble,


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                      20920                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      many of the concerns regarding related-                 indebtedness treatment after the                       in which is 80-percent owned by
                                                      party indebtedness are not present in                   determination of an instrument’s                       members of the expanded group.
                                                      the case of indebtedness between                        character is made under federal tax                    Proposed § 1.385–2 provides that, solely
                                                      members of a consolidated group.                        principles developed under applicable                  for purposes of § 1.385–2, the term
                                                      Accordingly, the proposed regulations                   case law. If the requirements of the                   issuer means a person that is obligated
                                                      under section 385 do not apply to                       proposed regulations are not satisfied,                to satisfy any material payment
                                                      interests between members of a                          the purported indebtedness would be                    obligations created under the terms of
                                                      consolidated group, although general                    recharacterized as stock. In such a case,              an EGI. For this purpose, a disregarded
                                                      federal tax principles continue to apply.               any federal tax benefit claimed by the                 entity can be treated as the issuer. A
                                                      Proposed § 1.385–1(e) achieves this                     taxpayer with respect to the treatment of              person can be an issuer if that person is
                                                      result by treating a consolidated group                 the interest as indebtedness will be                   expected to satisfy a material obligation
                                                      as one corporation. See Section III.A                   disallowed.                                            under an EGI, even if that person is not
                                                      and Section IV.F of this Part for                          Judicial doctrines that disregard                   the primary obligor. A guarantor,
                                                      additional rules affecting consolidated                 transactions as having no substance                    however, is not an issuer unless the
                                                      groups.                                                 continue to be applicable and are not                  guarantor is treated as the primary
                                                                                                              affected by the proposed regulations.                  obligor under federal tax principles.
                                                      III. Substantiation of Related-Party                    Accordingly, proposed § 1.385–2                        See, e.g., Plantation Patterns, Inc. v.
                                                      Indebtedness: Proposed § 1.385–2                        applies only to interests the substance of             Commissioner, 462 F.2d 712 (5th Cir.
                                                      A. In General                                           which is potentially regarded as                       1972).
                                                                                                              indebtedness for federal tax purposes. In                 Third, proposed § 1.385–2 is intended
                                                         Proposed § 1.385–2 reflects the                      addition, proposed § 1.385–2 does not                  to apply only to large taxpayer groups.
                                                      importance of contemporaneous                           limit the ability of the IRS to request                Accordingly, an EGI is not subject to
                                                      documentation in identifying the rights,                information under any existing                         proposed § 1.385–2 unless the stock of
                                                      obligations, and intent of the parties to               authorities, such as the rules under                   any member of the expanded group is
                                                      an instrument that is purported to be                   section 7602.                                          publicly traded, all or any portion of the
                                                      indebtedness for federal tax purposes.                     As discussed previously, these                      expanded group’s financial results are
                                                      Such documentation is particularly                      proposed regulations apply only to                     reported on financial statements with
                                                      important to the analysis of instruments                purported indebtedness issued among                    total assets exceeding $100 million, or
                                                      issued between related parties. In                      entities that are highly related. Several              the expanded group’s financial results
                                                      recognition of this importance, the                     provisions of the proposed regulations                 are reported on financial statements that
                                                      Treasury Department and the IRS are                     combine to effect this limitation.                     reflect annual total revenue that exceeds
                                                      exercising authority granted under                         First, proposed § 1.385–2 provides                  $50 million. The proposed regulations
                                                      section 385(a) to treat the timely                      rules only with respect to applicable                  provide guidance regarding the financial
                                                      preparation and maintenance of such                     instruments, that is, interests issued in              statement or statements that are to be
                                                      documentation as necessary factors to                   the form of debt. Thus, these proposed                 used for purposes of determining the
                                                      be taken into account in determining                    regulations do not apply to any interest               expanded group’s assets and liabilities.
                                                      whether certain interests are properly                  or arrangement that is not, in form,                   In general, this determination is made
                                                      characterized as stock or indebtedness.                 indebtedness. The documentation and                    by reference to a financial statement
                                                      Accordingly, the proposed regulations                   other rules in proposed § 1.385–2(b) are               required to be filed with the Securities
                                                      first prescribe the nature of the                       tailored to arrangements that in form are              and Exchange Commission, a certified
                                                      documentation necessary to substantiate                 traditional debt instruments and do not                audited financial statement that is
                                                      the treatment of related-party                          address other arrangements that may be                 accompanied by the report of an
                                                      instruments as indebtedness and,                        treated as indebtedness under general                  independent certified public accountant
                                                      second, require that such                               federal tax principles. The proposed                   (or in the case of a foreign entity, by the
                                                      documentation be timely prepared and                    regulations under § 1.385–2 reserve with               report of a similarly qualified
                                                      maintained. The proposed regulations                    respect to documentation of interests                  independent professional) that is used
                                                      further provide that, if the specified                  that are not in form indebtedness.                     for certain purposes, or a financial
                                                      documentation is not provided to the                    Because there are a large number of                    statement (other than a tax return)
                                                      Commissioner upon request, the                          ways to document these arrangements,                   required to be provided to the federal,
                                                      Commissioner will treat the preparation                 rules that provide sufficient information              state, or foreign government or any
                                                      and maintenance requirements as not                     about these arrangements will need to                  federal, state, or foreign agency. Because
                                                      satisfied and will treat the instrument as              contain specific documentation and                     this list represents a set of financial
                                                      stock for federal tax purposes. The type                timing requirements depending on the                   statements created for other purposes
                                                      of stock (for example, common stock or                  type of arrangement. Accordingly, the                  for persons outside the expanded group,
                                                      preferred stock, section 306 stock, stock               Treasury Department and the IRS                        these financial statements are expected
                                                      described in section 1504(a)(4)) that the               request comments regarding the                         to be sufficiently reliable for this
                                                      instrument will be treated as for federal               appropriate documentation and timing                   purpose. In addition, to prevent the use
                                                      tax purposes is determined by taking                    requirements for the various forms that                of stale financial information, only
                                                      into account the terms of the instrument                these arrangements can take.                           applicable financial statements prepared
                                                      (for example, voting and conversion                        Second, proposed § 1.385–2 only                     within the three years of the EGI
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      rights and rights relating to dividends,                applies to applicable interests that are               becoming subject to the proposed
                                                      redemption, liquidation, and other                      issued and held by members of an                       regulations are relevant for determining
                                                      distributions).                                         expanded group (expanded group                         whether an EGI is subject to the
                                                         Satisfaction of the requirements of the              instruments, or EGI). For purposes of                  proposed regulations under § 1.385–2.
                                                      proposed regulations does not establish                 § 1.385–2, controlled partnerships are
                                                      that a related-party instrument is                      treated as members of the expanded                     B. Types of Documentation and Other
                                                      indebtedness. Rather, satisfaction of the               group, and the term controlled                         Information Required
                                                      proposed regulations acts as a threshold                partnership is defined as any                            The core of proposed § 1.385–2 is the
                                                      test for allowing the possibility of                    partnership the capital or profits interest            guidance regarding the nature of the


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                           20921

                                                      documentation and information that                      Special rules are provided to address                  tax treatment of the EGI is relevant. The
                                                      must be prepared and maintained to                      disregarded entities that issue an EGI.                proposed regulations do not otherwise
                                                      support the characterization of an EGI as                  4. Genuine Debtor-Creditor                          specify where or in what manner such
                                                      indebtedness for federal tax purposes.                  Relationship. Finally, the taxpayer                    records must be kept. The Treasury
                                                      The regulations organize the                            asserting indebtedness treatment must                  Department and the IRS intend that
                                                      requirement into four categories, each                  prepare and maintain timely evidence of                taxpayers have flexibility to determine
                                                      reflecting an essential characteristic of               an ongoing debtor-creditor relationship.               the manner in which the requirements
                                                      indebtedness for federal tax purposes: a                This documentation can take two forms.                 of the proposed regulations are satisfied.
                                                      binding obligation to repay the funds                   In the case of an issuer that complied
                                                                                                              with the terms of the EGI, the                         D. Timing of Application of Rule
                                                      advanced, creditor’s rights to enforce
                                                      the terms of the EGI, a reasonable                      documentation must include timely                         In general, proposed § 1.385–2 will
                                                      expectation that the advanced funds can                 prepared documentation of any                          apply to an applicable instrument at the
                                                      be repaid, and actions evidencing a                     payments on which the taxpayer relies                  time it becomes an EGI and thereafter.
                                                      genuine debtor-creditor relationship.                   to establish such treatment under                      If an EGI that was characterized as stock
                                                      Together these categories represent a                   general federal tax principles.                        under the rules of § 1.385–2 ceases to be
                                                      distillation of case law principles                     Alternatively, if the issuer failed to                 an EGI, general federal tax principles
                                                      established for determining that an                     comply with the terms of the EGI, either               will apply to determine its character at
                                                      instrument is genuine indebtedness for                  by failing to make required payments or                the time it ceases to be an EGI; if, under
                                                      federal tax purposes.                                   by otherwise suffering an event of                     general federal tax principles, it is
                                                         The proposed regulations require that                default under the terms of the EGI, the                treated as indebtedness, the issuer is
                                                      the prescribed documentation and                        documentation must include evidence                    treated as issuing a new debt instrument
                                                      information must be provided with                       of the holder’s reasonable exercise of the             to the holder in exchange for the EGI
                                                      respect to each category. Failure to                    diligence and judgment of a creditor.                  immediately before the transaction that
                                                      provide the documentation and                           The proposed regulations give examples                 causes the instrument to cease to qualify
                                                      information upon request by the                         of such documentation, including                       as an EGI.
                                                      Commissioner will result in the                         evidence of the holder’s efforts to                       If an applicable instrument is an EGI
                                                      Commissioner treating the requirements                  enforce the terms of the EGI, as well as               when issued, determinations under
                                                      of this section as not satisfied. The four              any efforts to renegotiate the EGI.                    proposed § 1.385–2 are generally
                                                      categories are more specifically                           In general, the documentation must be               effective from the issuance date. If an
                                                      described in the following four                         prepared no later than 30 calendar days                applicable instrument was not an EGI
                                                      paragraphs.                                             after the date of the relevant event,                  when issued, proposed § 1.385–2
                                                         1. Binding Obligation to Repay. The                  which is generally the later of the date               applies, and any resulting determination
                                                      threshold requirement for indebtedness                  that the instrument becomes an EGI or                  is generally effective, when the
                                                      is a binding legal obligation to repay the              the date that an expanded group                        applicable instrument becomes an EGI.
                                                      funds advanced. The proposed                            member becomes an issuer with respect                  However, if an EGI originally treated as
                                                      regulations require evidence of such                    to an EGI. However, in the case of                     debt is later recharacterized as stock
                                                      obligation in the form of timely                        documentation of the debtor-creditor                   because the documentation and
                                                      prepared written documentation                          relationship, the regulations allow the                information cease to evidence an
                                                      executed by the parties.                                documentation to be prepared up to 120                 ongoing debtor-creditor relationship, the
                                                         2. Creditor’s Rights to Enforce Terms.               calendar days after the payment or                     recharacterization will be effective as of
                                                      The documents establishing the issuer’s                 relevant event occurred. This extended                 the time that the facts and
                                                      obligation to repay must also establish                 period is intended to avoid inadvertent                circumstances cease to evidence a
                                                      that the creditor/holder has the legal                  failures to comply with the regulations                debtor-creditor relationship.
                                                      rights of a creditor to enforce the terms               that may be more likely in the case of
                                                      of the EGI. The proposed regulations                    events that occur during the life of an                E. Consolidated Groups
                                                      give examples of such rights that                       EGI. If an applicable instrument is not                   Proposed § 1.385–1(e) provides that
                                                      creditor/holder typically has, including                an EGI when issued, no documentation                   members of a consolidated group are
                                                      the right to trigger a default and the                  is required under the proposed                         treated as one corporation. Proposed
                                                      right to accelerate payments. The                       regulations for any date before the date               § 1.385–2(c)(4)(ii) further provides that
                                                      proposed regulations also give an                       the applicable instrument becomes an                   if an applicable instrument ceases to be
                                                      example of one right that a creditor/                   EGI.                                                   an intercompany obligation and, as a
                                                      holder must have, which is a superior                      The proposed regulations provide                    result, becomes an EGI subject to the
                                                      right to shareholders to share in the                   special rules for determining the                      rules of proposed § 1.385–2, the
                                                      assets of the issuer in the event that the              timeliness of documentation                            applicable instrument is treated as
                                                      issuer is dissolved or liquidated.                      preparation in the case of certain                     becoming an EGI immediately after it
                                                         3. Reasonable Expectation of                         revolving credit agreements and similar                ceases to be an intercompany obligation.
                                                      Repayment. The proposed regulations                     arrangements and cash pooling
                                                      also require the taxpayer to provide                                                                           F. Modifications to General Operation of
                                                                                                              arrangements, generally looking to the
                                                      timely prepared documentation                                                                                  Proposed § 1.385–2
                                                                                                              documents pursuant to which the
                                                      evidencing a reasonable expectation that                arrangements were established.                            The proposed regulation includes a
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      the issuer could in fact repay the                                                                             number of provisions that modify the
                                                      amount of a purported loan. The                         C. Maintenance Requirement                             general rules of § 1.385–2 in order to
                                                      proposed regulations give examples of                     Under proposed § 1.385–2, the                        provide flexibility in appropriate
                                                      such documentation, including cash                      documentation and information in the                   circumstances or to prevent abuse. First,
                                                      flow projections, financial statements,                 four categories previously described                   the requirements of proposed § 1.385–2
                                                      business forecasts, asset appraisals,                   must be maintained for all taxable years               may be modified if a taxpayer’s failure
                                                      determination of debt-to-equity and                     that the EGI is outstanding and until the              to comply with the requirements is
                                                      other relevant financial ratios of the                  period of limitations expires for any                  attributable to reasonable cause. The
                                                      issuer (compared to industry averages).                 return with respect to which the federal               principles of § 301.6724–1 (relating to


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                      20922                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      waivers of penalty if failure due to                    § 1.1275–1(d) to coordinate § 1.1275–                  that follows from being described in a
                                                      reasonable cause) apply for purposes of                 1(d) with the regulations under section                single prong.
                                                      determining whether reasonable cause                    385 when the proposed regulations are                     For purposes of the first prong of the
                                                      exists in any particular case.                          finalized.                                             general rule, the term distribution is
                                                         Second, to prevent abuse, proposed                      Specifically, proposed § 1.385–3 treats             broadly defined as any distribution by a
                                                      § 1.385–2 prohibits the affirmative use                 as stock certain debt instruments issued               corporation to a member of the
                                                      of the rules in the proposed regulations                by one member of an expanded group to                  corporation’s expanded group with
                                                      to support a particular characterization                another member of the same group                       respect to the distributing corporation’s
                                                      of an instrument. Thus, if a taxpayer                   (expanded group debt instrument) in the                stock, regardless of whether the
                                                      fails to satisfy the requirements of                    circumstances described in Section B of                distribution is treated as a dividend
                                                      proposed § 1.385–2 with a principal                     this Part IV, unless an exception                      within the meaning of section 316.
                                                      purpose of reducing the federal tax                     described in Section C of this Part IV                 Thus, a debt instrument issued in
                                                      liability of any member of the expanded                 applies. Detailed operating rules                      exchange for stock of the issuer of the
                                                      group, the rules of the proposed                        regarding the recharacterization                       debt instrument (that is, in a redemption
                                                      regulations do not apply.                               (including with respect to partnerships)               under corporate law) is a distribution
                                                         Third, if an applicable instrument that              are discussed in Section D of this Part                that is covered by the first prong of the
                                                      is not an EGI is issued with a principal                IV. A rule to prevent taxpayers from                   general rule and an acquisition of
                                                      purpose of avoiding the purposes of                     affirmatively using proposed §§ 1.385–3                expanded group stock covered by the
                                                      proposed § 1.385–2, the applicable                      and 1.385–4 is discussed in Section E of               second prong of the general rule.
                                                      instrument is treated as an EGI and will                this Part IV. Section F of this Part IV                   The second prong of the general
                                                      be subject to the provisions of the                     discusses proposed § 1.385–4, which                    rule—addressing debt instruments
                                                      proposed regulations. Such a situation                  provides special rules to address the                  issued in exchange for expanded group
                                                      could occur if, for example, an                         treatment of consolidated groups. The                  stock—applies regardless of whether the
                                                      applicable interest was issued by an                    effective date of proposed §§ 1.385–3                  expanded group stock is acquired from
                                                      expanded group member to a trust held                   and 1.385–4 is discussed in Section G                  a shareholder of the issuer of the
                                                      by members of the same expanded                         of this Part IV.                                       expanded group stock, or directly from
                                                      group.                                                     To the extent proposed § 1.385–3                    the issuer. For an illustration of this rule
                                                                                                              treats an interest as stock, the interest is           in a context where stock is not formally
                                                      G. Effective Date of Proposed § 1.385–2                 treated as stock for all federal tax                   issued because it would be a
                                                         The provisions of § 1.385–2 are                      purposes. Consistent with the                          ‘‘meaningless gesture,’’ see Example 11
                                                      proposed to be generally effective when                 traditional case law debt-equity                       in § 1.385–3(g)(3) of the proposed
                                                      the regulations are published as final                  analysis, when a debt instrument is                    regulations.
                                                      regulations. Proposed § 1.385–2 would                   treated as stock under proposed § 1.385–                  For purposes of the second prong of
                                                      apply to any applicable instrument                      3, the terms of the debt instrument (for               the general rule, the term exempt
                                                      issued on or after that date, as well as                example, voting rights or conversion                   exchange means an acquisition of
                                                      to any applicable instrument treated as                 features) are taken into account for                   expanded group stock in which the
                                                      issued as a result of an entity                         purposes of determining the type of                    transferor and transferee of the stock are
                                                      classification election under                           stock resulting from the                               parties to a reorganization that is an
                                                      § 301.7701–3 made on or after the date                  recharacterization, including whether                  asset reorganization, and either (i)
                                                      the regulations are issued as final                     such stock is preferred stock or common                section 361(a) or (b) applies to the
                                                      regulations.                                            stock.                                                 transferor of the expanded group stock
                                                                                                                                                                     and the stock is not transferred by
                                                      IV. Certain Distributions of Debt                       B. Debt Instruments Treated as Stock                   issuance; or (ii) section 1032 or
                                                      Instruments and Similar Transactions                      Proposed § 1.385–3 provides three                    § 1.1032–2 applies to the transferor of
                                                                                                              rules that treat an expanded group debt                the expanded group stock and the stock
                                                      A. In General
                                                                                                              instrument as stock: a general rule, a                 is distributed by the transferee pursuant
                                                         Proposed §§ 1.385–3 and 1.385–4                      funding rule, and an anti-abuse rule.                  to the plan of reorganization. As a
                                                      provide rules that treat as stock certain                                                                      result, the second prong of the general
                                                      interests that otherwise would be                       1. The General Rule                                    rule generally does not apply to a debt
                                                      treated as indebtedness for federal                        The general rule treats an expanded                 instrument that is issued in exchange
                                                      income tax purposes. Proposed § 1.385–                  group debt instrument as stock to the                  for expanded group stock when section
                                                      3 applies to debt instruments that are                  extent it is issued by a corporation to a              361(a) or (b) applies to the transferor of
                                                      within the meaning of section 1275(a)                   member of the corporation’s expanded                   such stock. This limitation has the effect
                                                      and § 1.1275–1(d), as determined                        group (1) in a distribution; (2) in                    of causing exchanges of expanded group
                                                      without regard to the application of                    exchange for expanded group stock,                     stock that are part of an asset
                                                      proposed § 1.385–3. Section 1275(a) and                 other than in an exempt exchange (as                   reorganization to be covered only by the
                                                      § 1.1275–1(d) generally define a debt                   defined later in this Section 1); or (3) in            third prong of the general rule, which,
                                                      instrument as any instrument or                         exchange for property in an asset                      as discussed in the next paragraph,
                                                      contractual arrangement that constitutes                reorganization, but only to the extent                 imposes limitations on the application
                                                      indebtedness under general principles                   that, pursuant to the plan of                          of the general rule to exchanges that are
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      of federal income tax law. Thus, the                    reorganization, a shareholder that is a                part of an asset reorganization.
                                                      term debt instrument for purposes of                    member of the issuer’s expanded group                     The third prong of the general rule
                                                      proposed §§ 1.385–3 and 1.385–4 means                   immediately before the reorganization                  applies to asset reorganizations among
                                                      an instrument that satisfies the                        receives the debt instrument with                      corporations that are members of the
                                                      requirements of proposed §§ 1.385–1                     respect to its stock in the transferor                 same expanded group. An asset
                                                      and 1.385–2 and that is indebtedness                    corporation. All or a portion of an                    reorganization is a reorganization
                                                      under general principles of federal                     issuance of a debt instrument may be                   within the meaning of section
                                                      income tax law. The Treasury                            described in more than one prong of the                368(a)(1)(A), (C), (D), (F), or (G).
                                                      Department and the IRS plan to amend                    general rule without changing the result               Specifically, the third prong of the


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                             20923

                                                      general rule applies to a debt instrument               property other than expanded group                     treat a section 355 distribution that is
                                                      issued in exchange for property in an                   stock; or (3) the acquisition of property              part of a divisive reorganization as a
                                                      asset reorganization, but only to the                   by the funded member in an asset                       distribution for purposes of the funding
                                                      extent that, pursuant to the plan of                    reorganization but only to the extent                  rule because the distributing
                                                      reorganization, a shareholder that is a                 that, pursuant to the plan of                          corporation and the controlled
                                                      member of the issuer’s expanded group                   reorganization, a shareholder that is a                corporation are both parties to the
                                                      immediately before the reorganization                   member of the funded member’s                          reorganization and are both treated as
                                                      receives the debt instrument with                       expanded group immediately before the                  funded members to the extent of any
                                                      respect to its stock in the transferor                  reorganization receives ‘‘other property’’             prior debt instrument issued by the
                                                      corporation. The second step receipt of                 or money within the meaning of section                 distributing corporation. For a further
                                                      the debt instrument by the expanded                     356 with respect to its stock in the                   illustration of this rule, see Example 10
                                                      group shareholder could be in the form                  transferor corporation.                                in § 1.385–3(g)(3) of the proposed
                                                      of a distribution of the debt instrument                   Prongs (1) through (3) of the funding               regulations.
                                                      to shareholders of the distributing                     rule are referred to in this Section 2 as
                                                                                                              ‘‘distributions or acquisitions.’’                     b. Determining Whether a Debt
                                                      corporation in a divisive asset                                                                                Instrument Is Issued With a Principal
                                                      reorganization, or in redemption of the                 Proposed § 1.385–3(b)(3)(iii) provides
                                                                                                              that, if all or a portion of a distribution            Purpose of Funding a Distribution or
                                                      shareholder’s stock in the transferor                                                                          Acquisition
                                                      corporation in an acquisitive asset                     or acquisition by a funded member is
                                                      reorganization. Because the third prong                 described in more than one prong of the                   The determination as to whether a
                                                      of the general rule applies only to a debt              funding rule, the funded member is                     debt instrument is issued with a
                                                      instrument that is received by a                        treated as engaging in only a single                   principal purpose of funding a
                                                      shareholder with respect to its stock in                distribution or acquisition for purposes               distribution or acquisition is based on
                                                      the transferor corporation, that debt                   of applying the funding rule. The                      all of the facts and circumstances. A
                                                      instrument would, absent the                            funding rule addresses transactions that,              debt instrument may be treated as
                                                      application of § 1.385–3, be treated as                 when viewed together, present similar                  issued with such a principal purpose
                                                      ‘‘other property’’ within the meaning of                policy concerns as the transactions that               whether it is issued before or after a
                                                      section 356.                                            are subject to the general rule.                       distribution or acquisition.
                                                         The third prong of the general rule is                  The first prong of the funding rule—
                                                                                                                                                                     i. Non-Rebuttable Presumption During
                                                      limited to debt instruments distributed                 addressing a distribution by a funded
                                                                                                                                                                     the 72-Month Period
                                                      to shareholders pursuant to the                         member—excludes a distribution of
                                                                                                              stock permitted to be received without                    Proposed § 1.385–3 also establishes a
                                                      reorganization, and does not apply to                                                                          non-rebuttable presumption that certain
                                                      debt instruments exchanged for                          the recognition of gain under section
                                                                                                              355(a)(1) when the distribution is                     expanded group debt instruments are
                                                      securities or other debt interests                                                                             issued with a principal purpose of
                                                      because, in that latter case, the newly                 pursuant to an asset reorganization (that
                                                                                                              is, a divisive reorganization qualifying               funding a distribution or acquisition by
                                                      issued debt instrument is exchanged for                                                                        the funded member. Specifically, such a
                                                      existing debt interests and thus no                     under section 368(a)(1)(D)), but does not
                                                                                                              exclude a distribution of stock that is                principal purpose is deemed to exist if
                                                      additional debt is incurred by the                                                                             the expanded group debt instrument is
                                                                                                              permitted to be received without the
                                                      parties to the reorganization.                                                                                 issued by the funded member during the
                                                                                                              recognition of gain under section
                                                      2. The Funding Rule                                     355(a)(1) when the transaction qualifies               period beginning 36 months before the
                                                                                                              under section 355 without also                         funded member makes a distribution or
                                                      a. Funded Transactions                                                                                         acquisition and ending 36 months after
                                                                                                              qualifying as a reorganization (that is, a
                                                         The funding rule treats as stock an                  distribution of the stock of a controlled              the distribution or acquisition (the 72-
                                                      expanded group debt instrument that is                  corporation without a related transfer of              month period). This per se rule does not
                                                      issued with a principal purpose of                      property by the distributing corporation               create a safe harbor. Accordingly, a debt
                                                      funding a transaction described in the                  to the controlled corporation pursuant                 instrument issued outside the 72-month
                                                      general rule (principal purpose debt                    to the plan of reorganization). The                    period may be treated as having a
                                                      instrument). Specifically, a principal                  reason for this distinction is that the                principal purpose of funding a
                                                      purpose debt instrument is a debt                       controlled corporation in a divisive                   distribution or acquisition, based on the
                                                      instrument issued by a corporation                      reorganization described in section                    facts and circumstances.
                                                      (funded member) to another member of                    368(a)(1)(D) acquires assets of the                       The Treasury Department and the IRS
                                                      the funded member’s expanded group in                   distributing corporation and, as                       have determined that this non-
                                                      exchange for property with a principal                  described in Section B.2.b.v of this Part              rebuttable presumption is appropriate
                                                      purpose of funding (1) a distribution of                IV, is treated as a successor of the                   because money is fungible and because
                                                      property by the funded member to a                      distributing corporation (and the                      it is difficult for the IRS to establish the
                                                      member of the funded member’s                           distributing corporation is treated as a               principal purposes of internal
                                                      expanded group, other than a                            predecessor of the controlled                          transactions. In the absence of a per se
                                                      distribution of stock pursuant to an                    corporation) for purposes of the funding               rule, taxpayers could assert that free
                                                      asset reorganization that is permitted to               rule. In contrast, when a distribution                 cash flow generated from operations
                                                      be received without the recognition of                  transaction qualifies under section 355                funded any distributions and
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      gain or income under section 354(a)(1)                  without also qualifying as a                           acquisitions, while any debt instrument
                                                      or 355(a)(1) or, when section 356                       reorganization, the controlled                         was incurred to finance the capital
                                                      applies, that is not treated as ‘‘other                 corporation does not acquire assets from               needs of those operations. Because
                                                      property’’ or money described in section                the distributing corporation as part of                taxpayers would be able to document
                                                      356; (2) an acquisition of expanded                     the transaction and the corporations are               the purposes of funding transactions
                                                      group stock, other than in an exempt                    not treated as predecessor and successor               accordingly, it would be difficult for the
                                                      exchange, by the funded member from                     of each other for purposes of the                      IRS to establish that any particular debt
                                                      a member of the funded member’s                         funding rule. Consistent with this                     instrument was incurred with a
                                                      expanded group in exchange for                          approach, proposed § 1.385–3 does not                  principal purpose of funding a


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                      20924                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      distribution or acquisition. The                        company issues an expanded group debt                  distributor or transferor corporation, but
                                                      exception discussed in Section C of this                instrument of $100x in each of years 1                 also includes the acquiring corporation
                                                      Part IV for distributions and                           and 2, and then makes a distribution of                in a divisive reorganization described in
                                                      acquisitions that do not exceed current                 $150x in year 3, the distribution will                 section 368(a)(1)(D) or (G). The term
                                                      year earnings and profits would                         result in a recharacterization as of the               successor does not include, with respect
                                                      accommodate many ordinary course                        date of the distribution of $100x of the               to a distributing corporation, a
                                                      distributions and acquisitions,                         year 1 debt instrument and $50x of the                 controlled corporation the stock of
                                                      providing significant flexibility to avoid              year 2 debt instrument. For a further                  which was distributed by the
                                                      the application of this per se rule. The                illustration of this rule, see Example 6               distributing corporation pursuant to
                                                      Treasury Department and the IRS have                    in § 1.385–3(g)(3) of the proposed                     section 355(c). In addition, Section C.3
                                                      determined that this exception, together                regulations.                                           of this Part IV, which sets forth an
                                                      with the exception for a tainted debt                      A second ordering rule in proposed                  exception to the funding rule for certain
                                                      instrument that does not exceed $50                     § 1.385–3(b)(3)(iv)(B)(4) provides that,               acquisitions of expanded group stock by
                                                      million, also discussed in Section C of                 when a debt instrument may be treated                  issuance, provides that the funded
                                                      this Part IV, appropriately balance                     as funding more than one distribution or               member is treated as a predecessor of
                                                      between preventing tax-motivated                        acquisition, the earliest distribution or              the issuer and the issuer is treated as a
                                                      transactions among members of an                        acquisition is treated as the first                    successor of the funded member to the
                                                      expanded group and accommodating                        distribution or acquisition that was                   extent of the value of the acquired stock.
                                                      ordinary course transactions.                           funded.                                                For an illustration of these rules, see
                                                                                                                 An exception to these ordering rules                Examples 9, 10, and 12 in proposed
                                                      ii. Exception to Non-Rebuttable                         applies when an acquisition of                         § 1.385–3(g)(3).
                                                      Presumption for Ordinary Course Debt                    expanded group stock by issuance
                                                      Instruments                                             ceases to qualify for the exception from               3. The Anti-Abuse Rule
                                                         An exception to this per se rule                     the funding rule described in Section                     Proposed § 1.385–3(b)(4) also
                                                      applies to ordinary course debt                         C.3 of this Part IV. In that case, the                 provides that a debt instrument is
                                                      instruments. Proposed § 1.385–                          acquisition of expanded group stock is                 treated as stock if it is issued with a
                                                      3(b)(3)(iv)(B)(2) defines an ordinary                   treated as an acquisition that is subject              principal purpose of avoiding the
                                                      course debt instrument as a debt                        to the funding rule on the date that the               application of the proposed regulations.
                                                      instrument that arises in the ordinary                  acquisition actually occurred, but debt                In addition, other interests that are not
                                                      course of the issuer’s trade or business                instruments issued, and other                          debt instruments for purposes of
                                                      in connection with the purchase of                      distributions and acquisitions that                    proposed §§ 1.385–3 and 1.385–4 (for
                                                      property or the receipt of services to the              occurred, prior to the date that the                   example, contracts to which section 483
                                                      extent that it reflects an obligation to                acquirer ceases to qualify for the                     applies or nonperiodic swap payments)
                                                      pay an amount that is currently                         exception are ordered without regard to                are treated as stock if issued with a
                                                      deductible by the issuer under section                  the acquisition of expanded group stock                principal purpose of avoiding the
                                                      162 or currently included in the issuer’s               that previously was excepted from the                  application of proposed §§ 1.385–3 or
                                                      cost of goods sold or inventory,                        funding rule.                                          1.385–4.
                                                      provided that the amount of the                                                                                   Proposed § 1.385–3(b)(4) includes a
                                                      obligation outstanding at no time                       iv. Transition Rule                                    non-exhaustive list of examples
                                                      exceeds the amount that would be                           For a rule preventing the funding rule              illustrating situations where the anti-
                                                      ordinary and necessary to carry on the                  from treating a debt instrument issued                 abuse rule might apply. The anti-abuse
                                                      trade or business of the issuer if it was               on or after April 4, 2016 from being                   rule may apply, for example, if a debt
                                                      unrelated to the lender. This exception                 treated as funding a distribution or                   instrument is issued to, and later
                                                      is intended to apply to debt instruments                acquisition that occurred before April 4,              acquired from, a person that is not a
                                                      that arise in connection with the                       2016, see Section G of this Part IV.                   member of the issuer’s expanded group
                                                      purchase of property or the receipt of                                                                         with a principal purpose of avoiding the
                                                                                                              v. Predecessor and Successor Rules                     application of the proposed regulations.
                                                      services between members of the same
                                                      expanded group in the ordinary course                      Finally, the funding rule provides that             In that situation, factors that may be
                                                      of the purchaser’s or recipient’s trade or              references in the funding rule to the                  taken into account in determining the
                                                      business, and is not intended to apply                  funded member include any                              presence or absence of a principal
                                                      to intercompany financing or treasury                   predecessor or successor of such                       purpose of avoiding the application of
                                                      center activities or to capital                         member. A predecessor is defined to                    the proposed regulations include the
                                                      expenditures. An ordinary course debt                   include the distributor or transferor                  time period between the issuance of the
                                                      instrument is not subject to the per se                 corporation in a transaction described in              debt instrument to the non-member and
                                                      rule; however, it may be treated as                     section 381(a) in which a member of the                the acquisition of the debt instrument
                                                      having a principal purpose of funding a                 expanded group is the acquiring                        by a member of the issuer’s expanded
                                                      distribution or acquisition by the issuer,              corporation, but also includes the                     group, and whether there was a
                                                      based on the facts and circumstances.                   transferor corporation in a divisive                   significant change in circumstances
                                                                                                              reorganization described in section                    during that time period. For example, a
                                                      iii. Ordering Rules                                     368(a)(1)(D) or (G). The term                          change of control of the issuer group (for
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                         For purposes of applying the per se                  predecessor does not include, with                     example, a cash acquisition of all of the
                                                      rule, proposed § 1.385–3(b)(3)(iv)(B)(3)                respect to a controlled corporation, a                 stock of the ultimate parent company of
                                                      includes an ordering rule that provides                 distributing corporation that distributed              the issuer) after the issuance and before
                                                      that, when two or more debt                             the stock of the controlled corporation                the acquisition of the debt instrument
                                                      instruments may be treated as                           pursuant to section 355(c). Similarly, a               that was not foreseeable when the debt
                                                      potentially funding the same acquisition                successor is defined to include the                    instrument was issued to the non-
                                                      or distribution, the debt instruments are               acquiring corporation in a transaction                 member could indicate that the debt
                                                      tested based on the order in which they                 described in section 381(a) in which a                 instrument was not issued with a
                                                      were issued. Thus, for example, if a                    member of the expanded group is the                    principal purpose of avoiding the


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                            20925

                                                      application of the proposed regulations.                property’’ for purposes of section 356.                was issued. If the debt instrument
                                                      In contrast, the issuance of a debt                     This overlap rule provides that, if the                ceases to qualify for the threshold
                                                      instrument to a non-member after                        shareholder is deemed to receive                       exception after the taxable year of its
                                                      discussions were underway regarding                     nonqualified preferred stock in the asset              issuance, the recharacterization is
                                                      the change-of-control transaction could                 reorganization, the distribution of the                treated as occurring on the date that the
                                                      indicate that the debt instrument was                   nonqualified preferred stock in the asset              threshold exception ceases to apply. If,
                                                      issued with a principal purpose of                      reorganization is not treated as a                     on the other hand, the debt instrument
                                                      avoiding the application of the proposed                distribution or acquisition for purposes               ceases to qualify for the threshold
                                                      regulations.                                            of the funding rule. For an illustration               exception during the same taxable year
                                                         Other examples of when the anti-                     of this rule, see Example 8 in § 1.385–                that the debt instrument is issued, the
                                                      abuse rule could apply include                          3(g)(3) of the proposed regulations.                   debt instrument is treated as stock as of
                                                      situations where, with a principal                                                                             the day that the debt instrument is
                                                      purpose of avoiding the application of                  C. Exceptions
                                                                                                                                                                     issued. Once the $50 million threshold
                                                      proposed § 1.385–3: (i) A Debt                            Proposed § 1.385–3(c) provides three                 is exceeded, the threshold exception
                                                      instrument is issued to a person that is                exceptions from the application of                     will not apply to any debt instrument
                                                      not a member of the issuer’s expanded                   proposed § 1.385–3(b) for transactions                 issued by members of the expanded
                                                      group and that person later becomes a                   that otherwise could result in a debt                  group for so long as any instrument that
                                                      member of the issuer’s expanded group;                  instrument being treated as stock.                     previously was treated as indebtedness
                                                      (ii) a debt instrument is issued to an                  1. Exception for Current Year Earnings                 solely because of the threshold
                                                      entity that is not taxable as a                         and Profits                                            exception remains outstanding, in order
                                                      corporation for federal tax purposes (for                                                                      to prevent the $50 million limitation
                                                      example, a trust that is beneficially                      As noted in Section B.2 of this Part                from refreshing after those instruments
                                                      owned by an expanded group member);                     IV, proposed § 1.385–3(c)(1) includes an               are treated as stock.
                                                      or (iii) a member of the issuer’s                       exception pursuant to which                               The threshold exception is applied
                                                      expanded group is substituted as a new                  distributions and acquisitions described               after applying the exception for current
                                                      obligor or added as a co-obligor on an                  in proposed § 1.385–3(b)(2) (the general               year earnings and profits. For an
                                                      existing debt instrument. The anti-abuse                rule) or proposed § 1.385–3(b)(3)(ii) (the             illustration of the interaction of the
                                                      rule also could apply to a debt                         funding rule) that do not exceed current               threshold exception and the exception
                                                      instrument that is issued or transferred                year earnings and profits (as described                for current year earnings and profits, see
                                                      in connection with a reorganization or                  in section 316(a)(2)) of the distributing              Example 17 in § 1.385–3(g)(3) of the
                                                      similar transaction with a principal                    or acquiring corporation are not treated               proposed regulations.
                                                      purpose of avoiding the application of                  as distributions or acquisitions for
                                                                                                              purposes of the general rule or the                    3. Exception for Funded Acquisitions of
                                                      the proposed regulations. For a further
                                                                                                              funding rule. For this purpose,                        Subsidiary Stock by Issuance
                                                      illustration of this rule, see Example 18
                                                      in § 1.385–3(g)(3) of the proposed                      distributions and acquisitions are                        An acquisition of expanded group
                                                      regulations.                                            attributed to current year earnings and                stock will not be treated as an
                                                                                                              profits in the order in which they occur.              acquisition described in the second
                                                      4. Coordination Between General Rule                                                                           prong of the funding rule if (i) the
                                                      and Funding Rule                                        2. Threshold Exception
                                                                                                                                                                     acquisition results from a transfer of
                                                         Proposed § 1.385–3(b)(5) includes a                     A second exception provides that an                 property by a funded member (the
                                                      rule to address a potential overlap                     expanded group debt instrument will                    transferor) to an issuer in exchange for
                                                      between the general rule and the                        not be treated as stock if, when the debt              stock of the issuer, and (ii) for the 36-
                                                      funding rule. This coordination rule                    instrument is issued, the aggregate issue              month period following the issuance,
                                                      provides that, to the extent all or a                   price of all expanded group debt                       the transferor holds, directly or
                                                      portion of a debt instrument issued in                  instruments that otherwise would be                    indirectly, more than 50 percent of the
                                                      an asset reorganization is treated as                   treated as stock under the proposed                    total combined voting power of all
                                                      stock under the third prong of the                      regulations does not exceed $50 million                classes of stock of the issuer entitled to
                                                      general rule (relating to a debt                        (the threshold exception). If the                      vote and more than 50 percent of the
                                                      instrument issued for property in an                    expanded group’s debt instruments that                 total value of the stock of the issuer. For
                                                      asset reorganization), the distribution of              otherwise would be treated as stock                    purposes of this exception, a transferor’s
                                                      the deemed stock to a shareholder in the                later exceed $50 million, then all                     indirect stock ownership is determined
                                                      asset reorganization is not also treated                expanded group debt instruments that,                  by applying the principles of section
                                                      as a distribution or acquisition by the                 but for the threshold exception, would                 958(a) without regard to whether an
                                                      transferor corporation for purposes of                  have been treated as stock are treated as              intermediate entity is foreign or
                                                      the funding rule. This coordination rule                stock, rather than only the amount that                domestic.
                                                      addresses a specific potential overlap                  exceeds $50 million. Thus, the                            If the transferor ceases to meet the
                                                      situation where a debt instrument is                    threshold exception is not an exemption                ownership requirement at any time
                                                      distributed to a shareholder pursuant to                of the first $50 million of expanded                   during the 36-month period, the
                                                      an asset reorganization and is                          group debt instruments that otherwise                  acquisition of expanded group stock
                                                      characterized under the third prong of                  would be treated as stock under the                    will no longer qualify for the exception
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      the general rule as an issuance of stock.               proposed regulations, but rather is only               and will be treated as an acquisition
                                                      When the issuance of the debt                           intended to provide an exception from                  described in the second prong of the
                                                      instrument is characterized under the                   the application of proposed § 1.385–3                  funding rule. In this case, for purposes
                                                      general rule as an issuance of stock, the               for taxpayers that have not exceeded the               of applying the per se rule, the
                                                      stock may be treated as non-qualified                   $50 million threshold. If the $50 million              acquisition may be treated as having
                                                      preferred stock for purposes of section                 threshold subsequently is exceeded, the                been funded by a debt instrument
                                                      356. Nonqualified preferred stock                       timing of the recharacterization of the                issued during the 72-month period
                                                      received by a shareholder in a                          relevant debt instrument as stock                      determined with respect to the date of
                                                      distribution is itself treated as ‘‘other               depends on when the debt instrument                    the acquisition (rather than the date that


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   20:31 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                      20926                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      the exception ceased to apply (the                      both of which only apply to certain                    described in Section C of this Part IV,
                                                      cessation date)), but, in the case of a                 acquisitions of stock for property.                    when the $50 million threshold
                                                      debt instrument issued prior to the                                                                            exception ceases to apply, all debt
                                                                                                              b. Timing Under the Funding Rule
                                                      cessation date, only to the extent that                                                                        instruments of the expanded group
                                                      such debt instrument is treated as                         When the funding rule applies, a                    issued in a prior taxable year that
                                                      indebtedness as of the cessation date                   principal purpose debt instrument also                 previously was treated as indebtedness
                                                      (that is, a debt instrument not already                 is treated as stock from the time when                 because of the threshold exception is
                                                      treated as stock).                                      the debt instrument is issued, but only                treated as stock on the date that the
                                                         The proposed regulations treat an                    to the extent it is issued in the same or              threshold exception ceases to apply. In
                                                      issuer and a transferor as a successor                  a subsequent taxable year as the                       those situations the deemed exchange
                                                      and predecessor, respectively, for                      distribution or acquisition that the debt              rule described in Section B of Part II
                                                      purposes of the funding rule to the                     instrument is treated as funding. To the               applies. This deemed exchange rule
                                                      extent of the value of the expanded                     extent that a principal purpose debt                   does not apply when a debt instrument
                                                      group stock acquired from the issuer.                   instrument is issued in a taxable year                 that is treated as stock under proposed
                                                      However, for purposes of the per se rule,               preceding the taxable year in which the                § 1.385–3 leaves the expanded group, as
                                                      the issuer and transferor are only treated              distribution or acquisition that it is                 described in Section D.3 of this Part IV.
                                                      as successor and predecessor,                           treated as funding occurs, the debt
                                                                                                              instrument is respected as indebtedness                3. Debt Instrument That Leaves the
                                                      respectively, with respect to a debt                                                                           Expanded Group
                                                      instrument issued by the transferor                     until the date such distribution or
                                                      during the period beginning 36 months                   acquisition occurs, at which time it is                   When a debt instrument that is treated
                                                      before the relevant issuance of                         deemed to be exchanged (as described                   as stock under proposed § 1.385–3 is
                                                      expanded group stock and ending 36                      in Section D.2 of this Part IV) for stock.             transferred to a person that is not a
                                                      months after such issuance. Proposed                    For these purposes, the relevant taxable               member of the expanded group, or when
                                                      § 1.385–3(f)(11) further limits the effect              year is the taxable year of the funded                 the obligor with respect to such debt
                                                      of treating the issuer and transferor as                member. See Section C.3 of this Part IV                instrument ceases to be a member of the
                                                      successor and predecessor by providing                  for a discussion of the timing rule when               expanded group that includes the
                                                      that a distribution made by the issuer                  the exception for funded acquisitions of               issuer, the interest ceases to be treated
                                                      directly to the transferor is not treated               subsidiary stock by issuance ceases to                 as stock. This is because proposed
                                                      as a distribution made by the transferor                apply.                                                 § 1.385–3 generally applies only to a
                                                      for purposes of applying the funding                       In contrast to transactions that are                debt instrument that is held by a
                                                      rule to a debt instrument of the                        characterized under the general rule,                  member of an expanded group. For
                                                      transferor.                                             when the funding rule applies, the tax                 purposes of this rule, it should be noted
                                                         For an illustration of this exception,               treatment of the distribution or                       that a debt instrument held by a
                                                      see Example 12 in § 1.385–3(g)(3) of the                acquisition that the principal purpose                 partnership is considered held by its
                                                      proposed regulations.                                   debt instrument is treated as funding is               partners, as described in Section D.4 of
                                                                                                              never recharacterized under the                        this Part IV.
                                                      D. Operating Rules                                      proposed regulations. Accordingly, in                     The proposed regulations provide
                                                        Proposed § 1.385–3(d) includes                        the case of a section 301 distribution                 that, immediately before a debt
                                                      operating rules for determining when a                  that triggers the application of the                   instrument that is treated as stock under
                                                      debt instrument is treated as stock and                 funding rule, section 301 will continue                proposed § 1.385–3 ceases to be held by
                                                      for certain deemed exchanges required                   to apply to the distribution without                   a member of the expanded group, the
                                                      under the proposed regulations.                         regard to the fact that the debt                       expanded group issuer is deemed to
                                                                                                              instrument that is treated as funding the              issue a new debt instrument to the
                                                      1. Timing of Stock Treatment                            distribution is recharacterized as stock.              expanded group holder in exchange for
                                                      a. Timing Under the General Rule                        Similarly, the application of section 304              the debt instrument that was treated as
                                                                                                              to a funded acquisition of expanded                    stock. The proposed regulations provide
                                                         A debt instrument treated as stock                   group stock would not be affected by the               that this deemed issuance of the debt
                                                      under the general rule is treated as stock              fact that the debt instrument that is                  instrument is not itself subject to the
                                                      from the time when the debt instrument                  treated as funding the acquisition is                  general rule.
                                                      is issued. In addition, and in contrast to              recharacterized as stock under the                        When a debt instrument treated as
                                                      the funding rule, the treatment of a debt               funding rule.                                          stock pursuant to the funding rule
                                                      instrument as stock pursuant to the                                                                            ceases to be treated as stock because it
                                                      general rule may affect other aspects of                c. Transitional Timing Rule                            is no longer an expanded group debt
                                                      the tax treatment of the transaction in                    For an additional timing rule                       instrument, all other debt instruments of
                                                      which the debt instrument is issued. For                addressing certain debt instruments                    the issuer that are not currently treated
                                                      example, a distribution of a debt                       issued on or after April 4, 2016 and                   as stock are re-tested to determine
                                                      instrument is treated as a distribution of              before the date of publication in the                  whether other debt instruments are
                                                      stock for all federal tax purposes and,                 Federal Register of the Treasury                       treated as funding the distribution or
                                                      accordingly, is subject to section 305.                 decision adopting proposed § 1.385–3 as                acquisition that previously was treated
                                                      Similarly, a debt instrument issued in                  a final regulation, see section G of this              as funded by the debt instrument that
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      exchange for expanded group stock is                    Part IV.                                               ceases to be treated as stock pursuant to
                                                      treated as an acquisition of expanded                                                                          this rule. For an illustration of this rule,
                                                      group stock in exchange for stock of the                2. Deemed Exchange
                                                                                                                                                                     see Example 7 in § 1.385–3(g)(3) of the
                                                      issuing corporation. Because stock of                      As described in Section D.1 of this                 proposed regulations.
                                                      the issuing corporation is not treated as               Part IV, the funding rule can apply to
                                                      ‘‘property’’ within the meaning of                      treat a debt instrument as stock in a                  4. Treatment of Partnerships
                                                      section 317, such transactions would                    taxable year that is subsequent to the                    To prevent avoidance of these rules
                                                      not, for example, be described in section               taxable year in which the debt                         through the use of partnerships,
                                                      304(a)(1) or be subject to § 1.367(b)–10,               instrument is issued. In addition, as                  proposed § 1.385–3(d)(5) takes an


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                          20927

                                                      aggregate approach to controlled                        and its partners must make appropriate                 Ordinarily, when a disregarded entity
                                                      partnerships for purposes of the                        conforming adjustments to reflect the                  becomes an entity with more than one
                                                      proposed regulations. The legislative                   expanded group partner’s treatment                     equity owner, the disregarded entity
                                                      history of subchapter K of chapter 1 of                 under the proposed regulations. Any                    converts to a partnership. See, e.g.,
                                                      the Code provides that, for purposes of                 such adjustments must be consistent                    § 301.7701–3(f)(2); Rev. Rul. 99–5,
                                                      interpreting Code provisions outside of                 with the purposes of these proposed                    1999–1 C.B. 434. Under these
                                                      that subchapter, a partnership may be                   regulations and must be made in a                      circumstances, the Treasury Department
                                                      treated as either an entity separate from               manner that avoids the creation of, or                 and the IRS have determined that
                                                      its partners or an aggregate of its                     increase in, a disparity between the                   treating a debt instrument issued by a
                                                      partners, depending on which                            controlled partnership’s aggregate basis               disregarded entity that is treated as
                                                      characterization is more appropriate to                 in its assets and the aggregate bases of               stock under proposed § 1.385–3 as stock
                                                      carry out the purpose of the particular                 the partners’ respective interests in the              in its owner, rather than as an equity
                                                      section under consideration. H.R. Conf.                 partnership. For an illustration of the                interest in the disregarded entity, is
                                                      Rep. No. 2543, 83rd Cong. 2d. Sess. 59                  rules applicable to controlled                         consistent with, and addresses similar
                                                      (1954). Thus, for example, when a                       partnerships, see Examples 13, 14, and                 policy concerns as, the rules applicable
                                                      member of an expanded group becomes                     15 in § 1.385–3(g)(3) of the proposed                  to a debt instrument issued by a
                                                      a partner in a partnership that is a                    regulations.                                           controlled partnership, which are
                                                      controlled partnership with respect to                                                                         described in Section D.4 of this Part IV.
                                                                                                              5. Notification of Inconsistent Treatment
                                                      the expanded group, the member is                       Waived                                                 E. No Affirmative Use
                                                      treated as acquiring its proportionate
                                                      share of the controlled partnership’s                      Section 385(c)(1) provides that an                     Under proposed § 1.385–3(e),
                                                      assets. In addition, each expanded                      issuer’s characterization as of the time               proposed §§ 1.385–3 and 1.385–4 do not
                                                      group partner in a controlled                           of issuance of an interest as debt or                  apply to the extent a person enters into
                                                      partnership is treated as (i) issuing its               stock is binding on the issuer and on all              a transaction that otherwise would be
                                                      proportionate share of any debt                         holders of the interest. Section 385(c)(2)             subject to the proposed regulations with
                                                      instrument issued by the controlled                     provides an exception to that rule if the              a principal purpose of reducing its
                                                      partnership, (ii) acquiring its                         holder discloses on its return that the                federal tax liability or the federal tax
                                                      proportionate share of any expanded                     holder is treating such interest in a                  liability of another person by
                                                                                                              manner that is inconsistent with such                  disregarding the treatment of the debt
                                                      group stock acquired by the controlled
                                                                                                              characterization. Section 385(c)(3)                    instrument that would occur without
                                                      partnership, and (iii) receiving its
                                                                                                              provides that the Secretary is authorized              regard to the proposed regulations.
                                                      proportionate share of any ‘‘other
                                                                                                              to require such information as the
                                                      property’’ received by the partnership in                                                                      F. Treatment of Consolidated Groups
                                                                                                              Secretary determines to be necessary to
                                                      a transaction described in section 356.                                                                           As noted previously, the Treasury
                                                                                                              carry out the provisions of section
                                                      For this purpose, a partner’s                                                                                  Department and the IRS have
                                                                                                              385(c). Under proposed § 1.385–3, a
                                                      proportionate share is determined in                                                                           determined that a debt instrument
                                                                                                              holder may be required to treat an
                                                      accordance with the partner’s share of                                                                         between members of the same
                                                                                                              interest as stock even though the issuer
                                                      partnership profits. A partnership is a                                                                        consolidated group does not raise the
                                                                                                              treated it as debt when it was issued.
                                                      controlled partnership if 80 percent or                                                                        same federal tax concerns as a debt
                                                                                                              For example, a debt instrument may
                                                      more of the interests in the capital or                                                                        instrument between members of the
                                                                                                              first be treated as a principal purpose
                                                      profits of the partnership are owned,                                                                          same expanded (but not consolidated)
                                                                                                              debt instrument in a year that follows
                                                      directly or indirectly, by one or more                                                                         group. Accordingly, proposed § 1.385–4
                                                                                                              the year in which the debt instrument
                                                      members of an expanded group. For this                                                                         includes special rules, issued under the
                                                                                                              was issued. In that case, absent a
                                                      purpose, indirect ownership of a                                                                               authority of section 1502, for applying
                                                                                                              regulatory provision to the contrary, the
                                                      partnership interest is determined based                                                                       § 1.385–3 to consolidated groups,
                                                                                                              holder would be subject to the reporting
                                                      on the indirect ownership rules of                                                                             including rules addressing the treatment
                                                                                                              requirement described in section
                                                      section 304(c)(3).                                                                                             of a debt instrument issued by one
                                                                                                              385(c)(2).
                                                         If a debt instrument issued by a                        The Treasury Department and the IRS                 member of a consolidated group to
                                                      controlled partnership were to be                       have determined that the                               another member of the same
                                                      recharacterized as equity in the                        characterization and reporting                         consolidated group (consolidated group
                                                      controlled partnership, the resulting                   requirements in section 385(c) were not                debt instrument) and rules regarding the
                                                      equity could give rise to guaranteed                    intended to apply when regulations                     treatment of a debt instrument when it
                                                      payments that may be deductible or                      under section 385 require an interest to               ceases to be a consolidated group debt
                                                      gross income allocations to partners that               be recharacterized after the issuer’s                  instrument.
                                                      would reduce the taxable income of the                  initial characterization of that interest.
                                                      other partners that did not receive such                                                                       1. Consolidated Groups Treated as One
                                                                                                              Accordingly, the proposed regulations
                                                      allocations. Therefore, under the                                                                              Corporation
                                                                                                              provide that section 385(c)(1) does not
                                                      authority of section 7701(l) to                         apply to a debt instrument to the extent                  For purposes of proposed § 1.385–3,
                                                      recharacterize multiple-party financing                 that it is treated as stock under the                  all members of a consolidated group are
                                                      transactions, proposed § 1.385–                         proposed regulations.                                  treated as one corporation. Accordingly,
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      3(d)(5)(ii) provides that, when a debt                                                                         proposed § 1.385–3 does not apply to a
                                                      instrument issued by a partnership is                   6. Obligations of Disregarded Entities                 consolidated group debt instrument.
                                                      recharacterized, in whole or in part,                      Proposed § 1.385–3(d)(6) provides                   Thus, for example, the proposed
                                                      under proposed § 1.385–3, the holder of                 that a debt instrument issued by a                     regulations do not treat as stock a debt
                                                      the recharacterized debt instrument is                  disregarded entity that is treated as                  instrument that is issued by one
                                                      treated as holding stock in the expanded                stock under proposed § 1.385–3 is                      member of a consolidated group to
                                                      group partner or partners rather than as                treated as stock in the disregarded                    another member of the consolidated
                                                      holding a partnership interest in the                   entity’s owner rather than as an equity                group in a distribution. The proposed
                                                      controlled partnership. The partnership                 interest in the disregarded entity.                    regulations define a consolidated group


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                      20928                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      in the same manner as the consolidated                  issued when it was first treated as a                     In addition, for purposes of
                                                      return regulations. See § 1.1502–1(h).                  consolidated group debt instrument.                    determining whether a debt instrument
                                                         As a result of treating all members of                  When a member of a consolidated                     is a principal purpose debt instrument
                                                      a consolidated group as one corporation                 group transfers a consolidated group                   described in proposed § 1.385–
                                                      for purposes of applying proposed                       debt instrument to an expanded group                   3(b)(3)(iv), a distribution or acquisition
                                                      § 1.385–3, a debt instrument issued to or               member that is not a member of the                     described in proposed § 1.385–3(b)(3)(ii)
                                                      by one member of a consolidated group                   consolidated group, the debt instrument                that occurs before April 4, 2016, other
                                                      generally is treated as issued to or by all             is treated as issued by the issuer of the              than a distribution or acquisition that is
                                                      members of the same consolidated                        debt instrument (which is treated as one               treated as occurring before April 4, 2016
                                                      group. Thus, a debt instrument issued                   corporation with the transferor of the                 as a result of an entity classification
                                                      by one consolidated group member to a                   debt instrument) to the transferee                     election made under § 301.7701–3 that
                                                      member of its expanded group that is                    expanded group member on the date of                   is filed on or after April 4, 2016, is not
                                                      not a member of its consolidated group                  the transfer. For purposes of proposed                 taken into account.
                                                      may be treated under the funding rule                   § 1.385–3, the consequences of the
                                                      as funding a distribution or acquisition                transfer are determined in a manner that               Statement of Availability of IRS
                                                      by another member of that consolidated                  is consistent with treating a                          Documents
                                                      group, even though that other                           consolidated group as one corporation.                    IRS Revenue Procedures, Revenue
                                                      consolidated group member was not the                   Thus, for example, the sale of a                       Rulings notices, and other guidance
                                                      issuer and thus was not funded directly.                consolidated group debt instrument to                  cited in this document are published in
                                                      Similarly, a debt instrument issued by                  an expanded group member that is not                   the Internal Revenue Bulletin (or
                                                      one consolidated group member to                        a member of the consolidated group is                  Cumulative Bulletin) and are available
                                                      another consolidated group member is                    treated as an issuance of the debt                     from the Superintendent of Documents,
                                                      treated as stock under the general rule                 instrument to the transferee expanded                  U.S. Government Printing Office,
                                                      when the debt instrument is distributed                 group member in exchange for property.                 Washington, DC 20402, or by visiting
                                                      by the holder to a member of the                        To the extent the debt instrument is                   the IRS Web site at http://www.irs.gov.
                                                      expanded group that is not a member of                  treated as stock upon being transferred,               Special Analyses
                                                      the same consolidated group, regardless                 the debt instrument is deemed to be
                                                      of whether the issuer itself distributed                exchanged for stock immediately after                     Executive Orders 13563 and 12866
                                                      the debt instrument. For an illustration                the debt instrument is transferred                     direct agencies to assess costs and
                                                      of this rule, see Example 1 in proposed                 outside of the consolidated group. For                 benefits of available regulatory
                                                      § 1.385–4(d)(3).                                        an illustration of this rule, see Examples             alternatives and, if regulation is
                                                                                                              1 and 2 in § 1.385–4(d)(3) of the                      necessary, to select regulatory
                                                      2. Debt Instrument That Ceases To Be a                                                                         approaches that maximize net benefits
                                                                                                              proposed regulations.
                                                      Consolidated Group Debt Instrument                                                                             (including potential economic,
                                                      but Continues To Be an Expanded                         G. Proposed Effective/Applicability Date               environmental, public health and safety
                                                      Group Debt Instrument                                   and Transition Rules                                   effects, distributive impacts, and
                                                         Proposed § 1.385–4 includes rules                       Sections 1.385–3 and 1.385–4 are                    equity). Executive Order 13563
                                                      addressing debt held or issued by a                     proposed to apply to any debt                          emphasizes the importance of
                                                      consolidated group member that leaves                   instrument issued on or after April 4,                 quantifying both costs and benefits, of
                                                      a consolidated group, but continues to                  2016 and to any debt instrument issued                 reducing costs, of harmonizing rules,
                                                      be a member of the expanded group                       before April 4, 2016 as a result of an                 and of promoting flexibility. This rule
                                                      (such corporation, a departing member).                 entity classification election made                    has been designated a ‘‘significant
                                                         Generally, any consolidated group                    under § 301.7701–3 that is filed on or                 regulatory action’’ under section 3(f) of
                                                      debt instrument that is issued or held by               after April 4, 2016. However, when                     Executive Order 12866 and designated
                                                      the departing member and that is not                    §§ 1.385–3(b) and 1.385–3(d)(1)(i)                     as economically significant.
                                                      treated as stock solely by reason of the                through (d)(1)(v), or § 1.385–4 of the                 Accordingly, the rule has been reviewed
                                                      rule treating all members of a                          proposed regulations, otherwise would                  by the Office of Management and
                                                      consolidated group as one corporation                   treat a debt instrument as stock prior to              Budget. A regulatory assessment for this
                                                      (exempt consolidated group debt                         the date of publication in the Federal                 proposed rule is available in the docket
                                                      instrument) is deemed to be exchanged                   Register of the Treasury decision                      for this rulemaking on
                                                      for stock immediately after the                         adopting this rule as a final regulation,              www.regulations.gov.
                                                      departing member leaves the group. Any                  the debt instrument is treated as                         Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility
                                                      consolidated group debt instrument                      indebtedness until the date that is 90                 Act (5 U.S.C. Chapter 6), it is hereby
                                                      issued or held by a departing member                    days after the date of publication in the              certified that the proposed regulations
                                                      that is not an exempt consolidated                      Federal Register of the Treasury                       will not have a significant economic
                                                      group debt instrument (non-exempt                       decision adopting this rule as a final                 impact on a substantial number of small
                                                      consolidated group debt instrument) is                  regulation. To the extent that the debt                entities. Accordingly, an initial
                                                      treated as indebtedness unless and until                instrument described in the preceding                  regulatory flexibility analysis is not
                                                      the non-exempt consolidated group debt                  sentence is held by a member of the                    required. The Commissioner and the
                                                      instrument is treated as a principal                    issuer’s expanded group on the date that               courts historically have analyzed
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      purpose debt instrument under                           is 90 days after the date of publication               whether an interest in a corporation
                                                      proposed §§ 1.385–3(b)(3)(ii) and 1.385–                in the Federal Register of the Treasury                should be treated as stock or
                                                      3(d)(1) as a result of a distribution or                decision adopting this rule as a final                 indebtedness for federal tax purposes by
                                                      acquisition described in proposed                       regulation, the debt instrument is                     applying various sets of factors to the
                                                      § 1.385–3(b)(3)(ii) that occurs after the               deemed to be exchanged for stock on the                facts of a particular case. Proposed
                                                      departure. However, solely for purposes                 date that is 90 days after the date of                 § 1.385–1 provides that in connection
                                                      of applying the 72-month period under                   publication in the Federal Register of                 with determining whether an interest in
                                                      the per se funding rule, the debt                       the Treasury decision adopting this rule               a corporation should be treated as stock
                                                      instrument is treated as having been                    as a final regulation.                                 or indebtedness for federal tax purposes,


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                           20929

                                                      the Commissioner has the discretion to                  Business Administration for comment                    to some, but not all, partnership debt
                                                      treat certain interests in a corporation                on their impact on small business.                     instruments; when one or more, but not
                                                      for federal tax purposes as indebtedness                                                                       all, expanded group partners make a
                                                                                                              Comments and Public Hearing
                                                      in part and stock in part. Proposed                                                                            distribution subject to the funding rule
                                                      § 1.385–1 does not require taxpayers to                    Before the proposed regulations are                 with respect to part or all of their share
                                                      take any additional actions or to engage                adopted as final regulations,                          of the partnership debt instrument; and
                                                      in any new procedures or                                consideration will be given to any                     how to address such distributions when
                                                      documentation. Because proposed                         written (a signed original and eight                   a controlled partnership has one or
                                                      § 1.385–1 contains no such                              copies) or electronic comments that are                more partners that are not expanded
                                                      requirements, it does not have an effect                submitted timely to the IRS. The                       group members. The Treasury
                                                      on small entities.                                      Treasury Department and the IRS                        Department and the IRS also request
                                                         To facilitate the federal tax analysis of            request comments on all aspects of the                 comments on whether the objective
                                                      an interest in a corporation, taxpayers                 proposed rules, including comments on                  rules in proposed § 1.385–3(d)(5) have
                                                      are required to substantiate their                      the clarity of the proposed rules and                  the potential to be manipulated,
                                                      classification of an interest as stock or               how they can be made more                              including by selectively locating debt
                                                      indebtedness for federal tax purposes.                  administrable. In addition, comments                   instruments in order to achieve results
                                                      Proposed § 1.385–2 provides                             are requested on: (1) Other instruments                that are contrary to the purposes of
                                                      documentation requirements to                           that should be subject to the proposed                 these regulations, and, if so, whether the
                                                      substantiate the treatment of certain                   regulations, including other types of                  anti-abuse rule in proposed § 1.385–
                                                      related-party instruments as                            applicable instruments that are not                    3(b)(4) or the rule prohibiting the
                                                      indebtedness. First, these rules apply                  indebtedness in form that should be                    affirmative use of these rules by
                                                      only to debt instruments in form issued                 subject to proposed § 1.385–2 and the                  taxpayers in proposed § 1.385–3(e) are
                                                      within expanded groups of corporations                  documentation requirements that                        sufficient to address these concerns.
                                                      and other entities. Second, proposed                    should apply to such applicable                           More generally, the Treasury
                                                      § 1.385–2 only applies to expanded                      instruments; (2) whether special rules                 Department and the IRS request
                                                      groups if the stock of a member of the                  are warranted for cash pools, cash                     comments on whether additional
                                                      expanded group is publicly traded, or                   sweeps, and similar arrangements for                   guidance is necessary regarding the
                                                      financial statements of the expanded                    managing cash of an expanded group;                    manner by which issuers and holders
                                                      group or its members show total assets                  (3) the rule addressing deemed                         notify the Secretary of the intended
                                                      exceeding $100 million or annual total                  exchanges of an EGI and a debt                         federal tax treatment of an interest in a
                                                      revenue exceeding $50 million. Because                  instrument; (4) the application of these               corporation.
                                                      the rules are limited to large expanded                 rules to any entity with respect to a year                The Treasury Department and the IRS
                                                      groups, they will not affect a substantial              in which the entity is not a U.S. person               are aware that the issuance of preferred
                                                      number of small entities.                               (as defined in section 7701(a)(30)), is                equity by a controlled partnership to an
                                                         Proposed § 1.385–3 provides rules                    not required to file a U.S. tax return, and            expanded group member may give rise
                                                      that treat as stock certain interests in a              is not a CFC or a controlled foreign                   to similar concerns as debt instruments
                                                      corporation that are held by a member                   partnership, but in a later year becomes               of a controlled partnership issued to an
                                                      of the corporation’s expanded group and                 one of the foregoing; (5) whether certain              expanded group member, and that
                                                      that otherwise would be treated as                      indebtedness commonly used by                          controlled partnerships may, in some
                                                      indebtedness for federal tax purposes.                  investment partnerships, including                     cases, issue preferred equity with a
                                                      Proposed § 1.385–4 provides rules                       indebtedness issued by certain                         principal purpose of avoiding the
                                                      regarding the application of proposed                   ‘‘blocker’’ entities, implicate similar                application of § 1.385–3 of the proposed
                                                      § 1.385–3 to members of a consolidated                  policy concerns as those motivating the                regulations. The Treasury Department
                                                      group. Proposed § 1.385–3 includes                      proposed regulations, such that the                    and the IRS are considering rules that
                                                      multiple exceptions that limit its                      scope of the proposed regulations                      would treat preferred equity in a
                                                      application. In particular, the threshold               should be broadened; (6) whether                       controlled partnership as equity in the
                                                      exception provides that an expanded                     guidance is needed under section 909 to                expanded group partners, based on the
                                                      group debt instrument will not be                       the extent a U.S. equity hybrid                        principles of the aggregate approach
                                                      treated as stock under proposed § 1.385–                instrument arises solely by reason of the              used in proposed § 1.385–3(d)(5).
                                                      3 if, when the debt instrument is issued,               application of proposed § 1.385–3; and                 Comments are requested regarding the
                                                      the aggregate issue price of all expanded               (7) the treatment of controlled                        recharacterization of preferred equity in
                                                      group debt instruments that otherwise                   partnerships in proposed § 1.385–3 and                 those circumstances. Until any such
                                                      would be treated as stock under                         the collateral consequences of the                     guidance is issued, the IRS intends to
                                                      proposed § 1.385–3 does not exceed $50                  recharacterization and any                             closely scrutinize, and may challenge
                                                      million. The threshold exception also                   corresponding adjustments, including                   when the regulations become effective,
                                                      governs the application of proposed                     the treatment of a partner’s                           transactions in which a controlled
                                                      § 1.385–3 rules to members of a                         proportionate share of partnership                     partnership issues preferred equity to an
                                                      consolidated group described in                         assets or debt instruments, of treating a              expanded group member and, within
                                                      proposed § 1.385–4. Although it is                      debt instrument issued by a controlled                 the relevant 72-month period, one or
                                                      possible that the classification rules in               partnership as stock in its expanded                   more expanded group partners in the
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      proposed §§ 1.385–3 and 1.385–4 could                   group partners, including a situation in               controlled partnership engage in a
                                                      have an effect on small entities, the                   which a recharacterization results in a                transaction described in § 1.385–
                                                      threshold exception makes it unlikely                   partnership owning stock of an                         3(b)(3)(ii) of the proposed regulations.
                                                      that a substantial number of small                      expanded group partner. Specifically,                     Finally, regarding the request for
                                                      entities will be affected by proposed                   the Treasury Department and the IRS                    comments on whether guidance is
                                                      §§ 1.385–3 and 1.385–4. Pursuant to                     request comments on how to apply                       needed under section 909 when a U.S.
                                                      section 7805(f) of the Code, these                      proposed § 1.385–3 when expanded                       equity hybrid instrument arises solely
                                                      regulations have been submitted to the                  group partners make distributions                      by reason of the application of § 1.385–
                                                      Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small                 subject to the funding rule with respect               3: the application of proposed § 1.385–


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                      20930                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      3 may give rise to a U.S. equity hybrid                 and indirect interests in corporations as              indirect ownership of a partnership
                                                      instrument splitter arrangement under                   stock or indebtedness for federal tax                  interest is determined by applying the
                                                      § 1.909–2(b)(3)(i) (for example when                    purposes. Section 1.385–2 provides                     principles of paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this
                                                      indebtedness issued by one CFC to                       documentation and information                          section.
                                                      another CFC is treated as equity under                  requirements necessary for certain                        (5) Modified expanded group. The
                                                      proposed § 1.385–3). When this occurs,                  interests issued between members of an                 term modified expanded group means
                                                      payments made pursuant to the                           expanded group (as defined in                          an expanded group, as defined in this
                                                      instrument generally would result in                    paragraph (b)(3) of this section) to be                section, determined by substituting
                                                      distributions out of earnings and profits               treated as indebtedness for federal tax                ‘‘50’’ for ‘‘80’’ in sections 1504(a)(2)(A)
                                                      attributable pro rata to related income                 purposes. Section 1.385–3 provides                     and (B). If one or more members of a
                                                      and other income, as described in                       rules that treat as stock certain interests            modified expanded group own, directly
                                                      §§ 1.909–3 and 1.909–6(d). Given that                   in a corporation issued between                        or indirectly, 50 percent of the interests
                                                      these section 385 regulations may give                  members of an expanded group in                        in partnership capital or profits of a
                                                      rise to a proliferation of U.S. hybrid                  connection with certain purported                      modified controlled partnership, the
                                                      equity instrument splitter arrangements,                distributions of debt instruments and                  modified controlled partnership is
                                                      the Treasury Department and the IRS                     similar transactions. Section 1.385–4                  treated as a member of the modified
                                                      request comments on whether                             provides special rules regarding the                   expanded group. In addition, if a person
                                                      additional guidance is needed under                     transactions described in § 1.385–3 as                 (as defined in section 7701(a)(1)) is
                                                      section 909, including to address any                   they relate to consolidated groups.                    treated, under the rules of section 318,
                                                      uncertainty with respect to how U.S.                       (b) Definitions. The definitions in this            as owning at least 50 percent of the
                                                      hybrid equity instrument splitter                       paragraph (b) apply for purposes of the                value of the stock of a modified
                                                      arrangements are treated. All comments                  regulations under section 385. For                     expanded group member, the person is
                                                      will be available for public inspection                 additional definitions that apply for                  treated as a member of the modified
                                                      and copying at www.regulations.gov or                   purposes of § 1.385–2, see § 1.385–                    expanded group.
                                                      upon request.                                           2(a)(4). For additional definitions that                  (c) Treatment of deemed exchange. If
                                                                                                              apply for purposes of §§ 1.385–3 and                   a debt instrument (as defined in
                                                      Drafting Information                                    1.385–4, see § 1.385–3(f).                             § 1.385–3(f)(3)) or an EGI (as defined in
                                                         The principal authors of these                          (1) Controlled partnership. The term                § 1.385–2(a)(4)(ii)) is deemed to be
                                                      regulations are Eric D. Brauer of the                   controlled partnership means a                         exchanged, in whole or in part, for stock
                                                      Office of Associate Chief Counsel                       partnership with respect to which at                   pursuant to § 1.385–2(c)(3)(ii), § 1.385–
                                                      (Corporate) and Raymond J. Stahl of the                 least 80 percent of the interests in                   3(d)(1)(ii), § 1.385–3(d)(1)(iii), § 1.385–
                                                      Office of Associate Chief Counsel                       partnership capital or profits are owned,              3(d)(1)(iv), § 1.385–3(d)(1)(v), § 1.385–
                                                      (International). However, other                         directly or indirectly, by one or more                 3(h)(3), or § 1.385–4(e)(3), the holder is
                                                      personnel from the Treasury                             members of an expanded group. For this                 treated as having realized an amount
                                                      Department and the IRS participated in                  purpose, indirect ownership of a                       equal to the holder’s adjusted basis in
                                                      their development.                                      partnership interest is determined by                  that portion of the indebtedness or EGI
                                                                                                              applying the principles of paragraph                   as of the date of the deemed exchange
                                                      List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1                       (b)(3)(ii) of this section.                            (and as having basis in the stock
                                                        Income taxes, Reporting and                              (2) Disregarded entity. The term
                                                                                                                                                                     deemed to be received equal to that
                                                      recordkeeping requirements.                             disregarded entity means a business
                                                                                                                                                                     amount), and the issuer is treated as
                                                                                                              entity (as defined in § 301.7701–2(a) of
                                                      Proposed Amendment to the                                                                                      having retired that portion of the debt
                                                                                                              this chapter) that is disregarded as an
                                                      Regulations                                                                                                    instrument or EGI for an amount equal
                                                                                                              entity separate from its owner for
                                                        Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is                                                                                to its adjusted issue price as of the date
                                                                                                              federal tax purposes under §§ 301.7701–
                                                      proposed to be amended as follows:                                                                             of the deemed exchange. In addition,
                                                                                                              1 through 301.7701–3 of this chapter.
                                                                                                                 (3) Expanded group—(i) In general.                  neither party accounts for any accrued
                                                      PART I—INCOME TAXES                                     The term expanded group means an                       but unpaid qualified stated interest on
                                                                                                              affiliated group as defined in section                 the debt instrument or EGI or any
                                                      ■ Paragraph 1. The authority citation                                                                          foreign exchange gain or loss with
                                                                                                              1504(a), determined:
                                                      for part 1 is amended by adding entries                                                                        respect to that accrued but unpaid
                                                                                                                 (A) Without regard to paragraphs (1)
                                                      in numerical order to read in part as                                                                          qualified stated interest (if any) as of the
                                                                                                              through (8) of section 1504(b);
                                                      follows:                                                   (B) By substituting ‘‘directly or                   deemed exchange. Notwithstanding the
                                                          Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *                     indirectly’’ for ‘‘directly’’ in section               first sentence of this paragraph (c), the
                                                                                                              1504(a)(1)(B)(i); and                                  rules of § 1.988–2(b)(13) apply to require
                                                      ■ Section 1.385–1 also issued under 26
                                                                                                                 (C) By substituting ‘‘or’’ for ‘‘and’’ in           the holder and the issuer of a debt
                                                      U.S.C. 385.
                                                                                                              section 1504(a)(2)(A).                                 instrument or an EGI that is deemed to
                                                      ■ Section 1.385–2 also issued under 26
                                                                                                                 (ii) Indirect stock ownership. For                  be exchanged in whole or in part for
                                                      U.S.C. 385 and 26 U.S.C. 1502.
                                                      ■ Section 1.385–3 also issued under 26                  purposes of this paragraph (b)(3),                     stock pursuant to § 1.385–2(c)(3)(ii),
                                                      U.S.C. 385, 26 U.S.C. 701, and 7701(l).                 indirect stock ownership is determined                 § 1.385–3(d)(1)(ii), § 1.385–3(d)(1)(iii),
                                                                                                              by applying the rules of section                       § 1.385–3(d)(1)(iv), § 1.385–3(d)(1)(v),
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      ■ Section 1.385–4 also issued under 26
                                                      U.S.C. 385 and 26 U.S.C. 1502.                          304(c)(3).                                             § 1.385–3(h)(3), or § 1.385–4(e)(3) to
                                                      ■ Par. 2. Section 1.385–1 is added to                      (4) Modified controlled partnership.                recognize any exchange gain or loss,
                                                      read as follows:                                        The term modified controlled                           other than any exchange gain or loss
                                                                                                              partnership means a partnership with                   with respect to accrued but unpaid
                                                      § 1.385–1   General provisions.                         respect to which at least 50 percent of                qualified stated interest that is not taken
                                                        (a) Overview. This section provides                   the interests in partnership capital or                into account under this paragraph (c) at
                                                      definitions applicable to the regulations               profits are owned, directly or indirectly,             the time of the deemed exchange. For
                                                      under section 385 and operating rules                   by one or more members of a modified                   purposes of this paragraph (c), in
                                                      regarding the treatment of certain direct               expanded group. For this purpose,                      applying § 1.988–2(b)(13) the exchange


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                            20931

                                                      gain or loss under section 988 is treated               § 301.7701–3 of this chapter that is filed             otherwise affect the authority of the
                                                      as the total gain or loss on the exchange.              on or after the date these regulations are             Commissioner under section 7602 to
                                                         (d) Treatment as indebtedness in                     issued as final regulations in the                     request and obtain documentation and
                                                      part—(1) In general. The Commissioner                   Federal Register. For purposes of                      information regarding transactions and
                                                      may treat an EGI (as defined in § 1.385–                §§ 1.385–3 and 1.385–4, this section                   instruments that purport to create an
                                                      2(a)(4)(ii) and described in paragraph                  applies to any debt instrument issued                  interest in a corporation. If the
                                                      (d)(2) of this section) as in part                      on or after April 4, 2016, and to any                  requirements of this section are satisfied
                                                      indebtedness and in part stock to the                   debt instrument treated as issued before               or otherwise do not apply, see §§ 1.385–
                                                      extent that an analysis, as of the                      April 4, 2016 as a result of an entity                 3 and 1.385–4 for additional rules for
                                                      issuance of the EGI, of the relevant facts              classification election made under                     determining whether and the extent to
                                                      and circumstances concerning the EGI                    § 301.7701–3 of this chapter that is filed             which an interest otherwise treated as
                                                      (taking into account any application of                 on or after April 4, 2016.                             indebtedness under general federal tax
                                                      § 1.385–2) under general federal tax                    ■ Par. 3. Section 1.385–2 is added to                  principles is recharacterized as stock for
                                                      principles results in a determination                   read as follows:                                       federal tax purposes.
                                                      that the EGI is properly treated for                                                                              (2) Application—(i) In general. This
                                                      federal tax purposes as indebtedness in                 § 1.385–2 Treatment of certain interests
                                                                                                              between members of an expanded group.                  section applies to an EGI only if—
                                                      part and stock in part. For example, if                                                                           (A) The stock of any member of the
                                                      the Commissioner’s analysis supports a                     (a) General—(1) Scope. This section
                                                                                                              prescribes threshold requirements that                 expanded group is traded on (or subject
                                                      reasonable expectation that, as of the                                                                         to the rules of) an established financial
                                                      issuance of the EGI, only a portion of                  must be satisfied regarding the
                                                                                                              preparation and maintenance of                         market within the meaning of
                                                      the principal amount of an EGI will be                                                                         § 1.1092(d)–1(b);
                                                      repaid and the Commissioner                             documentation and information with
                                                                                                              respect to an expanded group                              (B) On the date that an applicable
                                                      determines that the EGI should be                                                                              instrument first becomes an EGI, total
                                                      treated as indebtedness in part and                     instrument (an EGI, as defined in
                                                                                                              paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section). The             assets exceed $100 million on any
                                                      stock in part, the EGI may be treated as                                                                       applicable financial statement, or
                                                      indebtedness in part and stock in part                  purpose of preparing and maintaining
                                                                                                              the documentation and information                         (C) On the date that an applicable
                                                      in accordance with such determination,                                                                         instrument first becomes an EGI, annual
                                                      provided the requirements of § 1.385–2,                 required by this section is to enable an
                                                                                                              analysis to be made whether an EGI is                  total revenue exceeds $50 million on
                                                      if applicable, are otherwise satisfied and                                                                     any applicable financial statement.
                                                      the application of federal tax principles               appropriately treated as stock or
                                                                                                              indebtedness for federal tax purposes.                    (ii) Non-U.S. dollar applicable
                                                      supports this treatment. The issuer of an
                                                                                                              Satisfying the requirements of this                    financial statements. If an applicable
                                                      EGI, the holder of an EGI, and any other
                                                                                                              section does not establish that an                     financial statement is denominated in a
                                                      person relying on the characterization of
                                                                                                              interest is indebtedness; such                         currency other than the U.S. dollar, the
                                                      an EGI as indebtedness for federal tax
                                                                                                              satisfaction serves as a minimum                       total assets and annual total revenue are
                                                      purposes are required to treat the EGI
                                                                                                              standard that enables this determination               translated into U.S. dollars at the spot
                                                      consistent with the issuer’s initial
                                                                                                              to be made under general federal tax                   rate (as defined in § 1.988–1(d)) as of the
                                                      characterization. Thus, for example, a
                                                                                                              principles. The rules of this section                  date of the applicable financial
                                                      holder may not disclose on its return
                                                                                                              must be interpreted and applied in a                   statement.
                                                      under section 385(c)(2) that it is treating
                                                      an EGI as indebtedness in part or stock                 manner that is consistent with and                        (3) Consistency rule. If an issuer
                                                      in part if the issuer of the EGI treats the             reasonably carries out the purposes of                 characterizes an EGI as indebtedness,
                                                      EGI as indebtedness.                                    this section. Moreover, nothing in this                the EGI will be respected as
                                                         (2) EGI described in this paragraph                  section prevents the Commissioner from                 indebtedness only if the requirements of
                                                      (d)(2). An EGI is described in this                     asserting that the substance of a                      § 1.385–2(b) are met with respect to the
                                                      paragraph (d)(2) if it is an applicable                 transaction involving an EGI (or the EGI               EGI. If the issuer of an EGI characterizes
                                                      instrument (as defined in § 1.385–                      itself) is different from the form of the              that EGI as indebtedness, the issuer, the
                                                      2(a)(4)(i)) an issuer of which is one                   transaction (or the EGI) or disregarding               holder, and any other person relying on
                                                      member of a modified expanded group                     the transaction (or the EGI) or treating               the characterization of an EGI as
                                                      and the holder of which is another                      the transaction (or the EGI) in                        indebtedness for federal tax purposes is
                                                      member of the same modified expanded                    accordance with its substance for                      required to treat the EGI as indebtedness
                                                      group.                                                  federal tax purposes. Such an assertion                for all federal tax purposes. The
                                                         (e) Treatment of consolidated groups.                may be made based on the                               Commissioner is not bound by the
                                                      For purposes of the regulations under                   documentation or information received                  issuer’s characterization of an EGI.
                                                      section 385, all members of a                           pursuant to a request under this section                  (4) Definitions. The definitions in this
                                                      consolidated group (as defined in                       or a request for information under                     paragraph (a)(4) apply for purposes of
                                                      § 1.1502–1(h)) are treated as one                       section 7602. If, and only if, the                     this section.
                                                      corporation.                                            requirements of this section are                          (i) Applicable instrument—(A) In
                                                         (f) Effective/applicability date. This               satisfied, the determination of the                    general. The term applicable instrument
                                                      section applies to any applicable                       federal tax treatment of the EGI is made               means any interest issued or deemed
                                                      instrument issued or deemed issued on                   based on an analysis of the                            issued that is in form a debt instrument.
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      or after the date these regulations are                 documentation and information                          See paragraph (a)(4)(i)(B) of this section
                                                      published as final regulations in the                   prepared and maintained, other facts                   for rules regarding an interest that is not
                                                      Federal Register, and to any applicable                 and circumstances relating to the EGI,                 in form a debt instrument.
                                                      instrument treated as indebtedness                      and general federal tax principles. If the                (B) [Reserved]
                                                      issued or deemed issued before the date                 requirements of this section are not                      (ii) Expanded group instrument. The
                                                      these regulations are issued as final                   satisfied with respect to an EGI the                   term expanded group instrument (EGI)
                                                      regulations if and to the extent it was                 substance of which is regarded for                     means an applicable instrument an
                                                      deemed issued as a result of an entity                  federal tax purposes, the EGI will be                  issuer of which is one member of an
                                                      classification election made under                      treated as stock. This section does not                expanded group and the holder of


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                      20932                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      which is another member of the same                     apply to determine whether, or the                     shareholders to share in the assets of the
                                                      expanded group.                                         extent to which, the EGI is treated as                 issuer in case of dissolution.
                                                         (iii) Issuer. Solely for purposes of this            indebtedness for federal tax purposes.                    (iii) Reasonable expectation of ability
                                                      section, the term issuer means a person                 This determination will take into                      to repay EGI. There must be written
                                                      (including a disregarded entity defined                 account the documentation and                          documentation prepared containing
                                                      in § 1.385–1(b)(2)) that is obligated to                information prepared, maintained, and                  information establishing that, as of the
                                                      satisfy any material obligations created                provided in accordance with this                       date of issuance of the applicable
                                                      under the terms of an EGI. A person can                 section, as well as any additional facts               instrument and taking into account all
                                                      be an issuer if that person is expected                 and circumstances. This section applies                relevant circumstances (including all
                                                      to satisfy a material obligation under an               to each EGI separately, but the same                   other obligations incurred by the issuer
                                                      EGI, even if that person is not the                     documentation and information may                      as of the date of issuance of the
                                                      primary obligor. A guarantor, however,                  satisfy the requirements of this section               applicable instrument or reasonably
                                                      is not an issuer unless the guarantor is                for more than one EGI.                                 anticipated to be incurred after the date
                                                      expected to be the primary obligor.                        (ii) Failure to provide documentation               of issuance of the applicable
                                                         (iv) Applicable financial statement.                 and information described in paragraph                 instrument), the issuer’s financial
                                                      For purposes of this section, the term                  (b)(2) of this section. If a taxpayer                  position supported a reasonable
                                                      applicable financial statement means a                  characterizes an EGI as indebtedness                   expectation that the issuer intended to,
                                                      financial statement, listed in paragraphs               and fails to provide the documentation                 and would be able to, meet its
                                                      (a)(4)(iv)(A) through (C) of this section,              and information described in paragraph                 obligations pursuant to the terms of the
                                                      that includes the assets, portion of the                (b)(2) of this section upon request by the             applicable instrument. For this purpose,
                                                      assets or annual total revenue of any                   Commissioner, the Commissioner will                    if a disregarded entity is treated as the
                                                      member of the expanded group and that                   treat the requirements of this section as              issuer of an EGI, and the owner of the
                                                      is prepared as of any date within 3 years               not satisfied.                                         disregarded entity has limited liability
                                                      prior to the date the applicable                           (2) Documentation and other                         within the meaning of § 301.7701–
                                                      instrument at issue first becomes an                    information required. This paragraph                   3(b)(2)(ii) of this chapter, only the assets
                                                      EGI. A financial statement that includes                (b)(2) describes the documentation and                 and financial position of the disregarded
                                                      the assets or annual total revenue of a                 information that must be prepared and                  entity are relevant for purposes of this
                                                      member of an expanded group may be                      maintained to satisfy the requirements                 paragraph (b)(2)(iii). If the owner of
                                                      a separate company financial statement                                                                         such a disregarded entity does not have
                                                                                                              of this section. In each case, the
                                                      of any member of the expanded group                                                                            limited liability within the meaning of
                                                                                                              documentation must include complete
                                                      or any consolidated financial statement                                                                        § 301.7701–3(b)(2)(ii), all of the assets
                                                                                                              and (if relevant) executed copies of all
                                                      that includes the assets, portion of the                                                                       and the financial position of the
                                                                                                              instruments, agreements and other
                                                      assets, or annual total revenue of any                                                                         disregarded entity and the owner are
                                                                                                              documents evidencing the material
                                                      member of the expanded group. A                                                                                relevant for purposes of this paragraph
                                                                                                              rights and obligations of the issuer and
                                                      financial statement includes—                                                                                  (b)(2)(iii). The documentation may
                                                                                                              the holder relating to the EGI, and any
                                                         (A) A financial statement required to                                                                       include cash flow projections, financial
                                                                                                              associated rights and obligations of
                                                      be filed with the Securities and                                                                               statements, business forecasts, asset
                                                                                                              other parties, such as guarantees and
                                                      Exchange Commission (the Form 10–K                                                                             appraisals, determination of debt-to-
                                                                                                              subordination agreements. Additional                   equity and other relevant financial
                                                      or the Annual Report to Shareholders);                  documentation and information may be
                                                         (B) A certified audited financial                                                                           ratios of the issuer in relation to
                                                                                                              provided to supplement, but not                        industry averages, and other
                                                      statement that is accompanied by the
                                                                                                              substitute for, the documentation and                  information regarding the sources of
                                                      report of an independent certified
                                                                                                              information required under this section.               funds enabling the issuer to meet its
                                                      public accountant (or in the case of a
                                                                                                              The documentation and information                      obligations pursuant to the terms of the
                                                      foreign entity, by the report of a
                                                                                                              must satisfy the following requirements:               applicable instrument. If any member of
                                                      similarly qualified independent
                                                                                                                 (i) Unconditional obligation to pay a               an expanded group relied on any report
                                                      professional) that is used for—
                                                         (1) Credit purposes;                                 sum certain. There must be written                     or analysis prepared by a third party in
                                                         (2) Reporting to shareholders,                       documentation prepared by the time                     analyzing whether the issuer would be
                                                      partners, or similar persons; or                        required in paragraph (b)(3) of this                   able to meet its obligations pursuant to
                                                         (3) Any other substantial non-tax                    section establishing that the issuer has               the terms of the EGI, the documentation
                                                      purpose; or                                             entered into an unconditional and                      must include the report or analysis. If
                                                         (C) A financial statement (other than                legally binding obligation to pay a sum                the report or analysis is protected or
                                                      a tax return) required to be provided to                certain on demand or at one or more                    privileged under law governing an
                                                      the Federal, state, or foreign government               fixed dates.                                           inquiry or proceeding with respect to
                                                      or any Federal, state, or foreign agency.                  (ii) Creditor’s rights. The written                 the EGI and the protection or privilege
                                                         (b) Documentation and information                    documentation described in paragraph                   is asserted, neither the existence nor the
                                                      required to determine treatment—(1)                     (b)(2)(i) of this section must establish               contents of the report or analysis is
                                                      Preparation and maintenance of                          that the holder has the rights of a                    taken into account in determining
                                                      documentation and information—(i) In                    creditor to enforce the obligation. The                whether the requirements of this section
                                                      general. Except as otherwise provided                   rights of a creditor typically include, but            are satisfied.
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      in this section, an EGI is treated for                  are not limited to, the right to cause or                 (iv) Actions evidencing debtor-
                                                      federal tax purposes as stock if the                    trigger an event of default or                         creditor relationship—(A) Payments of
                                                      documentation and information                           acceleration of the EGI (when the event                principal and interest. If an issuer made
                                                      described in paragraph (b)(2) of this                   of default or acceleration is not                      any payment of interest or principal
                                                      section are not prepared, or the                        automatic) for non-payment of interest                 with respect to the EGI (whether in
                                                      maintenance requirements of paragraph                   or principal when due under the terms                  accordance with the terms and
                                                      (b)(4) of this section are not satisfied. If            of the EGI and the right to sue the issuer             conditions of the EGI or otherwise,
                                                      the requirements of this section are                    to enforce payment. The rights of a                    including prepayments), and such
                                                      satisfied, general federal tax principles               creditor must include a superior right to              payment is claimed to support the


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                             20933

                                                      treatment of the EGI as indebtedness                    (b)(2)(i) and (b)(2)(ii) of this section               financial arrangements. The relevant
                                                      under general federal tax principles,                   (relating to issuer’s unconditional                    dates with respect to the arrangements
                                                      documentation must include written                      obligation to repay and establishment of               described in this paragraph (b)(3)(iii)
                                                      evidence of such payment that is                        holder’s creditor’s rights), the relevant              include the date of the execution of the
                                                      prepared by the time required in                        date is the date on which a member of                  legal documents governing the EGI and
                                                      paragraph (b)(3) of this section. Such                  the expanded group becomes an issuer                   the date of any amendment to those
                                                      evidence could include, for example, a                  of a new or existing EGI, without regard               documents that provides for an increase
                                                      wire transfer record or a bank statement                to any subsequent deemed issuance of                   in the permitted maximum amount of
                                                      reflecting the payment.                                 the EGI under § 1.1001–3. In the case of               principal. In addition—
                                                         (B) Events of default and similar                    an applicable instrument that becomes                     (A) Revolving credit agreements and
                                                      events. If the issuer did not make a                    an EGI subsequent to issuance,                         similar agreements. Notwithstanding
                                                      payment of interest or principal that                   including an intercompany obligation,                  paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section, if an
                                                      was due and payable under the terms                     as defined in § 1.1502–13(g)(2)(ii), that              EGI is not evidenced by a separate note
                                                      and conditions of the EGI, or if any                    ceases to be an intercompany obligation,               or other writing executed with respect
                                                      other event of default or similar event                 the relevant date is the day on which                  to the initial principal balance or any
                                                      has occurred, there must be written                     the applicable instrument becomes an                   increase in principal balance (for
                                                      documentation, prepared, by the time                    EGI.                                                   example, an EGI documented as a
                                                      required in paragraph (b)(3) of this                       (B) For documentation and                           revolving credit agreement or an
                                                      section, evidencing the holder’s                        information described in paragraph                     omnibus agreement that governs open
                                                      reasonable exercise of the diligence and                (b)(2)(iii) of this section (relating to               account obligations), the EGI satisfies
                                                      judgment of a creditor. Such                            reasonable expectation of issuer’s                     the requirements of paragraph (b)(2)(i)
                                                      documentation may include evidence of                   repayment), the relevant dates are the                 of this section only if the material
                                                      the holder’s efforts to assert its rights               dates on which a member of the                         documentation associated with the EGI,
                                                      under the terms of the EGI, including                   expanded group becomes an issuer with                  including all relevant enabling
                                                      the parties’ efforts to renegotiate the EGI             respect to an EGI and any later date on                documents, is prepared, maintained,
                                                      or to mitigate the breach of an obligation              which an issuance is deemed to occur                   and provided in accordance with the
                                                      under the EGI, or any change in material                under § 1.1001–3 and any subsequent                    requirements of this section. Relevant
                                                      terms and conditions of the EGI, such as                relevant date that occurs under the                    enabling documents may include board
                                                      maturity date, interest rate, or obligation             special rules in paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of              of directors’ resolutions, credit
                                                      to pay interest or principal, and any                   this section. In the case of an applicable             agreements, omnibus agreements,
                                                      documentation detailing the holder’s                    instrument that becomes an EGI                         security agreements, or agreements
                                                      decision to refrain from pursuing any                   subsequent to issuance, the relevant                   prepared in connection with the
                                                      actions to enforce payment.                             date is the day on which the applicable                execution of the legal documents
                                                         (v) Additional information with                      instrument becomes an EGI and any                      governing the EGI as well as any
                                                      respect to an EGI evidenced by                          relevant date after the date that the                  relevant documentation executed with
                                                      documentation that does not in form                     applicable instrument becomes an EGI.                  respect to an initial principal balance or
                                                      reflect indebtedness. This paragraph                       (C) For documentation and                           increase in the principal balance of the
                                                      (b)(1)(v) describes additional                          information described in paragraph                     EGI.
                                                      information with respect to an EGI                      (b)(2)(iv)(A) of this section (relating to                (B) Cash pooling arrangements.
                                                      evidenced by documentation that does                    payments of principal and interest),                   Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(2)(i) of
                                                      not in form reflect indebtedness.                       each date on which a payment of                        this section, if an EGI is issued pursuant
                                                         (A)–(B) [Reserved]                                   interest or principal is due, taking into              to a cash pooling arrangement or
                                                         (3) Timely preparation requirement—                  account all additional time permitted                  internal banking service that involves
                                                      (i) General rule. For purposes of this                  under the terms of the EGI before there                account sweeps, revolving cash advance
                                                      section, the documentation described in                 is (or holder can declare) an event of                 facilities, overdraft set-off facilities,
                                                      paragraphs (b)(2)(i), (ii) and (iii) of this            default for nonpayment, is a relevant                  operational facilities, or similar features,
                                                      section will be treated as satisfying the               date.                                                  the EGI satisfies the requirements of
                                                      timely preparation requirement of this                     (D) For documentation and                           paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section only if
                                                      paragraph (b)(3) if it is prepared no later             information described in paragraph                     the material documentation governing
                                                      than 30 calendar days after the relevant                (b)(2)(iv)(B) of this section (relating to             the ongoing operations of the cash
                                                      date, as defined in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of             events of default and similar events),                 pooling arrangement or internal banking
                                                      this section. The documentation                         each date on which an event of default,                service, including any agreements with
                                                      described in paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this               acceleration event or similar event                    entities that are not members of the
                                                      section will be treated as satisfying the               occurs under the terms of the EGI is a                 expanded group, is prepared,
                                                      timely preparation requirement of this                  relevant date. For example, if the terms               maintained, and provided in accordance
                                                      paragraph (b)(3) if it is prepared no later             of the EGI require the issuer to maintain              with the requirements of this section.
                                                      than 120 calendar days after the relevant               certain financial ratios, any date on                  Such documentation must contain the
                                                      date, as defined in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of             which the issuer fails to maintain the                 relevant legal rights and responsibilities
                                                      this section, as applicable.                            specified financial ratio (and such                    of any members of the expanded group
                                                         (ii) Relevant date. Subject to the                   failure results in an event of default                 and any entities that are not members of
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      special rules in paragraph (b)(3)(iii) of               under the terms of the EGI) is a relevant              the expanded group in conducting the
                                                      this section (relating to certain financial             date.                                                  operation of the cash pooling
                                                      arrangements not evidenced by an                           (E) In the case of an applicable                    arrangement or internal banking service.
                                                      instrument) and paragraph (c)(1) of this                instrument that becomes an EGI                            (4) Maintenance requirements. The
                                                      section (relating to modifications to                   subsequent to issuance, no date before                 documentation and information
                                                      certain requirements of this section), the              the applicable instrument becomes an                   described in paragraph (b)(2) of this
                                                      relevant date is as follows:                            EGI is a relevant date.                                section must be maintained for all
                                                         (A) For documentation and                               (iii) Special rules for determining                 taxable years that the EGI is outstanding
                                                      information described in paragraphs                     relevant dates with respect to certain                 and until the period of limitations


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                      20934                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      expires for any return with respect to                  this section (actions evidencing debtor-                  (ii) Treatment of EGI issued by a
                                                      which the treatment of the EGI is                       creditor relationship), the EGI will cease             controlled partnership that is
                                                      relevant. See section 6001 (requirement                 to be treated as indebtedness as of the                recharacterized under this section. If an
                                                      to keep books and records).                             time the facts and circumstances                       EGI that is issued by a controlled
                                                         (c) Operating rules—(1) Reasonable                   regarding the behavior of the issuer or                partnership is recharacterized as stock
                                                      cause exception. If the person                          the holder with respect to the EGI cease               under this section, the EGI is treated as
                                                      characterizing an EGI as indebtedness                   to evidence a debtor-creditor                          an equity interest in the controlled
                                                      for federal tax purposes establishes that               relationship. For purposes of                          partnership.
                                                      a failure to satisfy the requirements of                determining whether an EGI originally                     (d) No affirmative use. The rules of
                                                      this section is due to reasonable cause,                treated as indebtedness ceases to be                   this section do not apply if there is a
                                                      appropriate modifications may be made                   treated as indebtedness by reason of                   failure to satisfy the requirements of
                                                      to the requirements of this section in                  paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section, the              paragraph (b) of this section with a
                                                      determining whether the requirements                    rules of this section apply before the                 principal purpose of reducing the
                                                      of this section have been satisfied. The                rules of § 1.1001–3, such that an EGI                  federal tax liability of any member or
                                                      principles of § 301.6724–1 of this                      initially treated as indebtedness may be               members of the expanded group of the
                                                      chapter apply in interpreting whether                   recharacterized as stock regardless of                 issuer and holder of the EGI or any other
                                                      reasonable cause exists in any particular               whether the indebtedness is altered or                 person relying on the characterization of
                                                      case.                                                   modified (as defined in § 1.1001–3(c))                 an EGI as indebtedness for federal tax
                                                         (2) General application of section to                and, in determining whether                            purposes.
                                                      applicable instrument becoming or                       indebtedness is recharacterized as stock,                 (e) Anti-avoidance. If an applicable
                                                      ceasing to be an EGI—(i) Applicable                     § 1.1001–3(f)(7)(ii)(A) does not apply.                instrument that is not an EGI is issued
                                                      instrument becomes an EGI. If an                           (4) Applicable instruments issued and
                                                      applicable instrument that is not an EGI                                                                       with a principal purpose of avoiding the
                                                                                                              held by members of consolidated
                                                      when issued subsequently becomes an                                                                            purposes of this section, the applicable
                                                                                                              groups—(i) Consolidated group treated
                                                      EGI, this section applies to the                                                                               instrument is treated as an EGI subject
                                                                                                              as one corporation. Section 1.385–1(e)
                                                      applicable instrument immediately after                                                                        to this section.
                                                                                                              provides that members of a consolidated
                                                      it becomes an EGI and thereafter.                       group are treated as one corporation.                     (f) Effective/applicability date. This
                                                         (ii) EGI treated as stock ceases to be               Thus, during the time that the issuer                  section applies to any applicable
                                                      an EGI. When an EGI treated as stock                    and the holder of an applicable                        instrument issued or deemed issued on
                                                      due to the application of this section                  instrument are members of the same                     or after the date these regulations are
                                                      ceases to be an EGI, the applicable                     consolidated group, the applicable                     published as final regulations in the
                                                      instrument is characterized at that time                instrument is treated as not outstanding               Federal Register, and to any applicable
                                                      under general federal tax principles. If,               for purposes of this section. As a result,             instrument treated as indebtedness
                                                      under general federal tax principles, the               this section does not apply to any                     issued or deemed issued before the date
                                                      applicable instrument is treated as                     applicable instrument that is an                       these regulations are issued as final
                                                      indebtedness, the issuer is treated as                  intercompany obligation as defined in                  regulations if and to the extent it was
                                                      issuing a new instrument to the holder                  § 1.1502–13(g)(2)(ii).                                 deemed issued as a result of an entity
                                                      in exchange for the EGI immediately                        (ii) Applicable instrument that ceases              classification election made under
                                                      before the transaction that causes the                  to be an intercompany obligation. If an                § 301.7701–3 of this chapter that is filed
                                                      EGI treated as stock due to the                         applicable instrument ceases to be an                  on or after the date these regulations are
                                                      application of this section to cease to be              intercompany obligation and, as a                      issued as final regulations in the
                                                      treated as an EGI. See § 1.385–1(c).                    result, becomes an EGI, the applicable                 Federal Register.
                                                         (3) Effective date for treatment of EGI              instrument is treated as becoming an                   ■ Par. 4. Section 1.385–3 is added to
                                                      as stock under this section—(i) In                      EGI immediately after it ceases to be an               read as follows:
                                                      general. If an applicable instrument is                 intercompany obligation. This
                                                      an EGI when issued and is determined                                                                           § 1.385–3 Certain distributions of debt
                                                                                                              paragraph (c)(4)(i) does not affect the
                                                      to be stock, in whole or in part, due to                                                                       instruments and similar transactions.
                                                                                                              application of the rules under § 1.1502–
                                                      the application of this section, the                    13(g).                                                    (a) Scope. This section provides rules
                                                      applicable instrument or relevant                          (5) Treatment of disregarded entities.              that treat as stock certain interests in a
                                                      portion thereof is treated as stock from                If a disregarded entity is the issuer of an            corporation that are held by a member
                                                      the date it was issued. However, if an                  EGI and that EGI is treated as equity                  of the corporation’s expanded group and
                                                      applicable instrument is issued prior to                under this section, the EGI is treated as              that otherwise would be treated as
                                                      the time it becomes an EGI and is                       an equity interest in the disregarded                  indebtedness for federal tax purposes.
                                                      determined to be stock, at the time it                  entity rather than stock in the                        Paragraph (b) of this section sets forth
                                                      becomes an EGI due to the application                   disregarded entity’s owner. See § 1.385–               situations in which a debt instrument is
                                                      of this section, it is treated as stock from            2(c)(6)(ii) for rules regarding the                    treated as stock under this section.
                                                      the date it becomes an EGI. See § 1.385–                treatment of an EGI issued by a                        Paragraph (c) of this section provides
                                                      2(c)(4) regarding intercompany                          controlled partnership.                                three exceptions to the application of
                                                      obligations (deemed issued immediately                     (6) Applicable instruments issued or                paragraph (b) of this section. Paragraph
                                                      after ceasing to be an intercompany                     held by controlled partnerships—(i)                    (d) of this section provides operating
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      obligation for purposes of this section                 Controlled partnerships included in                    rules. Paragraph (e) of this section limits
                                                      and § 1.385–3).                                         expanded group. For purposes of this                   the affirmative use of this section.
                                                         (ii) EGI recharacterized as stock based              section, a controlled partnership (as                  Paragraph (f) of this section provides
                                                      on behavior of issuer or holder after                   defined in § 1.385–1(b)(1)) is treated as              definitions. Paragraph (g) of this section
                                                      issuance. Notwithstanding paragraph                     a member of an expanded group if one                   provides examples illustrating the
                                                      (c)(3)(i) of this section, if an EGI initially          or more members of the expanded group                  application of the rules of this section.
                                                      treated as indebtedness is                              own, directly or indirectly, 80 percent of             Paragraph (h) of this section provides
                                                      recharacterized as stock as a result of                 the interests in partnership capital or                dates of applicability. For rules
                                                      failing to satisfy paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of              profits of the controlled partnership.                 regarding the application of this section


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                             20935

                                                      to members of a consolidated group, see                    (C) An acquisition of property by the               treated as a principal purpose debt
                                                      § 1.385–4.                                              funded member in an asset                              instrument, the debt instruments are
                                                         (b) Debt instrument treated as stock—                reorganization but only to the extent                  tested under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B) of
                                                      (1) Effect of characterization as stock.                that, pursuant to the plan of                          this section based on the order in which
                                                      To the extent a debt instrument is                      reorganization, a shareholder that is a                they were issued, with the earliest
                                                      treated as stock under paragraphs (b)(2),               member of the funded member’s                          issued debt instrument tested first. See
                                                      (3), or (4) of this section, it is treated as           expanded group immediately before the                  paragraph (g)(3) of this section, Example
                                                      stock for all federal tax purposes. Any                 reorganization receives ‘‘other property’’             6, for an illustration of this rule.
                                                      interest, or portion thereof, that is not               or money within the meaning of section                    (4) Multiple distributions or
                                                      characterized as stock under this section               356 with respect to its stock in the                   acquisitions. Except as provided in
                                                      is treated as stock or indebtedness under               transferor corporation.                                paragraph (c)(3) of this section, if,
                                                      applicable federal tax law, without                        (iii) Transactions described in more                pursuant to paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B) of
                                                      reference to this section.                              than one paragraph. Solely for purposes                this section, a debt instrument may be
                                                         (2) General rule. Except as provided                 of this section, to the extent all or a                treated as funding more than one
                                                      in paragraphs (c) and (e) of this section               portion of a distribution or acquisition               distribution or acquisition described in
                                                      and in § 1.385–4, a debt instrument is                  by a funded member is described in                     paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, the
                                                      treated as stock to the extent the debt                 more than one of paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(A)              debt instrument is treated as funding
                                                      instrument is issued by a corporation to                through (C) of this section, the funded                one or more distributions or
                                                      a member of the corporation’s expanded                  member is treated as engaging in only a                acquisitions based on the order in
                                                      group as described in one or more of the                single distribution or acquisition                     which the distributions or acquisitions
                                                      following paragraphs:                                   described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this              occurred, with the earliest distribution
                                                         (i) In a distribution;                               section.                                               or acquisition treated as the first
                                                         (ii) In exchange for expanded group                     (iv) Principal purpose—(A) In general.              distribution or acquisition that was
                                                      stock, other than in an exempt                          Subject to paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of               funded. See paragraph (g)(3) of this
                                                      exchange; or                                            this section, whether a debt instrument                section, Example 9, for an illustration of
                                                         (iii) In exchange for property in an                 is issued with a principal purpose of                  this rule.
                                                      asset reorganization, but only to the                   funding a distribution or acquisition                     (v) Predecessors and successors. For
                                                      extent that, pursuant to the plan of                    described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this              purposes of this paragraph (b)(3),
                                                      reorganization, a shareholder that is a                 section is determined based on all the                 references to the funded member
                                                      member of the issuer’s expanded group                   facts and circumstances. A debt                        include references to any predecessor or
                                                      immediately before the reorganization                   instrument may be treated as issued                    successor of such member. See
                                                      receives the debt instrument with                       with a principal purpose of funding a                  paragraph (g)(3) of this section,
                                                      respect to its stock in the transferor                  distribution or acquisition described in               Examples 9, 10, and 12, for illustrations
                                                      corporation.                                            paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section                   of this rule.
                                                         (3) Funding rule—(i) In general.                     regardless of whether it is issued before                 (vi) Treatment of funded transactions.
                                                      Except as provided in paragraphs (c)                    or after such distribution or acquisition.             When a debt instrument is treated as
                                                      and (e) of this section and in § 1.385–4,                  (B) Per se rule—(1) In general. Except              stock pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of
                                                      a debt instrument is treated as stock to                as provided in paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(2)              this section, the distribution or
                                                      the extent it is a principal purpose debt               of this section, a debt instrument is                  acquisition described in paragraph
                                                      instrument.                                             treated as issued with a principal                     (b)(3)(ii) of this section that is treated as
                                                         (ii) Principal purpose debt                          purpose of funding a distribution or                   funded by such debt instrument is not
                                                      instrument. For purposes of this                        acquisition described in paragraph                     recharacterized as a result of the
                                                      paragraph (b)(3), a debt instrument is a                (b)(3)(ii) of this section if it is issued by          treatment of the debt instrument as
                                                      principal purpose debt instrument to                    the funded member during the period                    stock.
                                                      the extent it is issued by a corporation                beginning 36 months before the date of                    (4) Anti-abuse rule. A debt instrument
                                                      (funded member) to a member of the                      the distribution or acquisition, and                   is treated as stock if it is issued with a
                                                      funded member’s expanded group in                       ending 36 months after the date of the                 principal purpose of avoiding the
                                                      exchange for property with a principal                  distribution or acquisition (72-month                  application of this section or § 1.385–4.
                                                      purpose of funding a distribution or                    period).                                               In addition, an interest that is not a debt
                                                      acquisition described in one or more of                    (2) Ordinary course exception.                      instrument for purposes of this section
                                                      the following paragraphs:                               Paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of this section             and § 1.385–4 (for example, a contract to
                                                         (A) A distribution of property by the                does not apply to a debt instrument that               which section 483 applies or a
                                                      funded member to a member of the                        arises in the ordinary course of the                   nonperiodic swap payment) is treated as
                                                      funded member’s expanded group, other                   issuer’s trade or business in connection               stock if issued with a principal purpose
                                                      than a distribution of stock pursuant to                with the purchase of property or the                   of avoiding the application of this
                                                      an asset reorganization that is permitted               receipt of services to the extent that it              section or § 1.385–4. This paragraph
                                                      to be received without the recognition of               reflects an obligation to pay an amount                (b)(4) may apply, for example, if a debt
                                                      gain or income under section 354(a)(1)                  that is currently deductible by the issuer             instrument is issued to, and later
                                                      or 355(a)(1) or, when section 356                       under section 162 or currently included                acquired from, a person that is not a
                                                      applies, that is not treated as ‘‘other                 in the issuer’s cost of goods sold or                  member of the issuer’s expanded group
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      property’’ or money described in section                inventory, provided that the amount of                 with a principal purpose of avoiding the
                                                      356;                                                    the obligation outstanding at no time                  application of this section. Additional
                                                         (B) An acquisition of expanded group                 exceeds the amount that would be                       examples of when this paragraph (b)(4)
                                                      stock, other than in an exempt                          ordinary and necessary to carry on the                 could apply include, without limitation,
                                                      exchange, by the funded member from                     trade or business of the issuer if it was              situations where, with a principal
                                                      a member of the funded member’s                         unrelated to the lender.                               purpose of avoiding the application of
                                                      expanded group in exchange for                             (3) Multiple interests. If, pursuant to             this section, a debt instrument is issued
                                                      property other than expanded group                      paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section,               to a person that is not a member of the
                                                      stock; or                                               two or more debt instruments may be                    issuer’s expanded group, and such


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                      20936                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      person later becomes a member of the                    denominated in U.S. dollars is                            (i) General timing rule. Except as
                                                      issuer’s expanded group; a debt                         translated into U.S. dollars at the spot               otherwise provided in this paragraph
                                                      instrument is issued to an entity that is               rate (as defined in § 1.988–1(d)) on the               (d)(1), when paragraph (b) of this
                                                      not taxable as a corporation for federal                date that the debt instrument is issued.               section applies to treat a debt
                                                      tax purposes; or a member of the                        See paragraph (g)(3) of this section,                  instrument as stock, the debt instrument
                                                      issuer’s expanded group is substituted                  Example 17, for an illustration of this                is treated as stock when the debt
                                                      as a new obligor or added as a co-obligor               rule. See paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this                instrument is issued. When paragraph
                                                      on an existing debt instrument. This                    section for rules regarding the treatment              (b)(3) of this section applies to treat a
                                                      paragraph (b)(4) also may apply to a                    of a debt instrument that ceases to                    debt instrument as stock when the debt
                                                      debt instrument that is issued or                       qualify for the exception provided in                  instrument is issued, see also paragraph
                                                      transferred in connection with a                        this paragraph (c)(2).                                 (b)(3)(vi) of this section.
                                                      reorganization or similar transaction                      (3) Exception for funded acquisitions                  (ii) Exception when a debt instrument
                                                      with a principal purpose of avoiding the                of subsidiary stock by issuance. An                    is treated as funding a distribution or
                                                      application of this section or § 1.385–4.               acquisition of expanded group stock                    acquisition that occurs in a subsequent
                                                      See paragraph (g)(3) of this section,                   will not be treated as described in                    taxable year. When paragraph
                                                      Example 18, for an illustration of this                 paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this section if             (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section applies to
                                                      rule.                                                   the acquisition results from a transfer of             treat a debt instrument as funding a
                                                         (5) Coordination between general rule                property by a funded member (the                       distribution or acquisition described in
                                                      and funding rule. To the extent a debt                  transferor) to an expanded group                       paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section that
                                                      instrument is treated as stock under                    member (the issuer) in exchange for                    occurs in a taxable year subsequent to
                                                      paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section, the              stock of the issuer, provided that, for the            the taxable year in which the debt
                                                      distribution of the debt instrument                     36-month period immediately following                  instrument is issued, the debt
                                                      (which is treated as a distribution of                  the issuance, the transferor holds,                    instrument is deemed to be exchanged
                                                      stock as a result of the application of                 directly or indirectly, more than 50                   for stock when the distribution or
                                                      paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section)                  percent of the total combined voting                   acquisition described in paragraph
                                                      pursuant to the same reorganization that                power of all classes of stock of the issuer            (b)(3)(ii) of this section occurs. See
                                                      caused paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this                    entitled to vote and more than 50                      paragraph (g)(3) of this section, Example
                                                      section to apply is not also treated as a               percent of the total value of the stock of             9, for an illustration of this rule.
                                                      distribution or acquisition described in                the issuer. If the transferor ceases to                   (iii) Exception when a debt
                                                      paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section. See               meet this ownership requirement at any                 instrument ceases to qualify for the
                                                      paragraph (g)(3) of this section, Example               time during that 36-month period, then                 threshold exception. A debt instrument
                                                      8, for an illustration of this rule.                    on the date that the ownership                         that previously was treated as
                                                         (c) Exceptions—(1) Exception for                     requirement ceases to be met (cessation                indebtedness pursuant to the threshold
                                                      current year earnings and profits. For                  date), this paragraph (c)(3) ceases to                 exception set forth in paragraph (c)(2) of
                                                      purposes of applying paragraphs (b)(2)                  apply and the acquisition is treated as                this section is deemed to be exchanged
                                                      and (b)(3) of this section to a member of               an acquisition described in paragraph                  for stock when the debt instrument
                                                      an expanded group with respect to a                     (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this section. In this case,           ceases to qualify for the threshold
                                                      taxable year, the aggregate amount of                   for purposes of applying the per se rule,              exception. Notwithstanding the
                                                      any distributions or acquisitions that are              the acquisition may be treated as having               preceding sentence, if the debt
                                                      described in paragraphs (b)(2) or                       been funded by any debt instrument                     instrument was both issued and ceases
                                                      (b)(3)(ii) of this section are reduced by               issued during the 72-month period                      to qualify for the threshold exception
                                                      an amount equal to the member’s                         determined with respect to the date of                 during the same taxable year, the
                                                      current year earnings and profits                       the acquisition (rather than with respect              general timing rule of paragraph (d)(1)(i)
                                                      described in section 316(a)(2). This                    to the cessation date), but, in the case of            of this section applies. See paragraph
                                                      reduction is applied to the transactions                a debt instrument issued prior to the                  (g)(3) of this section, Example 17, for an
                                                      described in paragraphs (b)(2) and                      cessation date, only to the extent that                illustration of this rule.
                                                      (b)(3)(ii) of this section based on the                 such debt instrument is treated as                        (iv) Exception when a debt instrument
                                                      order in which the distribution or                      indebtedness as of the cessation date                  is re-tested under paragraph (d)(2) of
                                                      acquisition occurs. See paragraph (g)(3)                (that is, a debt instrument not already                this section. When paragraph
                                                      of this section, Example 17, for an                     treated as stock). For purposes of this                (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section applies to
                                                      illustration of this rule.                              paragraph (c)(3), a transferor’s indirect              treat a debt instrument as funding a
                                                         (2) Threshold exception. A debt                      stock ownership is determined by                       distribution or acquisition described in
                                                      instrument is not treated as stock under                applying the principles of section 958(a)              paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section as a
                                                      this section if, immediately after the                  without regard to whether an                           result of a re-testing described in
                                                      debt instrument is issued, the aggregate                intermediate entity is foreign or                      paragraph (d)(2) of this section that
                                                      adjusted issue price of debt instruments                domestic. See paragraph (d)(1)(v) of this              occurs in a taxable year subsequent to
                                                      held by members of the expanded group                   section for rules regarding the treatment              the taxable year in which the debt
                                                      that would be subject to paragraph (b)                  of a debt instrument that is treated as                instrument is issued, the debt
                                                      of this section but for the application of              funding an acquisition to which this                   instrument is deemed to be exchanged
                                                      this paragraph (c)(2) does not exceed                   exception ceases to apply.                             for stock on the date of the re-testing.
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      $50 million. Once this threshold is                        (d) Operating rules—(1) Timing. This                See paragraph (g)(3) of this section,
                                                      exceeded, this paragraph (c)(2) will not                paragraph (d)(1) provides rules for                    Example 7, for an illustration of this
                                                      apply to any debt instrument issued by                  determining when a debt instrument is                  rule.
                                                      members of the expanded group for so                    treated as stock under paragraph (b) of                   (v) Exception when a debt instrument
                                                      long as any debt instrument that                        this section. For special rules regarding              ceases to qualify for the exception for
                                                      previously was treated as indebtedness                  the treatment of a deemed exchange of                  acquisitions of subsidiary stock by
                                                      solely because of this paragraph (c)(2)                 a debt instrument that occurs pursuant                 issuance. When paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)
                                                      remains outstanding. For purposes of                    to paragraphs (d)(1)(ii), (d)(1)(iii),                 and the modified ordering rule in
                                                      this rule, any debt instrument that is not              (d)(1)(iv), or (d)(1)(v), see § 1.385–1(c).            paragraph (c)(3) of this section apply to


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                             20937

                                                      treat a debt instrument as funding an                      (5) Treatment of partnerships—(i)                      (f) Definitions. The definitions in this
                                                      acquisition of expanded group stock                     Application of aggregate treatment. For                paragraph (f) apply for purposes of this
                                                      that previously qualified for the                       purposes of this section, a controlled                 section and for purposes of § 1.385–4.
                                                      exception set forth in paragraph (c)(3) of              partnership is treated as an aggregate of                 (1) Asset reorganization. The term
                                                      this section, the debt instrument is                    its partners. Thus, for example, when a                asset reorganization means a
                                                      deemed to be exchanged for stock on the                 corporation that is a member of an                     reorganization within the meaning of
                                                      cessation date referred to in paragraph                 expanded group becomes a partner in a                  section 368(a)(1)(A), (C), (D), (F), or (G).
                                                      (c)(3) of this section if the debt                      partnership that is a controlled                          (2) Controlled partnership. The term
                                                      instrument was issued in a taxable year                 partnership with respect to that                       controlled partnership has the meaning
                                                      preceding the taxable year that includes                expanded group, the corporation is                     specified in § 1.385–1(b)(1).
                                                      the cessation date. For all other debt                  treated as acquiring its proportionate                    (3) Debt instrument. The term debt
                                                      instruments that are treated as funding                 share of the controlled partnership’s                  instrument means an interest that
                                                      an acquisition of expanded group stock                  assets. In addition, each expanded                     would, but for the application of this
                                                      that previously qualified for the                       group partner in a controlled                          section, be treated as a debt instrument
                                                      exception set forth in paragraph (c)(3) of              partnership is treated as issuing its                  as defined in section 1275(a) and
                                                      this section, the general timing rule of                proportionate share of any debt                        § 1.1275–1(d).
                                                      paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section                     instrument issued by the controlled                       (4) Distribution. The term distribution
                                                      applies.                                                partnership. For this purpose, a                       means any distribution made by a
                                                         (2) Debt instrument treated as stock                 partner’s proportionate share is                       corporation with respect to its stock.
                                                      that leaves the expanded group. Subject                 determined in accordance with the                         (5) Exempt exchange. The term
                                                      to paragraph (b)(4) of this section, when               partner’s share of partnership profits.                exempt exchange means an acquisition
                                                      the holder and issuer of a debt                         See paragraph (g)(3) of this section,                  of expanded group stock in which the
                                                      instrument that is treated as stock under               Example 13, for an illustration of this                transferor and transferee of the stock are
                                                      this section cease to be members of the                 rule.                                                  parties to an asset reorganization, and
                                                      same expanded group, either because                                                                            either—
                                                                                                                 (ii) Treatment of debt instruments
                                                      the debt instrument is transferred to a                                                                           (i) Section 361(a) or (b) applies to the
                                                                                                              issued by partnerships. To the extent
                                                      person that is not a member of the                                                                             transferor of the expanded group stock
                                                                                                              that the application of the aggregate
                                                      expanded group that includes the issuer                                                                        and the stock is not transferred by
                                                                                                              approach in paragraph (d)(5)(i) of this
                                                      or because the holder or the issuer cease                                                                      issuance; or
                                                                                                              section causes a debt instrument issued
                                                      to be members of the same expanded                                                                                (ii) Section 1032 or § 1.1032–2 applies
                                                                                                              by a controlled partnership to be
                                                      group, the debt instrument ceases to be                                                                        to the transferor of the expanded group
                                                                                                              recharacterized under paragraph (b) of
                                                      treated as stock under this section. For                                                                       stock and the stock is distributed by the
                                                                                                              this section, then the holder of the
                                                      this purpose, immediately before the                                                                           transferee pursuant to the plan of
                                                                                                              recharacterized debt instrument is
                                                      transaction that causes the holder and                                                                         reorganization.
                                                                                                              treated as holding stock in the expanded
                                                      issuer of the debt instrument to cease to                                                                         (6) Expanded group. The term
                                                                                                              group partners. In addition, the
                                                      be members of the same expanded                                                                                expanded group has the meaning
                                                                                                              partnership and its partners must make
                                                      group, the issuer is deemed to issue a                                                                         specified in § 1.385–1(b)(3).
                                                                                                              appropriate conforming adjustments to
                                                      new debt instrument to the holder in                                                                              (7) Expanded group partner. The term
                                                                                                              reflect this treatment. Any such
                                                      exchange for the debt instrument that                                                                          expanded group partner means any
                                                                                                              adjustments must be consistent with the
                                                      was treated as stock in a transaction that                                                                     person that is a partner in a controlled
                                                                                                              purposes of this section and must be
                                                      is disregarded for purposes of                                                                                 partnership and that is a member of the
                                                                                                              made in a manner that avoids the
                                                      paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this                                                                           expanded group whose members own,
                                                                                                              creation of, or increase in, a disparity
                                                      section. For purposes of paragraph                                                                             directly or indirectly, at least 80 percent
                                                                                                              between the controlled partnership’s
                                                      (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section, when this                                                                       of the interests in the controlled
                                                                                                              aggregate basis in its assets and the
                                                      paragraph (d)(2) causes a debt                                                                                 partnership’s capital or profits.
                                                                                                              aggregate bases of the partners’
                                                      instrument that previously was treated                                                                            (8) Expanded group stock. The term
                                                                                                              respective interests in the partnership.
                                                      as stock pursuant to paragraph (b)(3) of                                                                       expanded group stock means, with
                                                                                                              See paragraph (g)(3) of this section,
                                                      this section to cease to be treated as                                                                         respect to a member of an expanded
                                                                                                              Examples 14 and 15, for an illustration
                                                      stock, all other debt instruments of the                                                                       group, stock of a member of the same
                                                                                                              of this rule.
                                                      issuer that are not currently treated as                                                                       expanded group.
                                                      stock are re-tested to determine whether                   (6) Treatment of disregarded entities.                 (9) Predecessor—(i) In general. The
                                                      those other debt instruments are treated                If a debt instrument of a disregarded                  term predecessor includes, with respect
                                                      as funding the distribution or                          entity is treated as stock under this                  to a corporation, the distributor or
                                                      acquisition that previously was treated                 section, such debt instrument is treated               transferor corporation in a transaction
                                                      as funded by the debt instrument that                   as stock in the entity’s owner rather                  described in section 381(a) in which the
                                                      ceases to be treated as stock pursuant to               than as an equity interest in the entity.              corporation is the acquiring corporation.
                                                      this paragraph (d)(2). See paragraph                       (e) No affirmative use. The rules of                For purposes of the preceding sentence,
                                                      (g)(3) of this section, Example 7, for an               this section and § 1.385–4 do not apply                the transferor corporation in a
                                                      illustration of this rule.                              to the extent a person enters into a                   reorganization within the meaning of
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                         (3) Inapplicability of section 385(c)(1).            transaction that otherwise would be                    section 368(a)(1)(D) or (G) is treated as
                                                      Section 385(c)(1) does not apply with                   subject to these rules with a principal                a transferor corporation in a transaction
                                                      respect to a debt instrument to the                     purpose of reducing the federal tax                    described in section 381(a) without
                                                      extent that it is treated as stock under                liability of any member of the expanded                regard to whether the reorganization
                                                      this section.                                           group that includes the issuer and the                 meets the requirements of sections
                                                         (4) Taxable year. For purposes of this               holder of the debt instrument by                       354(b)(1)(A) and (B). The term
                                                      section, the term taxable year refers to                disregarding the treatment of the debt                 predecessor does not include, with
                                                      the taxable year of the issuer of the debt              instrument that would occur without                    respect to a controlled corporation, a
                                                      instrument.                                             regard to this section.                                distributing corporation that distributed


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                      20938                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      the stock of the controlled corporation                    (g) Examples—(1) Assumed facts.                     member of USS1’s expanded group, in a
                                                      pursuant to section 355(c).                             Except as otherwise stated, the                        distribution. Accordingly, USS1 Note B is
                                                         (ii) Special rules for funded                        following facts are assumed for                        treated as stock under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of
                                                                                                                                                                     this section. Under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this
                                                      acquisitions of subsidiary stock by                     purposes of the examples in paragraph
                                                                                                                                                                     section, USS1 Note B is treated as stock when
                                                      issuance. The term predecessor also                     (g)(3) of this section:                                it is issued by USS1 to FP on Date B in Year
                                                      includes, with respect to an issuer that                   (i) FP is a foreign corporation that                2. Accordingly, USS1 is treated as
                                                      issues stock to a transferor in a                       owns 100 percent of the stock of USS1,                 distributing USS1 stock to its shareholder FP
                                                      transaction described in paragraph (c)(3)               a domestic corporation, 100 percent of                 in a distribution that is subject to section 305.
                                                      of this section, the transferor, but, for               the stock of USS2, a domestic                          Because USS1 Note B is treated as stock for
                                                      purposes of applying the per se rule in                 corporation, and 100 percent of the                    federal tax purposes when it is issued by
                                                      paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of this section,             stock of FS, a foreign corporation;                    USS1, USS1 Note B is not treated as property
                                                                                                                 (ii) USS1 owns 100 percent of the                   for purposes of paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this
                                                      only with respect to a debt instrument                                                                         section because it is not property within the
                                                      issued by the transferor during the 72-                 stock of DS, a domestic corporation, and               meaning specified in section 317(a).
                                                      month period determined with respect                    CFC, which is a controlled foreign                     Accordingly, USS1 Note A is not treated as
                                                      to the transaction described in                         corporation within the meaning of                      funding the distribution of USS1 Note B for
                                                      paragraph (c)(3) of this section, and only              section 957;                                           purposes of paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this
                                                      to the extent of the value of the                          (iii) At the beginning of Year 1, FP is             section.
                                                      expanded group stock acquired from the                  the common parent of an expanded                          Example 2. Debt instrument issued for
                                                      issuer in the transaction described in                  group comprised solely of FP, USS1,                    expanded group stock that is exchanged for
                                                                                                              USS2, FS, DS, and CFC (the FP                          stock in a corporation that is not a member
                                                      paragraph (c)(3) of this section.                                                                              of the same expanded group. (i) Facts. UST
                                                         (10) Property. The term property has                 expanded group);
                                                                                                                                                                     is a publicly traded domestic corporation. On
                                                      the meaning specified in section 317(a).                   (iv) The FP expanded group has more                 Date A in Year 1, USS1 issues USS1 Note to
                                                         (11) Successor—(i) In general. The                   than $50 million of debt instruments                   FP in exchange for FP stock. On Date B of
                                                      term successor includes, with respect to                described in paragraph (c)(2) of this                  Year 1, USS1 transfers the FP stock to UST’s
                                                      a corporation, the acquiring corporation                section at all times;                                  shareholders, which are not members of the
                                                      in a transaction described in section                      (v) No issuer of a debt instrument has              FP expanded group, in exchange for all of the
                                                      381(a) in which the corporation is the                  current year earnings and profits                      stock of UST.
                                                                                                              described in section 316(a)(2);                           (ii) Analysis. (A) Because USS1 and FP are
                                                      distributor or transferor corporation. For                                                                     both members of the FP expanded group,
                                                      purposes of the preceding sentence, the                    (vi) All notes are debt instruments
                                                                                                              described in paragraph (f)(3) of this                  USS1 Note is treated as stock when it is
                                                      acquiring corporation in a                                                                                     issued by USS1 to FP in exchange for FP
                                                      reorganization within the meaning of                    section;
                                                                                                                                                                     stock on Date A in Year 1 under paragraphs
                                                      section 368(a)(1)(D) or (G) is treated as                  (vii) No notes are eligible for the                 (b)(2)(ii) and (d)(1)(i) of this section. This
                                                      an acquiring corporation in a                           ordinary course exception described in                 result applies even though, pursuant to the
                                                      transaction described in section 381(a)                 paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(2) of this section;            same plan, USS1 transfers the FP stock to
                                                      without regard to whether the                              (viii) Each entity has as its taxable               persons that are not members of the FP
                                                      reorganization meets the requirements                   year the calendar year;                                expanded group. The exchange of USS1 Note
                                                      of sections 354(b)(1)(A) and (B). The                      (ix) PRS is a partnership for federal               for FP stock is not an exempt exchange
                                                                                                              income tax purposes;                                   within the meaning of paragraph (f)(5) of this
                                                      term successor does not include, with                                                                          section.
                                                                                                                 (x) No corporation is a member of a
                                                      respect to a distributing corporation, a                                                                          (B) Because USS1 Note is treated as stock
                                                                                                              consolidated group, as defined in
                                                      controlled corporation the stock of                                                                            for federal tax purposes when it is issued by
                                                                                                              § 1.1502–1(h);
                                                      which was distributed by the                                                                                   USS1, pursuant to section § 1.367(b)–
                                                                                                                 (xi) No domestic corporation is a
                                                      distributing corporation pursuant to                                                                           10(a)(3)(ii) (defining property for purposes of
                                                                                                              United States real property holding                    § 1.367(b)–10) there is no potential
                                                      section 355(c).
                                                                                                              corporation within the meaning of                      application of § 1.367(b)–10(a) to USS1’s
                                                         (ii) Special rules for funded
                                                                                                              section 897(c)(2); and                                 acquisition of the FP stock.
                                                      acquisitions of subsidiary stock by                        (xii) Each note is issued with                         (C) Because paragraph (b)(2) of this section
                                                      issuance. The term successor also                       adequate stated interest (as defined in                treats USS1 Note as stock for federal tax
                                                      includes, with respect to a transferor                  section 1274(c)(2)).                                   purposes when it is issued by USS1, USS1
                                                      that transfers property to an issuer in                    (2) No inference. Except as provided                Note is not treated as indebtedness for
                                                      exchange for stock of the issuer in a                   in this section, it is assumed for                     purposes of applying paragraph (b)(3) of this
                                                      transaction described in paragraph (c)(3)               purposes of the examples that the form                 section.
                                                      of this section, the issuer, but, for                                                                             Example 3. Issuance of a note in exchange
                                                                                                              of each transaction is respected for                   for expanded group stock. (i) Facts. On Date
                                                      purposes of applying the per se rule in                 federal tax purposes. No inference is
                                                      paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of this section,                                                                    A in Year 1, USS1 issues USS1 Note to FP
                                                                                                              intended, however, as to whether any                   in exchange for 40 percent of the FS stock
                                                      only with respect to a debt instrument                  particular note would be respected as                  owned by FP.
                                                      issued by the transferor during 72-                     indebtedness or as to whether the form                    (ii) Analysis. (A) Because USS1 and FP are
                                                      month period determined with respect                    of any particular transaction described                both members of the FP expanded group,
                                                      to the transaction described in                         in paragraph (g)(3) of this section would              USS1 Note is treated as stock when it is
                                                      paragraph (c)(3) of this section, and only              be respected for federal tax purposes.                 issued by USS1 to FP in exchange for FS
                                                      to the extent of the value of the                                                                              stock on Date A in Year 1 under paragraphs
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                                                                                 (3) Examples. The following examples
                                                      expanded group stock acquired from the                                                                         (b)(2)(ii) and (d)(1)(i) of this section. The
                                                                                                              illustrate the rules of this section.                  exchange of USS1 Note for FS stock is not
                                                      issuer in the transaction described in
                                                      paragraph (c)(3) of this section. A                        Example 1. Distribution of a debt                   an exempt exchange within the meaning of
                                                                                                              instrument. (i) Facts. On Date A in Year 1,            paragraph (f)(5) of this section because USS1
                                                      distribution by an issuer described in
                                                                                                              FS lends $100x to USS1 in exchange for                 and FP are not parties to a reorganization.
                                                      paragraph (c)(3) of this section directly               USS1 Note A. On Date B in Year 2, USS1                    (B) Because USS1 Note is treated as stock
                                                      to the transferor is not taken into                     issues USS1 Note B, which is has a value of            for federal tax purposes when it is issued by
                                                      account for purposes of applying                        $100x, to FP in a distribution.                        USS1, USS1 Note is not treated as property
                                                      paragraph (b)(3) of this section to a debt                 (ii) Analysis. USS1 Note B is a debt                for purposes of section 304(a) because it is
                                                      instrument of the transferor.                           instrument that is issued by USS1 to FP, a             not property within the meaning specified in



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                20939

                                                      section 317(a). Therefore, USS1’s acquisition           Note A is tested. Because USS1 Note A is               stock when it is issued by DS2 to USS2 on
                                                      of FS stock from FP in exchange for USS1                treated as funding the entire $300x                    Date B in Year 2 pursuant to paragraphs
                                                      Note is not an acquisition described in                 distribution by USS1 to FP, USS1 Note B will           (b)(2)(iii) and (d)(1)(i) of this section.
                                                      section 304(a)(1).                                      continue to be treated as indebtedness.                   (B) Because DS2 Note is treated as stock
                                                         (C) Because USS1 Note is treated as stock               Example 7. Re-testing. (i) Facts. The facts         when it is issued, section 355(a)(1) rather
                                                      for federal tax purposes when it is issued by           are the same as in Example 6, except that on           than section 356 may apply to FP on FP’s
                                                      USS1, USS1 Note is not treated as                       Date D in Year 4, FP sells USS1 Note A to              receipt of DS2 Note. Alternatively, depending
                                                      indebtedness for purposes of applying                   Bank.                                                  on the terms of DS2 Note and other factors,
                                                      paragraph (b)(3) of this section.                          (ii) Analysis. (A) Under paragraph (d)(2) of        DS2 Note may be treated as non-qualified
                                                         Example 4. Funding occurs in same                    this section, USS1 Note A ceases to be treated         preferred stock that is not treated as stock
                                                      taxable year as distribution. (i) Facts. On             as stock when FP sells USS1 Note A to Bank             pursuant to section 355(a)(3)(D). If DS2 Note
                                                      Date A in Year 1, FP lends $200x to CFC in              on Date D in Year 4. Immediately before FP             is treated as non-qualified preferred stock,
                                                      exchange for CFC Note A. On Date B in Year              sells USS1 Note A to Bank, USS1 is deemed              such stock would continue to be treated by
                                                      1, CFC distributes $400x of cash to USS1 in             to issue a debt instrument to FP in exchange           FP as ‘‘other property’’ for purposes of
                                                      a distribution. CFC is not an expatriated               for USS1 Note A in a transaction that is               section 356 under section 356(e). In that case,
                                                      foreign subsidiary as defined in § 1.7874–              disregarded for purposes of paragraphs (b)(2)          USS2’s distribution of DS2 Note would be
                                                      12T(a)(9).                                              and (b)(3) of this section.                            treated as ‘‘other property’’ described in
                                                         (ii) Analysis. Under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)            (B) Under paragraph (d)(2) of this section,         section 356, and thus the distribution of DS2
                                                      of this section, CFC Note A is treated as               after USS1 Note A is deemed exchanged,                 note preliminarily would be described in
                                                      issued with a principal purpose of funding              USS1’s other debt instruments that are not             paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section.
                                                      the distribution by CFC to USS1 because CFC             treated as stock as of Date D in Year 4 (USS1          However, under paragraph (b)(5) of this
                                                      Note A is issued to a member of the FP                  Note B) are re-tested for purposes of                  section, because DS2 Note is treated as stock
                                                      expanded group during the 72-month period               paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section to             under paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section,
                                                      determined with respect to CFC’s                        determine whether other USS1 debt                      USS2’s distribution of DS2 Note to FP
                                                      distribution to USS1. Accordingly, under                instruments are treated as funding the $300x           pursuant to the plan of reorganization is not
                                                      paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(A) and (d)(1)(i) of this          distribution by USS1 to FP on Date B in Year           also treated as a distribution or acquisition
                                                      section, CFC Note A is treated as stock when            2. USS1 Note B was issued by USS1 to FP                described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this
                                                      it is issued by CFC to FP on Date A in Year             within the 72-month period determined with             section that could cause USS2 Note to be a
                                                      1.                                                      respect to the $300x distribution. Under               principal purpose debt instrument.
                                                         Example 5. Additional funding. (i) Facts.            paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of this section,               (C) USS2’s distribution of $150x of actual
                                                      The facts are the same as in Example 4,                 USS1 Note B is treated as issued with a                DS2 stock is a distribution of stock pursuant
                                                      except that, in addition, on Date C in Year             principal purpose of funding the $300x                 to an asset reorganization that is permitted to
                                                      2, FP lends an additional $300x to CFC in               distribution. Accordingly, USS1 Note B is a            be received by FP without recognition of gain
                                                      exchange for CFC Note B.                                principal purpose debt instrument under                under section 355(a)(1). Accordingly, USS2’s
                                                         (ii) Analysis. The analysis is the same as           paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section that is        distribution of the actual DS2 stock to FP is
                                                      in Example 4 with respect to CFC Note A.                deemed to be exchanged for stock on Date D             not a distribution of property by USS2 for
                                                      CFC Note B is also issued to a member of the            in Year 4, the re-testing date, under                  purposes of paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this
                                                      FP expanded group during the 72-month                   paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. See              section.
                                                      period determined with respect to CFC’s                 § 1.385–1(c) for rules regarding the treatment            (D) USS2’s transfer of assets to DS2 in
                                                      distribution to USS1. Under paragraph                   of this deemed exchange.                               exchange for DS2 stock is not an acquisition
                                                      (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section, CFC Note B is               Example 8. Distribution of expanded group           described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this
                                                      treated as issued with a principal purpose of           stock and debt instrument in a                         section because USS2’s acquisition of DS2
                                                      funding the remaining portion of CFC’s                  reorganization that qualifies under section            stock is an exempt exchange. USS2’s
                                                      distribution to USS1, which is $200x.                   355. (i) Facts. On Date A in Year 1, FP lends          acquisition of DS2 stock is an exempt
                                                      Accordingly, $200x of CFC Note B is a                   $200x to USS2 in exchange for USS2 Note.               exchange described in paragraph (f)(5)(ii) of
                                                      principal purpose debt instrument that is               In a transaction that is treated as independent        this section because USS2 and DS2 are both
                                                      treated as stock under paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A)          from the transaction on Date A in Year 1, on           parties to a reorganization that is an asset
                                                      of this section. Under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of          Date B in Year 2, USS2 transfers a portion of          reorganization, section 1032 applies to DS2,
                                                      this section, $200x of CFC Note B is deemed             its assets to DS2, a newly-formed domestic             the transferor of the expanded group stock,
                                                      to be exchanged for stock on Date C in Year             corporation, in exchange for all of the stock          and the DS2 stock is distributed by USS2, the
                                                      2. The remaining $100x of CFC Note B                    of DS2 and DS2 Note. Immediately                       transferee, pursuant to the plan of
                                                      continues to be treated as indebtedness.                afterwards, USS2 distributes all of the DS2            reorganization. Because USS2 has not made
                                                         Example 6. Funding involving multiple                stock and the DS2 Note to FP with respect              a distribution or acquisition that is treated as
                                                      interests. (i) Facts. On Date A in Year 1, FP           to FP’s USS2 stock in a transaction that               a distribution or acquisition for purposes of
                                                      lends $300x to USS1 in exchange for USS1                qualifies under section 355. USS2’s transfer           paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, USS2 Note
                                                      Note A. On Date B in Year 2, USS1                       of a portion of its assets qualifies as a              is not a principal purpose debt instrument.
                                                      distributes $300x of cash to FP. On Date C              reorganization within the meaning of section              Example 9. Funding a distribution by a
                                                      in Year 3, FP lends another $300x to USS1               368(a)(1)(D). The DS2 stock has a value of             successor to funded member. (i) Facts. The
                                                      in exchange for USS1 Note B.                            $150x and DS2 Note has a value of $50x. The            facts are the same as in Example 8, except
                                                         (ii) Analysis. (A) Under paragraph                   DS2 stock is not non-qualified preferred               that on Date C in Year 3, DS2 distributes
                                                      (b)(3)(iv)(B)(3) of this section, USS1 Note A           stock as defined in section 351(g)(2). Absent          $200x of cash to FP and, subsequently, on
                                                      is tested under paragraph (b)(3) of this                the application of this section, DS2 Note              Date D in Year 3, USS2 distributes $100x of
                                                      section before USS1 Note B is tested. USS1              would be treated by FP as ‘‘other property’’           cash to FP.
                                                      Note A is issued during the 72-month period             within the meaning of section 356.                        (ii) Analysis. (A) DS2 is a successor with
                                                      determined with respect to USS1’s $300x                    (ii) Analysis. (A) The contribution and             respect to USS2 under paragraph (f)(11)(i) of
                                                      distribution to FP and, therefore, is treated as        distribution transaction is a reorganization           this section because DS2 is the acquiring
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      issued with a principal purpose of funding              within the meaning of section 368(a)(1)                corporation in a reorganization within the
                                                      the distribution under paragraph                        involving a transfer of USS2’s property                meaning of section 368(a)(1)(D). USS2 is a
                                                      (b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of this section. Beginning on          described in section 361(a). Thus, DS2 Note            predecessor with respect to DS2 under
                                                      Date B in Year 2, USS1 Note A is a principal            is a debt instrument that is issued by DS2 to          paragraph (f)(9)(i) of this section because
                                                      purpose debt instrument that is treated as              USS2, both members of the FP expanded                  USS2 is the transferor corporation in a
                                                      stock under paragraphs (b)(3)(ii)(A) and                group, pursuant to an asset reorganization (as         reorganization within the meaning of section
                                                      (d)(1)(ii) of this section.                             defined in paragraph (f)(1) of this section),          368(a)(1)(D). Accordingly, under paragraph
                                                         (B) Under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(3) of this         and received by FP, another FP expanded                (b)(3)(v) of this section, a distribution by DS2
                                                      section, USS1 Note B is tested under                    group member, with respect to FP’s USS2                is treated as a distribution by USS2. Under
                                                      paragraph (b)(3) of this section after USS1             stock. Accordingly, DS2 Note is treated as             paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section, USS2



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                      20940                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      Note is treated as issued with a principal              exchange to which section 351 applies.                    (ii) Analysis. (A) Under § 1.385–1(b)(3), in
                                                      purpose of funding the distribution by DS2              Immediately afterwards, USS1 transfers the             determining whether X Corp is a member of
                                                      to FP because USS2 Note was issued during               FP stock and FP Note to DS2 in exchange for            the expanded group that includes CFC and
                                                      the 72-month period determined with respect             all of DS2’s assets, and DS2 distributes the           FS, CFC and FS are each treated as holding
                                                      to DS2’s $200x cash distribution.                       FP stock and FP Note to USS2 with respect              50 percent of the X Corp stock held by PRS.
                                                      Accordingly, USS2 Note is a principal                   to USS2’s DS2 stock in a liquidating                   Accordingly, 100 percent of X Corp’s stock is
                                                      purpose debt instrument under paragraph                 distribution.                                          treated as owned by CFC and FS under
                                                      (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section that is deemed to            (ii) Analysis. FP Note is issued by FP to           § 1.385–1(b)(3)(i)(B), and X Corp is a member
                                                      be exchanged for stock on Date C in Year 3              USS1 in exchange for stock of USS1 in an               of the FP expanded group.
                                                      under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section. See         exchange that is not an exempt exchange                   (B) Together CFC and FS own 100 percent
                                                      § 1.385–1(c) for rules regarding the treatment          described in paragraph (f)(5) of this section.         of the interests in PRS capital and profits,
                                                      of this deemed exchange.                                Under paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section, FP         such that PRS is a controlled partnership
                                                         (B) Because the entire amount of USS2                Note is treated as stock beginning on Date B           described in § 1.385–1(b)(1). Under
                                                      Note is treated as funding DS2’s $200x                  in Year 1.                                             paragraph (d)(5)(i) of this section, solely for
                                                      distribution to FP, under paragraph                        Example 12. Funded acquisition of                   purposes of this section, when X Corp issues
                                                      (b)(3)(iv)(B)(4) of this section, USS2 Note is          subsidiary stock by issuance; successor.               X Note to PRS, proportionate shares of X
                                                      not treated as funding the subsequent                      (i) Facts. On Date A in Year 1, FS lends            Note are treated as issued to CFC and FS.
                                                      distribution by USS2 on Date D in Year 3.               $100x to USS1 in exchange for USS1 Note.               Accordingly, for purposes of applying
                                                         Example 10. Asset reorganization; section            On Date B in Year 1, USS1 transfers property           paragraph (b) of this section, in Year 1, 50
                                                      354 qualified property. (i) Facts. On Date A            that has a value of $20x to CFC in exchange            percent of X Note is treated as issued to CFC
                                                      in Year 1, FS lends $100x to USS2 in                    for additional CFC stock that has a value of           in a distribution and the other 50 percent of
                                                      exchange for USS2 Note. On Date B in Year               $20x. On Date C in Year 2, CFC distributes             X Note is treated as issued to FS in a
                                                      2, in a transaction that qualifies as a                 $20 cash to USS1. On Date D in Year 3, CFC             distribution. Therefore, under paragraphs
                                                      reorganization within the meaning of section            acquires stock of FS from FP in exchange for           (b)(2)(i) and (d)(1)(i) of this section, X Note
                                                      368(a)(1)(D), USS2 transfers all of its assets          $50x cash.                                             is treated as stock beginning on Date A in
                                                      to USS1 in exchange for stock of USS1 and                  (ii) Analysis. (A) But for the exception in         Year 1. Under paragraph (d)(5)(i) of this
                                                      the assumption by USS1 of all of the                    paragraph (c)(3) of this section, USS1 Note            section, CFC and FS are treated as holding X
                                                      liabilities of USS2, and USS2 distributes to            would be treated under paragraph                       Note solely for purposes of this section. For
                                                      FP, with respect to FP’s USS2 stock, all of the         (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section as issued with a         all other federal tax purposes, X Note is
                                                      USS1 stock that USS2 received. FP does not              principal purpose of funding an acquisition            treated as stock in X Corp that is held by
                                                      recognize gain under section 354(a)(1).                 of expanded group stock described in                   PRS, and X Corp is treated as distributing its
                                                         (ii) Analysis. (A) USS1 is a successor with          paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this section because        stock to its shareholder in a distribution that
                                                      respect to USS2 under paragraph (f)(11)(i) of           USS1 Note is issued to a member of the FP              is subject to section 305.
                                                      this section because USS1 is the acquiring              expanded group during the 72-month period                 Example 14. Loan to partnership; same-
                                                      corporation in a reorganization within the              determined with respect to USS1’s                      year distribution. (i) Facts. The facts are the
                                                      meaning of section 368(a)(1)(D). For purposes           acquisition of CFC stock on Date B in Year             same as in Example 13, except that X Corp
                                                      of paragraph (b)(3) of this section, USS2 and           1. However, because USS1’s acquisition of              does not distribute X Note to PRS; instead,
                                                      its successor, USS1, are funded members                 CFC stock results from a transfer of property          on Date A in Year 1 FP lends $200x to PRS
                                                      with respect to USS2 Note. Although USS2,               from USS1 to CFC in exchange for CFC stock             in exchange for PRS Note. On Date B in Year
                                                      a funded member, distributes property (USS1             and immediately after the transaction USS1             1, CFC distributes $100x to USS1 and FS
                                                      stock) to its shareholder, FP, pursuant to the          holds 100 percent of the stock of CFC, the             distributes $100x to FP. CFC is not an
                                                      reorganization, the distribution of USS1 stock          exception in paragraph (c)(3) of this section          expatriated foreign subsidiary as defined in
                                                      is not described in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of          applies. Accordingly, USS1’s acquisition of            § 1.7874–12T(a)(9).
                                                      this section because the property is permitted          CFC stock on Date B in Year 1 is not treated              (ii) Analysis. (A) Under paragraph (d)(5)(i)
                                                      to be received without the recognition of gain          as an acquisition of stock described in                of this section, solely for purposes of this
                                                      under section 354(a)(1). The distribution of            paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this section, and           section, CFC and FS are each treated as
                                                      USS1 stock is also not described in paragraph           USS1 Note is not treated as stock.                     issuing $100x of PRS Note on Date A in Year
                                                      (b)(3)(ii)(C) of this section because FP does              (B) CFC is a successor with respect to USS1         1, which represents their proportionate
                                                      not receive the USS1 stock as ‘‘other                   under paragraph (f)(11)(ii) of this section. For       shares of PRS Note. CFC’s and FS’s shares of
                                                      property’’ within the meaning of section 356.           purposes of paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of this         PRS Note are each issued to FP, a member
                                                         (B) USS2’s exchange of assets for USS1               section CFC is a successor only to the extent          of the same expanded group, during the 72-
                                                      stock is not an acquisition described in                of the value of the expanded group stock               month periods determined with respect to
                                                      paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(B) of this section because         acquired from CFC in the transaction                   the distributions by CFC and FS. Under
                                                      USS2’s acquisition of USS1 stock is an                  described in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.         paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of this section, PRS
                                                      exempt exchange. USS2’s acquisition of                     (C) Under paragraph (f)(11)(ii) of this             Note is treated as issued with a principal
                                                      USS1 stock is an exempt exchange described              section, CFC’s $20x cash distribution to               purpose of funding the distributions by CFC
                                                      in paragraph (f)(5)(ii) of this section because         USS1 on Date C in Year 2 is not taken into             and FS. Accordingly, under paragraphs
                                                      USS1 and USS2 are both parties to a                     account for purposes of applying paragraph             (b)(3)(ii)(A) and (d)(1)(i) of this section, PRS
                                                      reorganization, section 1032 applies to USS1,           (b)(3) of this section to USS1 Note.                   Note is a principal purpose debt instrument
                                                      the transferor of the expanded group stock,                (D) On Date D in Year 3, CFC continues to           that is treated as stock when it is issued on
                                                      and the USS1 stock is distributed by USS2,              be a successor to USS1 for purposes of                 Date A in Year 1.
                                                      the transferee, pursuant to the plan of                 applying the per se rule in paragraph                     (B) Under paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this
                                                      reorganization.                                         (b)(3)(iv)(B) of this section. Accordingly,            section, CFC and FS are each treated as
                                                         (C) Because neither USS1 nor USS2 has                USS1 Note is a principal purpose debt                  issuing $100x of stock to FP. Appropriate
                                                      made a distribution or acquisition described            instrument under paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of            conforming adjustments must be made to
                                                      in paragraph (b)(3)(ii) of this section, USS2           this section that is deemed to be exchanged            CFC’s and FS’s interests in PRS to reflect the
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      Note is not a principal purpose debt                    for stock on Date D in Year 3 under                    deemed treatment of PRS Note as stock
                                                      instrument.                                             paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section. See              issued by CFC and FS, which must be done
                                                         Example 11. Triangular reorganization. (i)           § 1.385–1(c) for rules regarding the treatment         in a manner that avoids the creation of, or
                                                      Facts. USS2 owns 100 percent of the stock of            of this deemed exchange.                               increase in, a disparity between PRS’s
                                                      DS2, a domestic corporation. On Date B in                  Example 13. Distribution of a debt                  aggregate basis in its assets and the aggregate
                                                      Year 1, FP issues FP stock and FP Note to               instrument to partnership. (i) Facts. CFC and          bases of CFC’s and FS’s respective interests
                                                      USS1 as a contribution to capital. USS1 does            FS are equal partners in PRS. PRS owns 100             in PRS. For example, reasonable and
                                                      not formally issue additional USS1 stock to             percent of the stock of X Corp, a domestic             appropriate adjustments may occur when the
                                                      FP in exchange for FP stock and FP Note, but            corporation. On Date A in Year 1, X Corp               following steps are deemed to occur on Date
                                                      is treated as issuing stock to FP in an                 issues X Note to PRS in a distribution.                A in Year 1:



                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                               20941

                                                         (1) CFC issues stock to FP in exchange for           On Date C in Year 3, FS distributes $30                   (D) When FS Note B is issued in Year 3,
                                                      $100x;                                                  million in cash to FP. On Date D in Year 3,            CFC Note, which previously was treated as
                                                         (2) FS issues stock to FP in exchange for            DS lends $30 million to FS in exchange for             indebtedness solely because of paragraph
                                                      $100x;                                                  FS Note A. On Date E in Year 3, FS issues              (c)(2) of this section, remains outstanding.
                                                         (3) CFC contributes $100x to PRS in                  FS Note B, which has an issue price of $19             Accordingly, the threshold exception
                                                      exchange for a partnership interest in PRS;             million, to FP in a distribution. In Year 3, FS        described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section
                                                      and                                                     has $35 million in earnings and profits                does not apply to FS Note B. Accordingly,
                                                         (4) FS contributes $100x to PRS in                   described in section 316(a)(2).                        the remaining amount of FS Note B equal to
                                                      exchange for a partnership interest in PRS.                (ii) Analysis. (A) Because CFC does not             $14 million after applying the exception
                                                         Example 15. Loan to partnership;                     have earnings and profits described in                 under paragraph (c)(1) of this section is
                                                      distribution in later year. (i) Facts. The facts        section 316(a)(2) in Year 1, the exception in          treated as stock under paragraph (b)(2) of this
                                                      are the same as in Example 14, except that              paragraph (c)(1) of this section does not              section.
                                                      CFC and FS do not make distributions on                 apply to CFC Note. Immediately after CFC                  Example 18. Distribution of a debt
                                                      Date B of Year 1; instead, CFC distributes              Note is issued to USS1 on Date A in Year 1,            instrument and issuance of a debt instrument
                                                      $100x to USS1 and FS distributes $100x to               the aggregate adjusted issue price of                  with a principal purpose of avoiding the
                                                      FP on Date C of Year 2.                                 outstanding debt instruments issued by                 purposes of this section. (i) Facts. On Date A
                                                         (ii) Analysis. (A) As in Example 14, CFC’s           members of FP’s expanded group that would              in Year 1, USS1 issues USS1 Note A, which
                                                      and FS’s shares of PRS Note are each issued             be subject to paragraph (b) of this section but        has a value of $100x, to FP in a distribution.
                                                      to FP, a member of the same expanded group,             for the application paragraph (c)(2) of this           On Date B in Year 1, with a principal
                                                      during the 72-month periods determined                  section does not exceed $50 million.                   purpose of avoiding the application of this
                                                      with respect to the distributions by CFC and            Accordingly, the threshold exception                   section, FP sells USS1 Note A to Bank for
                                                      FS. Under paragraph (b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) of this            described in paragraph (c)(2) applies to the
                                                                                                                                                                     $100x of cash and lends $100x to USS1 in
                                                      section, PRS Note is treated as issued with             CFC Note.
                                                                                                                                                                     exchange for USS1 Note B.
                                                      a principal purpose of funding the                         (B) Because USS1 does not have earnings
                                                                                                                                                                        (ii) Analysis. USS1 Note A is a debt
                                                      distributions by CFC and FS. Accordingly,               and profits described in section 316(a)(2) in
                                                                                                                                                                     instrument that is issued by USS1 to FP, a
                                                      PRS Note is a principal purpose debt                    Year 2, the exception in paragraph (c)(1) of
                                                                                                              this section does not apply to USS1 Note.              member of USS1’s expanded group, in a
                                                      instrument that is treated as stock under                                                                      distribution. Accordingly, under paragraphs
                                                      paragraph (b)(3)(i)(A) of this section. Under           Immediately after USS1 Note is issued to FP
                                                                                                              on Date B in Year 2, the aggregate adjusted            (b)(2)(i) and (d)(1)(i) of this section, USS1
                                                      paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, PRS Note                                                                 Note A is treated as stock when it is issued
                                                      is treated as stock on Date C in Year 2.                issue price of outstanding debt instruments
                                                                                                              issued by members of the FP expanded group             by USS1 to FP on Date A in Year 1.
                                                         (B) Under paragraph (d)(5)(ii) of this                                                                      Accordingly, USS1 is treated as distributing
                                                                                                              that would be subject to paragraph (b) of this
                                                      section, CFC and FS are each treated as                                                                        USS1 stock to its shareholder FP. Because
                                                                                                              section but for the application of paragraph
                                                      issuing $100x of stock to FP. Appropriate                                                                      USS1 Note A is treated as stock of USS1,
                                                                                                              (c)(2) of this section exceeds $50 million.
                                                      conforming adjustments must be made to                                                                         USS1 Note A is not property as specified in
                                                                                                              Under paragraph (d)(1)(iii) of this section,
                                                      CFC’s and FS’s interests in PRS to reflect the                                                                 section 317(a) on Date A in Year 1. Under
                                                                                                              CFC Note is deemed to be exchanged for
                                                      deemed treatment of PRS Note as stock                   stock on Date B in Year 2, when debt                   paragraph (d)(2) of this section, USS1 Note A
                                                      issued by CFC and FS, which must be done                instruments of the FP expanded group cease             ceases to be treated as stock when FP sells
                                                      in a manner that avoids the creation of, or             to qualify for the threshold exception                 USS1 Note A to Bank on Date B in Year 1.
                                                      increase in, a disparity between PRS’s                  described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.         Immediately before FP sells USS1 Note A to
                                                      aggregate basis in its assets and the aggregate         In addition, the threshold exception                   Bank, USS1 is deemed to issue a debt
                                                      bases of CFC’s and FS’s respective interests            described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section          instrument to FP in exchange for USS1 Note
                                                      in PRS. For example, reasonable and                     does not apply to USS1 Note because,                   A in a transaction that is disregarded for
                                                      appropriate adjustments may occur when the              immediately after USS1 Note is issued, the             purposes of paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of
                                                      following steps are deemed to occur on Date             aggregate adjusted issue price of outstanding          this section. USS1 Note B is not treated as
                                                      C in Year 2:                                            debt instruments issued by members of the              stock under paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this
                                                         (1) CFC assumes liability with respect to            expanded group that would be subject to                section because the funded member, USS1,
                                                      $100x of PRS Note;                                      paragraph (b) of this section but for the              has not made a distribution of property.
                                                         (2) FS assumes liability with respect to             application paragraph (c)(2) of this section           However, because the transactions occurring
                                                      $100x of PRS Note;                                      exceeds $50 million. Accordingly, USS1 Note            on Date B of Year 1 were undertaken with a
                                                         (3) CFC issues stock to FP in satisfaction           is treated as stock when it is issued on Date          principal purpose of avoiding the purposes of
                                                      of the $100x of PRS Note assumed by CFC;                B in Year 2.                                           this section, USS1 Note B is treated as stock
                                                      and                                                        (C) Under paragraph (c)(1) of this section,         on Date B of Year 1 under paragraph (b)(4)
                                                         (4) FS issues stock to FP in satisfaction of         for purposes of applying paragraphs (b)(2)             of this section.
                                                      the $100x of PRS Note assumed by FS.                    and (b)(3) of this section to a member of an
                                                         Example 16. Distribution of another                  expanded group with respect to Year 3, the                (h) Effective/applicability date and
                                                      member’s debt instrument. (i) Facts. On Date            aggregate amount of any distributions or               transition rules—(1) In general. This
                                                      A in Year 1, CFC lends $100x to FS in                   acquisitions by FS that are described in               section applies to any debt instrument
                                                      exchange for FS Note. On Date B in Year 2,              paragraphs (b)(2) or (b)(3)(ii) of this section        issued on or after April 4, 2016, and to
                                                      CFC distributes FS Note to USS1.                        are reduced by an amount equal to FS’s                 any debt instrument treated as issued
                                                         (ii) Analysis. Although CFC distributes FS           current year earnings and profits described in         before April 4, 2016 as a result of an
                                                      Note, which is a debt instrument, to USS1,              section 316(a)(2) for Year 3, which is $35
                                                      another member of CFC’s expanded group,
                                                                                                                                                                     entity classification election made
                                                                                                              million. Thus, $35 million of distributions or
                                                      paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section does not                                                                   under § 301.7701–3 of this chapter that
                                                                                                              acquisitions by FS in Year 3 are not taken
                                                      apply because CFC is not the issuer of the FS           into account for purposes of applying                  is filed on or after April 4, 2016.
                                                      Note.                                                   paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section.             (2) Transition rule for distributions or
                                                         Example 17. Threshold exception and                  The reduction is applied first against FS’s            acquisitions occurring before April 4,
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                      current year earnings and profits exception.            $30 million cash distribution on Date C in             2016. For purposes of paragraph
                                                      (i) Facts. Before Date A in Year 1, the                 Year 3 and second against FS’s $19 million             (b)(3)(iv) of this section, a distribution
                                                      members of FP’s expanded group hold no                  note distribution on Date E in Year 3.                 or acquisition described in paragraph
                                                      outstanding debt instruments that otherwise             Accordingly, under paragraph (c)(1) of this            (b)(3)(ii) of this section that occurs
                                                      would be treated as stock under this section.           section, FS Note A is not treated as stock
                                                      On Date A in Year 1, CFC issues CFC Note,               under paragraph (b)(3) of this section. In
                                                                                                                                                                     before April 4, 2016, other than a
                                                      which has an issue price of $40 million, to             addition, under paragraph (c)(1) of this               distribution or acquisition that is treated
                                                      USS1 in a distribution. On Date B in Year 2,            section a portion of FS Note B equal to $5             as occurring before April 4, 2016 as a
                                                      USS1 issues USS1 Note, which has an issue               million is not treated as stock under                  result of an entity classification election
                                                      price of $20 million, to FP in a distribution.          paragraph (b)(2) of this section.                      made under § 301.7701–3 of this chapter


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                      20942                      Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules

                                                      that is filed on or after April 4, 2016, is             consolidated group debt instrument                     exchanged for stock immediately after
                                                      not taken into account.                                 means any debt instrument that was not                 the debt instrument is transferred
                                                         (3) Transition rule for debt                         treated as stock solely by reason of the               outside of the consolidated group. For
                                                      instruments that would be treated as                    departing member’s treatment under                     examples illustrating this rule, see
                                                      stock prior to the date of publication in               § 1.385–1(e). See paragraph (d) of this                paragraph (d) of this section, Examples
                                                      the Federal Register of the Treasury                    section, Example 3, for an illustration of             1 and 2.
                                                      decision adopting this rule as a final                  this rule.                                                (c) Debt instrument entering a
                                                      regulation. When paragraphs (b) and                        (ii) Non-exempt consolidated group                  consolidated group. When a debt
                                                      (d)(1)(i) through (v) of this section                   debt instrument that ceases to be                      instrument that is treated as stock under
                                                      otherwise would treat a debt instrument                 consolidated group debt instrument—                    § 1.385–3 becomes a consolidated group
                                                      as stock prior to the date of publication               (A) In general. Any consolidated group                 debt instrument, immediately before
                                                      in the Federal Register of the Treasury                 debt instrument issued or held by a                    that debt instrument becomes a
                                                      decision adopting this rule as a final                  departing member that is not an exempt                 consolidated group debt instrument, the
                                                      regulation, the debt instrument is                      consolidated group debt instrument                     issuer is treated as issuing a new debt
                                                      treated as indebtedness until the date                  (non-exempt consolidated group debt                    instrument to the holder in exchange for
                                                      that is 90 days after the date of                       instrument) is treated as indebtedness                 the debt instrument that was treated as
                                                      publication in the Federal Register of                  unless and until the non-exempt                        stock in a transaction that is disregarded
                                                      the Treasury decision adopting this rule                consolidated group debt instrument is                  for purposes of § 1.385–3(b).
                                                      as a final regulation. To the extent that               treated as a principal purpose debt                       (d) Examples—(1) Assumed facts.
                                                      the debt instrument described in the                    instrument under § 1.385–3(b)(3)(ii) and               Except as otherwise stated, the
                                                      preceding sentence is held by a member                  (d)(1) as a result of a distribution or                following facts are assumed for
                                                      of the issuer’s expanded group on the                   acquisition described in § 1.385–                      purposes of the examples in paragraph
                                                      date that is 90 days after the date of                  3(b)(3)(ii) that occurs after the                      (d)(3) of this section:
                                                      publication in the Federal Register of                  departure.                                                (i) FP is a foreign corporation that
                                                      the Treasury decision adopting this rule                   (B) Coordination with funding rule.                 owns 100 percent of the stock of USS1,
                                                      as a final regulation, the debt instrument              Solely for purposes of applying the 72-                a domestic corporation, and 100 percent
                                                      is deemed to be exchanged for stock on                  month period under § 1.385–                            of the stock of FS, a foreign corporation;
                                                      the date that is 90 days after the date of              3(b)(3)(iv)(B) (the per se rule), a non-                  (ii) USS1 owns 100 percent of the
                                                      publication in the Federal Register of                  exempt consolidated group debt                         stock of DS1, a domestic corporation;
                                                      the Treasury decision adopting this rule                instrument is treated as having been                      (iii) DS1 owns 100 percent of the
                                                      as a final regulation.                                  issued when it was first treated as a                  stock of DS2, a domestic corporation;
                                                      ■ Par. 5. Section 1.385–4 is added to                   consolidated group debt instrument. For                   (iv) At the beginning of Year 1, FP is
                                                      read as follows:                                        all other purposes of applying § 1.385–                the common parent of an expanded
                                                                                                              3, including for purposes of applying                  group comprised solely of FP, USS1, FS,
                                                      § 1.385–4   Treatment of consolidated                   § 1.385–3(d), a non-exempt consolidated                DS1, and DS2 (the FP expanded group);
                                                      groups.                                                 group debt instrument is treated as                       (v) USS1, DS1, and DS2 are members
                                                        (a) Scope. Section 1.385–1(e) provides                issued by the issuer of the debt                       of a consolidated group of which USS1
                                                      that members of a consolidated group                    instrument immediately after the                       is the common parent (the USS1
                                                      are treated as one corporation for                      departing member leaves the group.                     consolidated group);
                                                      purposes of the regulations under                          (2) Consolidated group debt                            (vi) The FP expanded group has more
                                                      section 385. This section provides rules                instrument that is transferred outside of              than $50 million of debt instruments
                                                      for applying § 1.385–3 to consolidated                  the consolidated group. Solely for                     described in § 1.385–3(c)(2) at all times;
                                                      groups when an interest ceases to be a                  purposes of § 1.385–3, when a member                      (vii) No issuer of a debt instrument
                                                      consolidated group debt instrument or                   of a consolidated group that holds a                   has current year earnings and profits
                                                      becomes a consolidated group debt                       consolidated group debt instrument                     described in section 316(a)(2);
                                                      instrument. For definitions applicable to               transfers the debt instrument to an                       (viii) All notes are debt instruments
                                                      this section, see § 1.385–3(f).                         expanded group member that is not a                    described in § 1.385–3(f)(3) and
                                                        (b) Debt instrument ceases to be a                    member of the consolidated group, the                  therefore have satisfied any
                                                      consolidated group debt instrument but                  debt instrument is treated as issued by                requirements under § 1.385–2, if
                                                      continues to be an expanded group debt                  the issuer of the debt instrument (which               applicable, and are respected as debt
                                                      instrument—(1) Member leaving the                       is treated as one corporation with the                 instruments under general federal tax
                                                      group. When a corporation ceases to be                  transferor of the debt instrument                      principles;
                                                      a member of the consolidated group but                  pursuant to § 1.385–1(e)) to the                          (ix) No notes are eligible for the
                                                      continues to be a member of the                         transferee expanded group member on                    ordinary course exception described in
                                                      expanded group (such corporation, a                     the date of the transfer. For purposes of              § 1.385–3(b)(3)(iv)(B)(2);
                                                      departing member), a debt instrument                    § 1.385–3, the consequences of such                       (x) Each entity has as its taxable year
                                                      that is issued or held by the departing                 transfer are determined in a manner that               the calendar year;
                                                      member is treated as indebtedness or                    is consistent with treating a                             (xi) No domestic corporation is a
                                                      stock pursuant to paragraphs (b)(1)(i) or               consolidated group as one corporation.                 United States real property holding
                                                      (b)(1)(ii) of this section.                             Thus, for example, the sale of a                       corporation within the meaning of
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                        (i) Exempt consolidated group debt                    consolidated group debt instrument to                  section 897(c)(2); and
                                                      instrument that ceases to be                            an expanded group member that is not                      (xii) Each note is issued with
                                                      consolidated group debt instrument.                     a member of the consolidated group will                adequate stated interest (as defined in
                                                      Any exempt consolidated group debt                      be treated as an issuance of the debt                  section 1274(c)(2)).
                                                      instrument that is issued or held by the                instrument to the transferee expanded                     (2) No inference. Except as provided
                                                      departing member is deemed to be                        group member in exchange for property.                 in this section, it is assumed for
                                                      exchanged for stock immediately after                   To the extent the debt instrument is                   purposes of the examples that the form
                                                      the departing member leaves the group.                  treated as stock upon being transferred,               of each transaction is respected for
                                                      For these purposes, the term exempt                     the debt instrument is deemed to be                    federal tax purposes. No inference is


                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4702   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3


                                                                                 Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 68 / Friday, April 8, 2016 / Proposed Rules                                                20943

                                                      intended, however, as to whether any                    percent of DS1’s stock from USS1, resulting            account the continued application of § 1.385–
                                                      particular note would be respected as                   in DS1 ceasing to be a member of the USS1              1(e) to USS1 and DS1, DS1 Note does not
                                                      indebtedness or as to whether the form                  consolidated group.                                    fund any transaction described in § 1.385–
                                                                                                                 (ii) Analysis. (A) Under § 1.385–1(e), the          3(b)(3)(ii). Accordingly, under paragraph
                                                      of any particular transaction described                 USS1 consolidated group is treated as one              (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, DS1 Note is not
                                                      in paragraph (d)(3) of this section would               corporation for purposes of § 1.385–3 until            treated as stock when it ceases to be a
                                                      be respected for federal tax purposes.                  Date C in Year 4. Accordingly, when DS1                consolidated group debt instrument,
                                                         (3) Examples. The following examples                 issues DS1 Note to USS1 in a distribution on           provided there are no distributions or
                                                      illustrate the rules of this section.                   Date A in Year 1, DS1 is not treated as                acquisitions described in § 1.385–3(b)(3)(ii)
                                                         Example 1. Distribution of consolidated              issuing a debt instrument to a member of               by DS1 that occur later in Year 1 (after Date
                                                      group debt instrument. (i) Facts. On Date A             DS’s expanded group in a distribution for              C).
                                                      in Year 1, DS1 issues DS1 Note to USS1 in               purposes of § 1.385–3(b)(2), and DS1 Note A
                                                      a distribution. On Date B in Year 2, USS1               is not treated as stock under § 1.385–3 on                (e) Effective/applicability date and
                                                      distributes DS1 Note to FP.                             Date A in Year 1. DS1 Note A is an exempt              transition rules—(1) In general. This
                                                         (ii) Analysis. Under § 1.385–1(e), the USS1          consolidated group debt instrument because             section applies to any debt instrument
                                                      consolidated group is treated as one                    DS1 Note A is not treated as stock on Date             issued on or after April 4, 2016, and to
                                                      corporation for purposes of § 1.385–3.                  A in Year 1 solely by reason of § 1.385–1(e).
                                                                                                              Under paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section,
                                                                                                                                                                     any debt instrument treated as issued
                                                      Accordingly, when DS1 issues DS1 Note to                                                                       before April 4, 2016 as a result of an
                                                      USS1 in a distribution, DS1 is not treated as           immediately after DS1 leaves the USS1
                                                                                                              consolidated group, DS1 Note A is deemed               entity classification election made
                                                      issuing a debt instrument to another member
                                                                                                              to be exchanged for stock.                             under § 301.7701–3 of this chapter that
                                                      of DS1’s expanded group in a distribution for
                                                      purposes of § 1.385–3, and DS1 Note is not                 (B) DS1 Note B is a non-exempt                      is filed on or after April 4, 2016.
                                                                                                              consolidated group debt instrument because
                                                      treated as stock under § 1.385–3. Under                                                                           (2) Transition rule for distributions or
                                                                                                              DS1 Note B, which is issued in exchange for
                                                      paragraph (b)(2) of this section, when USS1                                                                    acquisitions occurring before April 4,
                                                                                                              cash, would not be treated as stock even
                                                      distributes DS1 Note to FP, the USS1                                                                           2016. For purposes of this section, a
                                                                                                              absent the application of § 1.385–1(e) because
                                                      consolidated group is treated as issuing a                                                                     distribution or acquisition described in
                                                                                                              there have been no transactions described in
                                                      debt instrument to FP in a distribution.
                                                                                                              § 1.385–3(b)(3)(ii) that would have been               § 1.385–3(b)(3)(ii) that occurs before
                                                      Accordingly, DS1 Note is treated as DS1
                                                                                                              treated as funded by DS1 Note B in the                 April 4, 2016, other than a distribution
                                                      stock under § 1.385–3(b)(2)(i). For this
                                                                                                              absence of the application of § 1.385–1(e).            or acquisition that is treated as
                                                      purpose, DS1 Note is deemed to be
                                                                                                              Accordingly, under paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of          occurring before April 4, 2016 as a
                                                      exchanged for stock immediately after DS1
                                                                                                              this section, DS1 Note B is not treated as
                                                      Note is transferred outside of the USS1                                                                        result of an entity classification election
                                                                                                              stock when DS1 ceases to be a member of the
                                                      consolidated group.                                     USS1 consolidated group, provided there are            made under § 301.7701–3 of this chapter
                                                         Example 2. Sale of consolidated group debt           no distributions or acquisitions described in          that is filed on or after April 4, 2016, is
                                                      instrument. (i) Facts. On Date A in Year 1,             § 1.385–3(b)(3)(ii) by DS1 that occur later in         not taken into account.
                                                      DS1 lends $200x to USS1 in exchange for                 Year 4 (after Date C).
                                                      USS1 Note. On Date B in Year 2, USS1                                                                              (3) Transition rule for debt
                                                                                                                 Example 4. Distribution after a funded              instruments that would be treated as
                                                      distributes $200x to FP. On Date C in Year              consolidated group member leaves the
                                                      2, DS1 sells USS1 Note to FS for $200x.                 consolidated group. (i) Facts. The facts are
                                                                                                                                                                     stock prior to the date of publication in
                                                         (ii) Analysis. Under § 1.385–1(e), the USS1          the same as in Example 3, except that on Date          the Federal Register of the Treasury
                                                      consolidated group is treated as one                    D in Year 6, DS1 distributes $100x pro rata            decision adopting this rule as a final
                                                      corporation for purposes of § 1.385–3.                  to its shareholders ($75x to USS1 and $25x             regulation. When this section otherwise
                                                      Accordingly, when USS1 issues USS1 Note                 to FP).                                                would treat a debt instrument as stock
                                                      to DS1 on Date A in Year 1, USS1 is not                    (ii) Analysis. The per se rule in § 1.385–          prior to the date of publication in the
                                                      treated as a funded member, and when USS1               3(b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) does not apply to DS1 Note
                                                      distributes $200x to FP on Date B in Year 2,
                                                                                                                                                                     Federal Register of the Treasury
                                                                                                              B and the distribution on Date D in Year 6             decision adopting this rule as a final
                                                      § 1.385–2(b)(3) does not apply. Under                   because under section (b)(1)(ii)(B) of this
                                                      paragraph (b)(2) of this section, when DS1              section, for purposes of applying § 1.385–
                                                                                                                                                                     regulation, the debt instrument is
                                                      sells USS1 Note to FS, the USS1 consolidated            3(b)(3)(iv)(B)(1), DS1 Note B is treated as            treated as indebtedness until the date
                                                      group is treated as issuing USS1 Note to FS             issued on Date B in Year 2, which is more              that is 90 days after the date of
                                                      in exchange for $200x on Date C in Year 2.              than 36 months before Date D in Year 6.                publication in the Federal Register of
                                                      Because USS1 Note was issued by the USS1                   Example 5. Treatment of non-exempt                  the Treasury decision adopting this rule
                                                      consolidated group to FS within 36 months               consolidated group debt instrument when a              as a final regulation. To the extent that
                                                      of the distribution by the USS1 consolidated            consolidated group member leaves the group.            the debt instrument described in the
                                                      group to FP, § 1.385–3(b)(3)(iv)(B)(1) treats           (i) Facts. On Date A in Year 1, DS2 lends
                                                      USS1 Note as issued with a principal
                                                                                                                                                                     preceding sentence is held by a member
                                                                                                              $100x to DS1 in exchange for DS1 Note. On
                                                      purpose of funding that distribution.                   Date B in Year 1, DS1 distributes $100x of
                                                                                                                                                                     of the issuer’s expanded group on the
                                                      Accordingly, USS1 Note is a principal                   cash to USS1. On Date C in Year 1, FP                  date that is 90 days after the date of
                                                      purpose debt instrument that is treated as              purchases 25 percent of DS2’s stock from               publication in the Federal Register of
                                                      USS1 stock under § 1.385–3(b)(3)(ii)(A).                DS1, resulting in DS2 ceasing to be a member           the Treasury decision adopting this rule
                                                      Under paragraph (b)(2) of this section,                 of the USS1 consolidated group.                        as a final regulation, the debt instrument
                                                      immediately after USS1 Note is transferred                 (ii) Analysis. After DS2 ceases to be a             is deemed to be exchanged for stock on
                                                      outside of the USS1 consolidated group,                 member of the USS1 consolidated group, DS1             the date that is 90 days after the date of
                                                      USS1 Note is deemed to be exchanged for                 and USS1 continue to be treated as one                 publication in the Federal Register of
                                                      stock.                                                  corporation under § 1.385–1(e), such that
                                                                                                                                                                     the Treasury decision adopting this rule
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS




                                                         Example 3. Treatment of exempt                       DS1’s distribution of cash to USS1 on Date
                                                      consolidated group debt instrument when a               B in Year 1 continues to be disregarded for            as a final regulation.
                                                      consolidated group member leaves the                    purposes of § 1.385–3. Accordingly, DS1                John Dalrymple.
                                                      consolidated group. (i) Facts. On Date A in             Note is a non-exempt consolidated group
                                                      Year 1, DS1 issues DS1 Note A to USS1 in                                                                       Deputy Commissioner for Services and
                                                                                                              debt instrument because DS1 Note, which is
                                                      a distribution. On Date B in Year 2, USS1               issued in exchange for cash, would not be              Enforcement.
                                                      lends $100x to DS1 in exchange for DS1 Note             treated as stock even absent the application           [FR Doc. 2016–07425 Filed 4–4–16; 5:00 pm]
                                                      B. On Date C in Year 4, FP purchases 25                 of § 1.385–1(e) to DS2, because, taking into           BILLING CODE 4830–01–P




                                                 VerDate Sep<11>2014   19:49 Apr 07, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00033   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\08APP3.SGM   08APP3



Document Created: 2018-02-07 13:50:02
Document Modified: 2018-02-07 13:50:02
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionProposed Rules
ActionNotice of proposed rulemaking.
DatesWritten or electronic comments and requests for a public hearing must be received by July 7, 2016.
ContactConcerning the proposed regulations under Sec. Sec. 1.385-1 and 1.385-2, Eric D. Brauer, (202) 317-5348; concerning the proposed regulations under Sec. Sec. 1.385-3 and 1.385- 4, Raymond J. Stahl, (202) 317-6938; concerning submissions of comments or requests for a public hearing, Regina Johnson, (202) 317-5177 (not toll-free numbers).
FR Citation81 FR 20912 
RIN Number1545-BN40
CFR AssociatedIncome Taxes and Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR